Small Systems Water Treatment Plant Operator Program Manual

Small Systems Water Treatment Plant Operator
Program Manual
prepared for:
Government of the Northwest Territories
Municipal and Community Affairs
P.O. Box 1320
Yellowknife, NT X1A 3S9
prepared by:
FSC Architects & Engineers
4910 53rd Street
P.O. Box 1777
Yellowknife, NT X1A 2P4
FSC Project Number: 2003-0070

SMALL
SYSTEMS
INTRODUCTION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.0 INTRODUCTION ........................................................................ 1-1
2.0 REGULATIONS, GUIDELINES & CODES OF PRACTICE.............. 2-1
2.1 OBJECTIVES .................................................................................................................... 2-1
2.2 NWT PUBLIC HEALTH ACT ............................................................................................ 2-1
2.3 BOIL WATER ORDERS ..................................................................................................... 2-1
2.4 WATER LICENCE REQUIREMENTS................................................................................... 2-2
2.5 OPERATING AGREEMENTS .............................................................................................. 2-2
2.6 GUIDELINES FOR CANADIAN DRINKING WATER QUALITY.............................................. 2-2
2.7 MULTI-BARRIER APPROACH TO SAFEGUARDING RAW WATER....................................... 2-3
2.8 REVIEW ........................................................................................................................... 2-5
3.0 WATER SOURCES & CHARACTERISTICS................................... 3-1
3.1 OBJECTIVES .................................................................................................................... 3-1
3.2 INTRODUCTION................................................................................................................ 3-1
3.3 THE WATER CYCLE......................................................................................................... 3-1
3.4 GENERAL PROPERTIES OF WATER.................................................................................. 3-3
3.5 MICROBIOLOGICAL CHARACTERISTICS........................................................................... 3-3
3.5.1 Heterotrophic plate count ................................................................................................................... 3-4
3.5.2 Coliform bacteria.................................................................................................................................. 3-5
3.5.3 Protozoa.................................................................................................................................................. 3-7
3.5.4 Viruses.................................................................................................................................................... 3-8
3.5.5 Algae....................................................................................................................................................... 3-8
3.6 MICROBIOLOGICAL COMPLIANCE AND OPERATION...................................................... 3-10
3.6.1 Compliance.......................................................................................................................................... 3-10
3.6.2 Operation............................................................................................................................................. 3-10
3.7 CHEMICAL AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES........................................................................ 3-11
3.7.1 Turbidity.............................................................................................................................................. 3-12
3.7.2 Colour................................................................................................................................................... 3-13
3.7.3 Taste and Odour ................................................................................................................................. 3-13
3.7.4 Chemical Quality................................................................................................................................ 3-14
3.8 RADIOLOGICAL PROPERTIES......................................................................................... 3-15
3.9 REVIEW ......................................................................................................................... 3-16
4.0 SYSTEM COMPONENTS............................................................. 4-1
4.1 OBJECTIVES .................................................................................................................... 4-1
4.2 INTRODUCTION................................................................................................................ 4-1
4.3 RESERVOIRS (IMPOUNDING WATER) ............................................................................... 4-1
4.4 INTAKES AND SCREENS ................................................................................................... 4-3
4.5 FILTRATION .................................................................................................................... 4-3
4.5.1 Conventional Filtration ....................................................................................................................... 4-3
4.5.2 Cartridge Filtration............................................................................................................................... 4-4
4.5.3 Membrane Filtration............................................................................................................................ 4-5
4.5.4 Nanofiltration ....................................................................................................................................... 4-5
4.6 PUMPS............................................................................................................................. 4-6
4.6.1 Types of Pumps .................................................................................................................................... 4-6
4.6.2 Centrifugal............................................................................................................................................. 4-6
4.6.3 Positive Displacement ......................................................................................................................... 4-7
4.6.4 Design Considerations ...................................................................................................................... 4-11
4.6.5 Suction conditions.............................................................................................................................. 4-11
4.6.6 Cavitation............................................................................................................................................. 4-12
4.7 VALVES.......................................................................................................................... 4-13
4.7.1 Uses of Valves..................................................................................................................................... 4-13
4.7.2 Types of Valves................................................................................................................................... 4-13
4.7.3 Altitude Valves................................................................................................................................... 4-18
11/03
03/03
2

SMALL
SYSTEMS
INTRODUCTION
4.7.4 Pressure Reducing Valve .................................................................................................................. 4-18
4.8 VALVE OPERATION ........................................................................................................ 4-19
4.9 REVIEW ......................................................................................................................... 4-20
5.0 DISINFECTION ......................................................................... 5-1
5.1 OBJECTIVES .................................................................................................................... 5-1
5.2 INTRODUCTION................................................................................................................ 5-1
5.3 GENERAL CONCEPTS....................................................................................................... 5-1
5.4 HOW CHLORINE WORKS.................................................................................................. 5-2
5.5 TESTING THE CHLORINE RESIDUAL................................................................................ 5-3
5.5.1 Frequency............................................................................................................................................... 5-3
5.5.2 Procedure ............................................................................................................................................... 5-4
5.6 REGULATORY REQUIREMENT.......................................................................................... 5-5
5.7 OPERATIONAL GOALS ..................................................................................................... 5-5
5.8 WHERE AND WHEN TO TAKE CHLORINE TESTS.............................................................. 5-6
5.9 INTERPRETING THE TEST RESULTS FROM TRUCKS......................................................... 5-6
5.10 INTERPRETING THE TEST RESULTS FROM WATER TANKS .............................................. 5-7
5.11 MAKING CHLORINE SOLUTIONS WITH HYPOCHLORITE .................................................. 5-9
5.11.1 Sources of Chlorine.............................................................................................................................. 5-9
5.11.2 Calculating the Chlorine Dose......................................................................................................... 5-13
5.11.3 Calculating the Chlorine Demand................................................................................................... 5-15
5.12 ALTERNATIVES TO CHLORINATION ............................................................................... 5-16
5.13 REVIEW ......................................................................................................................... 5-18
6.0 MAINTENANCE FOR WATER TREATMENT ................................ 6-1
6.1 OBJECTIVES .................................................................................................................... 6-1
6.2 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL.................................................................... 6-1
6.3 CLEANING WATER TRUCK TANKS ................................................................................... 6-3
6.4 PUMPS AND PUMP MAINTENANCE .................................................................................. 6-4
6.4.1 Three Common Problems with pumps............................................................................................. 6-4
6.4.2 Troubleshooting Centrifugal Pumps ................................................................................................ 6-5
6.4.3 Troubleshooting Metering Pumps .................................................................................................... 6-6
6.5 TAKING WATER SAMPLES ............................................................................................... 6-7
6.5.1 Types of Samples – Representative Samples................................................................................... 6-7
6.5.2 Bacteriological Samples ...................................................................................................................... 6-8
6.5.3 Chemical Samples................................................................................................................................ 6-9
6.5.4 Laboratory Requirements ................................................................................................................. 6-10
6.6 WATER TANKS............................................................................................................... 6-10
6.7 RECORDS KEEPING ....................................................................................................... 6-12
6.8 REVIEW ......................................................................................................................... 6-14
7.0 SAFETY FOR WATER TREATMENT ........................................... 7-1
7.1 OBJECTIVES .................................................................................................................... 7-1
7.2 INTRODUCTION................................................................................................................ 7-1
7.3 WORKERS COMPENSATION BOARD ................................................................................. 7-1
7.4 CONFINED SPACES.......................................................................................................... 7-2
7.5 HAZARDS......................................................................................................................... 7-2
7.6 BODY INFECTION ............................................................................................................ 7-2
7.7 PHYSICAL INJURIES – FIRST AID .................................................................................... 7-4
7.8 THE PLANT SAFETY PROGRAM........................................................................................ 7-4
7.8.1 Injury Records....................................................................................................................................... 7-4
7.8.2 Locating the Hazards ........................................................................................................................... 7-5
7.8.3 Equipment, Plant Arrangements, Working Methods..................................................................... 7-5
7.8.4 Protective Safety Equipment .............................................................................................................. 7-5
7.9 GENERAL PLANT SAFETY................................................................................................ 7-6
7.9.1 Building Maintenance ......................................................................................................................... 7-7
7.9.2 Hand Tools ............................................................................................................................................ 7-7
7.9.3 Portable and Power Tools ................................................................................................................... 7-8
11/03
03/03
3

SMALL
SYSTEMS
INTRODUCTION
7.9.4 Tools and Machines ............................................................................................................................. 7-8
7.9.5 Welding.................................................................................................................................................. 7-8
7.9.6 Inspections of Tools and Equipment ................................................................................................ 7-8
7.9.7 Ladders................................................................................................................................................... 7-8
7.9.8 Lifting..................................................................................................................................................... 7-8
7.9.9 Sanitation............................................................................................................................................... 7-8
7.9.10 Storerooms............................................................................................................................................. 7-9
7.9.11 Working Area........................................................................................................................................ 7-9
7.9.12 Trucks and Equipment ........................................................................................................................ 7-9
7.9.13 Barricades and Traffic Control........................................................................................................... 7-9
7.10 EQUIPMENT SERVICING .................................................................................................. 7-9
7.11 PRECAUTIONS FOR ELECTRICAL MAINTENANCE .......................................................... 7-10
7.12 FIRE PROTECTION......................................................................................................... 7-12
7.13 CHEMICAL HANDLING AND STORAGE........................................................................... 7-13
7.14 LABORATORY................................................................................................................. 7-14
7.14.1 Safety Practices in Work Areas ........................................................................................................ 7-15
7.14.2 No Smoking Areas ............................................................................................................................. 7-15
7.14.3 Chlorine Buildings............................................................................................................................. 7-15
7.14.4 Wet Wells............................................................................................................................................. 7-16
7.14.5 Dry Wells ............................................................................................................................................. 7-16
7.14.6 Pump Rooms ....................................................................................................................................... 7-17
7.15 HANDLING CHEMICALS................................................................................................. 7-17
7.15.1 Alum..................................................................................................................................................... 7-17
7.15.2 Hydrofluosilic Acid ........................................................................................................................... 7-17
7.15.3 Fluoride Powders................................................................................................................................ 7-17
7.15.4 Calcium Hypochlorite (HTH)........................................................................................................... 7-18
7.15.5 Sodium hypchlorite (Liquid Bleach)............................................................................................... 7-18
7.15.6 Chlorine GAs ...................................................................................................................................... 7-18
7.15.7 Ammonia ............................................................................................................................................. 7-18
7.15.8 Activated Carbon................................................................................................................................ 7-19
7.15.9 Lime ...................................................................................................................................................... 7-19
7.15.10 Soda Ash .............................................................................................................................................. 7-19
7.15.11 Caustic Soda ........................................................................................................................................ 7-19
7.15.12 Solvents................................................................................................................................................ 7-19
7.16 REVIEW ......................................................................................................................... 7-20
8.0 INTRODUCTION TO SEWAGE LAGOON MANAGEMENT.............. 8-1
9.0 WASTE SOURCES, CHARACTERISTICS AND TREATMENT.......... 9-1
9.1 OBJECTIVES .................................................................................................................... 9-1
9.1.1 Sewage Generation .............................................................................................................................. 9-1
9.1.2 Domestic Waste .................................................................................................................................... 9-1
9.1.3 Industrial Waste.................................................................................................................................... 9-1
9.1.4 Runoff .................................................................................................................................................... 9-2
9.2 SEWAGE COMPOSITION................................................................................................... 9-2
9.3 WHY TREAT SEWAGE? .................................................................................................... 9-3
9.4 THE NATURAL BIOLOGICAL TREATMENT PROCESS........................................................ 9-3
9.5 THE NITROGEN CYCLE.................................................................................................... 9-5
9.6 REVIEW ........................................................................................................................... 9-6
10.0 SEWAGE LAGOON OPERATION & MAINTENANCE.................... 10-1
10.1 OBJECTIVES .................................................................................................................. 10-1
10.2 BASIC LAGOON CONFIGURATION.................................................................................. 10-1
10.2.1 Primary Lagoons................................................................................................................................. 10-1
10.2.2 Exfiltration Lagoons........................................................................................................................... 10-2
10.2.3 Secondary Lagoons and Facultative Lagoons ................................................................................ 10-2
10.2.4 Reduction of Organisms..................................................................................................................... 10-3
10.3 BASIC OPERATION......................................................................................................... 10-3
10.3.1 Fill and Draw ...................................................................................................................................... 10-3
10.3.2 Continuous Discharge ....................................................................................................................... 10-3
10.4 OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS..................................................................................... 10-6
11/03
03/03
4

SMALL
SYSTEMS
INTRODUCTION
10.4.1 Checking the System ......................................................................................................................... 10-6
10.4.2 Controlling the Level......................................................................................................................... 10-6
10.4.3 Colour................................................................................................................................................... 10-7
10.5 PH 10-8
10.5.1 Sampling.............................................................................................................................................. 10-8
10.5.2 Discharging Lagoons ....................................................................................................................... 10-11
10.6 MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS.................................................................................. 10-11
10.6.1 Berms and Liners.............................................................................................................................. 10-11
10.6.2 Cell-to-Cell Transfer ........................................................................................................................ 10-13
10.6.3 Inlet Structures.................................................................................................................................. 10-13
10.6.4 Truck Discharges.............................................................................................................................. 10-13
10.6.5 Access Road Problems..................................................................................................................... 10-14
10.6.6 Discharge Point Problems............................................................................................................... 10-15
10.6.7 Erosion................................................................................................................................................ 10-15
10.6.8 Pipe Inlets.......................................................................................................................................... 10-15
10.6.9 Free fall discharges........................................................................................................................... 10-16
10.6.10 Submerged gravity........................................................................................................................... 10-16
10.6.11 Submerged pressure ........................................................................................................................ 10-16
10.6.12 Outlet Structures .............................................................................................................................. 10-17
10.6.13 Fencing and Signs ............................................................................................................................ 10-18
10.7 ODOUR, WEED, AND INSECT PROBLEMS..................................................................... 10-18
10.7.2 Weed Control .................................................................................................................................... 10-19
10.7.3 Berm Vegetation ............................................................................................................................... 10-19
10.7.4 Lagoon Vegetation ........................................................................................................................... 10-20
10.7.5 Insect Control.................................................................................................................................... 10-21
10.8 SLUDGE MANAGEMENT............................................................................................... 10-21
10.8.1 Pumping............................................................................................................................................. 10-21
10.8.2 Dewatering ........................................................................................................................................ 10-22
10.8.3 Sludge Removal................................................................................................................................ 10-22
10.9 WETLAND SEWAGE TREATMENT AND OVERLAND FLOW ............................................ 10-22
10.9.1 Wetland and Overland Flow Operation ....................................................................................... 10-23
10.10 WATER LICENCE REQUIREMENTS............................................................................... 10-23
10.11 SPILL REPORTING ....................................................................................................... 10-24
10.12 SEWAGE SPILLS........................................................................................................... 10-24
10.13 RECORD KEEPING ....................................................................................................... 10-24
10.14 REVIEW ....................................................................................................................... 10-26
11.0 SOLID WASTE OPERATOR’S MANUAL .................................... 11-1
12.0 MANAGEMENT AND OPERATION OF A MODIFIED LANDFILL .12-1
12.1 OBJECTIVES .................................................................................................................. 12-1
12.2 BASIC WASTE MANAGEMENT OBJECTIVES................................................................... 12-1
12.3 SOLID WASTE CHARACTERISTICS ................................................................................. 12-1
12.4 BURNING IS NOT ACCEPTABLE ..................................................................................... 12-2
12.5 DISPOSAL ALTERNATIVES ............................................................................................. 12-2
12.5.1 The Open Dump is no Longer Acceptable..................................................................................... 12-3
12.5.2 Modified Landfill............................................................................................................................... 12-3
12.5.3 Sanitary Landfill................................................................................................................................. 12-4
12.5.4 Incineration and Landfill.................................................................................................................. 12-4
12.6 BASIC OPERATIONS OF A MODIFIED LANDFILL............................................................ 12-4
12.7 COVER MATERIAL......................................................................................................... 12-5
12.8 HONEY BAG AREA OPERATION ..................................................................................... 12-5
12.9 ANIMAL WASTES ........................................................................................................... 12-5
12.10 BULKY WASTE AREA OPERATION.................................................................................. 12-9
12.10.1 Encouraging Recycling of Useful Materials .................................................................................. 12-9
12.11 FENCING ..................................................................................................................... 12-10
13.0 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES FOR A MODIFIED LANDFILL ... 13-1
13.1 OBJECTIVES .................................................................................................................. 13-1
13.2 ACCESS ROADS.............................................................................................................. 13-1
11/03
03/03
5

SMALL
SYSTEMS
INTRODUCTION
13.3 FENCES ......................................................................................................................... 13-1
13.4 SIGNS ............................................................................................................................ 13-1
13.5 DRAINAGE ..................................................................................................................... 13-1
13.6 ODOURS......................................................................................................................... 13-3
13.7 HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT.............................................................................. 13-3
13.8 HAZARDOUS WASTE COLLECTION ALTERNATIVES ....................................................... 13-4
13.9 TRACKING HAZARDOUS WASTE .................................................................................... 13-4
13.10 HAZARDOUS WASTE STORAGE ...................................................................................... 13-5
13.10.1 Dealing with Waste Oil..................................................................................................................... 13-5
13.10.2 Dealing with Tank Sludges and Heavy Tars................................................................................. 13-6
13.10.3 Dealing with Waste Antifreeze........................................................................................................ 13-6
13.10.4 Dealing with Spent Solvents............................................................................................................ 13-6
13.10.5 Dealing with Waste Paints................................................................................................................ 13-6
13.11 FINAL DISPOSAL OF HAZARDOUS WASTES ................................................................... 13-7
13.12 WATER LICENCE REQUIREMENTS FOR WASTE MANAGEMENT SITES........................... 13-7
13.13 RECORD KEEPING ......................................................................................................... 13-8
13.14 REVIEW ......................................................................................................................... 13-9
List of Addenda
Addendum A – Math Topics
Addendum B – ABC Need-To-Know
Addendum C – Sample O&M Manual
Addendum D – Guidelines for Canadian Drinking Water Quality
Addendum E – NWT Public Health Act – Public Water Supply Sub-section
Addendum F – Sample Water Licence
Addendum G – CWMS Water Distribution Sheets
Addendum H – CWMS Sewage Lagoon Sheets
Addendum I – CWMS Solid Waste Sheets
Addendum J – MSDS Sheets
Addendum K – Additional sources of Information
Addendum L - Glossary
11/03
03/03
6

SMALL
SYSTEMS
INTRODUCTION
1.0 INTRODUCTION
In the North, the community works operator may be responsible for the operation of
water treatment and delivery, sewage collection and treatment, and solid waste
collection and disposal. Sometimes he is responsible for just one of these areas,
sometimes all three! But the job is much more than this.
The operator has three primary goals to achieve:
! Protect the public's health
! Protect the environment
! Protect the public's purse.
Every person in the community depends on the operator doing his job well.
They depend on the operator to provide safe, clean water in sufficient quantity so they
always have enough for drinking, cooking, and bathing.
They depend on the operator to ensure waste is removed from their homes, and from
the community, so the public's health is protected and sanitary conditions are always
maintained.
They depend on the operator to dispose of wastes in a safe manner that does not pollute
the environment.
They depend on the operator to provide these services, without fail, every hour of every
day - their health depends on you!
Finally, they depend on the operator to do all this without spending much money.
When the operator does his job well, no one notices.
When the operator does his job poorly, everyone notices.
The operation of water, sewage, and solid waste systems is not easy. It is based on
complex scientific principles some of which you must know to do the job properly. But
no one can know everything.
Besides you, there are many people who care that communities have good water and
sanitation, the environment is protected, and money is not wasted. You are a member
of a team of engineers, scientists, technicians, inspectors, health professionals, and
other public servants who are all dedicated to the same goal.
11/03
03/03
1-1

SMALL
SYSTEMS
INTRODUCTION
And, there are no secrets. Anything you want to know is yours for the asking. If you
have a problem and can't fix it, or don't know what to do, or even if you only suspect a
problem, you can have the answer in just a few phone calls.
What are the responsibilities of the operator in Water Treatment?
The operator has two basic responsibilities.
First, it is the responsibility of the operator to ensure, to the best of his ability and the
capabilities of the system, that the water delivered to the people looks, smells and tastes
good, and is good.
If the water does not look good or taste good, people will be driven to collect water from
another source they think tastes better but may not be safe. How many people do you
know that collect their own water? This can be a problem because all waters contain
disease causing organisms that can profoundly affect someone's health.
Although the operator of a very basic water system, such as will be discussed in this
program, has no control over the chemical quality of that water, he does have control
over the disease causing organisms. The operator must ensure that every litre of water
delivered to the people is properly disinfected -- every litre.
Second, it is the responsibility of the operator to ensure, to the best of his ability, that
the equipment he works with operates properly every day of the week and lasts for
many years.
People need water every day both for sustenance and for health. How can people get
the safe water they depend on if the equipment that delivers that water does not work,
or worse, if the equipment contaminates that water? And, if the equipment is
continually out of service through neglect or abuse, where does the money come from
so it can be repaired? The answer is, the money comes from other programs that
people would also like to have but now cannot.
What are the responsibilities of the operator in Sewage Treatment?
Here, too, the operator has two basic responsibilities.
First, it is the responsibility of the operator to ensure, to the best of his ability and the
capabilities of the system, that the sewage is properly treated before it is released to the
environment.
Sewage causes both disease and pollution.
Second, it is the responsibility of the operator to ensure, to the best of his ability, that
the equipment he works with operates properly every day of the week and lasts for
many years. Even the simplest sewage treatment system costs over one million dollars.
To neglect or abuse this system could be very expensive.
11/03
03/03
1-2

SMALL
SYSTEMS
INTRODUCTION
Additionally, there are laws that forbid pollution. An obvious violation of those laws
could cause great embarrassment for the community and could result in expensive
legal fees and costly fines.
What are the responsibilities of the operator in Solid and Hazardous Waste
Management?
Here, you also have two basic responsibilities.
First, it is the responsibility of the operator to ensure, to the best of his ability and the
capabilities of the system, that waste is properly stored and disposed at the waste site.
Improperly stored or disposed wastes can pose a health problem and can damage the
environment for many years. You have the knowledge and are in the position to change
practices you know to be improper, dangerous, and wasteful. You must act.
Second, it is the responsibility of the operator to ensure, to the best of his ability, that
the equipment he works with operates properly every day of the week and lasts for
many years.
What are the responsibilities of the operator to fellow workers?
You must help your fellow workers work safely.
Just as information will not be withheld from you when you ask, you must not withhold
any information from your fellow workers. People in water and sanitation profession
must continuously grow and improve if they are to meet the needs of the public and
rapidly changing technology. That will only happen when you share all your
knowledge.
What are the responsibilities of the operator to himself?
You must work safely. You must not endanger yourself, or your family, by not
following good safety practices, or by not doing your job correctly.
You must continue to learn about your job yourself. You must strive to learn something
new everyday. You cannot wait for people to come to you and offer some kind of
training. You cannot wait for the next training course. Read every book, every manual,
and every journal you can get you hands on. Ask every question you can of every
member of your team. Don't allow visitors to leave your community without
questioning them thoroughly.
What is in this manual?
Water, sewage and solid waste operations are not that easy. This Program Manual will
help you to do your job properly.
11/03
03/03
1-3

SMALL
SYSTEMS
INTRODUCTION
At the back of this Manual you will find a Glossary that gives the meaning of many
technical words and a List of Additional Sources of information. As well, there is a
copy of the ABC Need-to-Know Criteria for Very Small Water System Operators.
There are spaces for notes at the end of each topic and at the end of each session. Add
blank pages to the manual if you need more note space.
There are review questions at the end of each section. Once you have completed that
section, try and answer the review questions. If you need to, go back to the section to
make sure you have the correct answer. Check your answers in the section. If you have
any questions about the review questions, be sure to bring them up in class.
This course has been developed by northerners to meet the specific needs of
Environmental Operators in the Northwest Territories. As well, upon successful
completion of this course, an operator should be able to pass the ABC tests in the
subject areas of water treatment and lagoon sewage treatment. Solid waste
management is also included in this manual.
If you are studying this manual while attending a course you may have the opportunity
to hear presentations made from experts on the subject. Don’t be afraid to speak up.
Ask questions if you don’t understand something. Part of learning is listening to others
who are doing similar jobs in other communities. You might learn something from
people who may have had similar problems to yours. Someone else may learn from
your experiences.
If you are taking a course based on this manual, you will probably have to read or do
review questions in the evening after class. There is a lot of material to cover in a short
period of time.
In summary...
So what is in it for you if you work hard and do well in this course? In addition to the
personal satisfaction that comes from doing something well, you may have just ensured
that you have a job for the rest of your life. Every employer wants a responsible, well
trained, and caring person to operate their systems. In the water and sanitation
business, they don't come along every day.
11/03
03/03
1-4

SMALL
SYSTEMS
INTRODUCTION
Notes
11/03
03/03
1-5

SMALL
SYSTEMS
REGULATIONS
EGULATIONS, , GUIDELINES
G
& CODES C
OF PRACTICE
, G
& C
2
2.0 REGULATIONS, GUIDELINES & CODES OF PRACTICE
2.1 OBJECTIVES
In Section 2 you will learn about:
! Water quality regulations
! Applicable legislation
! When a Water licence is required
! Your duty to comply to your Water licence
2.2 NWT PUBLIC HEALTH ACT
The current Public Health Act was legislated by the Northwest Territories’ government
in 1988 to provide an all-encompassing document that provides specific regulations in
a variety of different fields. The latest amendment was in 2002.
Of most interest to water treatment operators is the Public Water Supply Regulations
sub-section. It is useful for operators to be acquainted with the document, especially
the section on operator safety.
The NWT Public Health Act – Public Water Supply Regulations sub-section is
included in Addendum E.
2.3 BOIL WATER ORDERS
If you have repetitive microbiological test results where either faecal coliform or E. coli
exceed 1 cfu/100ml, and the Environmental Health Officer (EHO) believes that the
health of the community may be compromised, the EHO will issue a “Boil Water
Order”.
This order is an advisory to the public that they should bring their water to a rolling
boil for one minute before use in drinking, making infant formula, juice or ice cubes,
washing fruit and vegetables, or dental hygiene. Depending on the extent of the
contamination instructions may also be issued for water used in bathing.
The Boil Water Order will remain in place until the EHO is satisfied that the health of
community is not longer compromised.
11/03
03/03
2-1

SMALL
SYSTEMS
REGULATIONS
EGULATIONS, , GUIDELINES
G
& CODES C
OF PRACTICE
, G
& C
2.4 WATER LICENCE REQUIREMENTS
2
Communities that take water and dispose of water in the NWT require a licence from
the NWT Water Board, Gwich’in Land and Water Board, Sahtu Land and Water
Board, or Mackenzie Valley Land and Water Board, depending on where you live.
A typical water licence will, as a minimum, specify the amount of water that can be
taken for municipal use, where that water can be taken from, and where the
wastewater can be disposed. An example of a water licence is included as Addendum F.
The operator should be aware of the following licence requirements. The community
must:
! Report volumes for water use and sewage disposal;
! Place signs and sample point markers at sites;
! Sample sewage effluent as required;
! Report spills; and
! Develop operation and maintenance manuals.
The operator must follow the requirements of his water licence. It is the law.
2.5 OPERATING AGREEMENTS
Many communities operate their water and waste system under an agreement with the
Government of the Northwest Territories. This agreement may dictate additional
operational requirements beyond typical legislation and water licence requirements.
These agreements are legally binding contracts and must be followed to the letter.
2.6 GUIDELINES FOR CANADIAN DRINKING WATER QUALITY
First published in 1968, the Canadian Drinking Water Standards and Objectives were
the first comprehensive Canadian guidelines to specify recommendations and limits for
substances and conditions that affect the quality of drinking water. Ten years later, the
document was replaced by the Guidelines for Canadian Drinking Water Quality: 1978.
Since 1978, the guidelines have been re-examined and, where needed, revised as limits
were changed or new chemicals were added.
The Federal-Provincial subcommittee which reports to the Conference of Deputy
Ministers of Health develop the guidelines. Once adopted, the guidelines are published
by Health and Welfare Canada. Provincial and territorial departments of health then
11/03
03/03
2-2

SMALL
SYSTEMS
REGULATIONS
EGULATIONS, , GUIDELINES
G
& CODES C
OF PRACTICE
, G
& C
may adopt the guidelines under their own legislation. In the NWT, the Department of
Health adopts the Guidelines for Canadian Drinking Water Quality as policy.
2
The GCDWQ shows some of the important water quality parameters and their
maximum acceptable concentrations. Limits are based on one of two criteria: health
effects; or aesthetics (taste, odour, appearance).
The current edition was published in 1996. Guidelines for specific parameters are
being reviewed and updated all the time. The last update was April 2002, which is
included in Addendum E.
Operators should read this document for definitions of Maximum Acceptable
Concentration, and Aesthetic Objectives. The reasons parameters are listed as a MAC
or and AO are contained in the document.
The Guidelines for Canadian Drinking Water are included in Addendum D. More
information is available on the Health Canada website:
http://www.hc-sc.gc.ca/hecs-sesc/water/index.htm
2.7 MULTI-BARRIER APPROACH TO SAFEGUARDING RAW WATER
The multi-barrier approach is...
… an integrated system of procedures, processes and tools that collectively prevent
or reduce the contamination of drinking water from source to tap in order to
reduce risks to public health.
We will talk later about what harm different types of contamination, faecal coliforms
for example, could do to the community if they entered the water supply. How do we
prevent contamination from occurring? Health Canada has developed a multi barrier
approach from source to tap.
Even though no approach will guarantee 100 per cent protection all of the time, it has
been demonstrated that the most effective way to manage drinking water systems is to
implement a multi-barrier approach.
The goal of this approach is to reduce the risk of contamination of the drinking water,
and to increase the feasibility and effectiveness of remedial control or preventative
options.
As a safeguard, it is important for contingency plans to be in place to respond to
incidents as they arise, and for redundancies to be built into the system wherever
feasible.
11/03
03/03
2-3

SMALL
SYSTEMS
REGULATIONS
EGULATIONS, , GUIDELINES
G
& CODES C
OF PRACTICE
, G
& C
Figure 2.1 depicts a multi-barrier approach to safe drinking water that has three major
elements. These elements are source water protection, water treatment, and the
drinking water distribution system.
2
These are addressed in an integrated manner by using a system of and tools, such as:
! Water quality monitoring and management of water supplies from source to tap
! Legislative and policy frameworks
! Public involvement and awareness
! Guidelines, standards and objectives
! Research
! The development of science and technology solutions
More information can be found at:
http://www.hc-sc.gc.ca/hecs-sesc/water/publications/source_to_tap/source_to_taptoc.htm
Figure 2-1 The Multi-Barrier Approach
11/03
03/03
2-4

SMALL
SYSTEMS
REGULATIONS
EGULATIONS, , GUIDELINES
G
& CODES C
OF PRACTICE
, G
& C
2
2.8 REVIEW
1. What set of rules must a NWT community follow with regard to water
quality? Who created these rules?
2. What tasks are you required to do to fulfil the requirements of your
Water Licence
3. What are your responsibilities to others?
4. What tasks are your responsibilities to yourself?
11/03
03/03
2-5

SMALL
SYSTEMS
REGULATIONS
EGULATIONS, , GUIDELINES
G
& CODES C
OF PRACTICE
, G
& C
2
Notes
11/03
03/03
2-6

SMALL
SYSTEMS
WATER
SOURCES
& CHARACTERISTICSC
& C
3.0 WATER SOURCES & CHARACTERISTICS
3
3.1 OBJECTIVES
In this section you will learn about:
The sources of water
! Characteristics of Water
! Microbiological
! Physical and Chemical
! Radiological
! Characteristics of Drinking Water
3.2 INTRODUCTION
In the Northwest Territories small community water systems may include:
! An intake or well system;
! A water lake or reservoir; and
! A chlorination system.
All systems rely on chlorine disinfection. Adding filtration or fluoridation usually
brings the facility up to Class I.
3.3 THE WATER CYCLE
The hydrologic cycle, or water cycle, is a continuous process in which water is
transported from the oceans, to the atmosphere, to the land, and back to the oceans
again.
The driving force for the cycle is the sun, which provides the energy for evaporation.
Throughout the cycle, water quality changes continuously as it changes from salt
water, to water vapour, to fresh water, and back to salt water again.
The cycle is slightly different in areas with and without permafrost. Figure 3.1 and
Figure 3.2 show the hydrologic cycle for non-permafrost and permafrost areas,
respectively.
11/03
03/03
3-1

SMALL
SYSTEMS
WATER
SOURCES
& CHARACTERISTICSC
Figure 3-1 Hydrological Cycle
& C
3
Figure 3-2 Hydrological Cycle in Permafrost
11/03
03/03
3-2

SMALL
SYSTEMS
WATER
SOURCES
& CHARACTERISTICSC
& C
Surface water is found in lakes and rivers. Its quality and availability varies with the
season. Surface water can be influenced by many sources and become quickly
contaminated. Such sources include: natural runoff from the land, spills of fuel or
chemicals, large upstream sewage discharges, discharges from mining, or agriculture.
3
Groundwater is found in the underground, usually in an aquifer. Because it has
filtered through the earth, groundwater is usually very clear and free from
microorganisms. However, because water is a solvent, it dissolves minerals such as
calcium, iron and manganese, which can affect the taste and quality of the water.
Groundwater that is associated with organic soils may contain hydrogen sulphide
and/or methane.
Groundwater from shallow wells can be influenced by surface conditions. If the
surface water that feeds the shallow well is contaminated, the ground water may be
contaminated as well. Sometimes this contamination can be sudden, coming and going
quickly. Or, it can be slow and once contaminated, take many years before it becomes
clean again.
3.4 GENERAL PROPERTIES OF WATER
Water is never found in its pure form in nature. This is because water provides a place
for plants and animals to live, and because it is a solvent. As a result, water dissolves
tiny amounts of elements and other natural compounds. These include organic matter,
various microorganisms and plants, and other substances. These factors contribute to
how we see, taste and smell water.
All of these factors contribute to whether the water is potable. Water that is potable is
safe for human consumption according to recognized standards.
3.5 MICROBIOLOGICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Surface water, that is water found in lakes and rivers, contain many different types of
microscopic organisms. Many of these organisms are a natural part of the
environment. Others, and the ones in which we are interested, come from man and
animals. Some of these organisms are called pathogenic, meaning they are harmful
and cause disease. Because the disease is associated with water, it is called a waterborne
disease. Some of the diseases include: typhoid; cholera; and giardiasis.
This is why it is necessary that all public water supplies are disinfected. People should
only drink water that has been disinfected, or boiled.
Water microbiology by definition is the study of microbes found in natural water.
There are many types of micro organisms that are found naturally in water, including
bacteria, viruses, protozoa, algae, and microscopic animals. The vast majority of these
11/03
03/03
3-3

SMALL
SYSTEMS
WATER
SOURCES
& CHARACTERISTICSC
& C
microorganisms are not harmful to people, however a small percentages must be
removed in order to ensure safe drinking water.
3
3.5.1 HETEROTROPHIC PLATE COUNT
Heterotrophic plate count (HPC) is a method used to indicate the microbial quality of
water. HPC is also known as Standard Plate Count.
The types and concentrations of species recovered using a HPC procedure vary
depending on many factors, including the physical and chemical characteristics of the
water. Recovered microorganisms can include those naturally found in the water
environment and others from many different pollutant sources. HPC tests recover a
broad range of bacterial species, some of which may be pathogens.
Unlike other indicators, such as total coliform or E. coli, low concentrations of HPC
organisms will still be present after drinking water treatment. Some water utilities can
achieve HPC concentrations of less than 10 cfu/ml in finished water.
HPC are not a health concern in drinking water to the general public.
HPC is an indicator of microbial quality. HPC can change before changes occur in
coliform bacteria. Therefore, operators are wise to test routinely for HPC.
Once positive results are seen in the coliform groups, contamination has already
occurred. Operators aware of changing HPC concentrations may be able to prevent a
microbial intrusion.
Plant operators can use HPC concentrations in water during treatment and
immediately upon leaving the treatment plant in conjunction with several routine tests
to monitor plant operation. HPC does not replace these tests. Other tests include those
for coliform bacteria, turbidity and chlorine residuals.
HPC can also be used as a measure of quality deterioration in wells, distribution lines
and reservoirs.
As an operational guideline HPC concentrations should be relatively consistent
and NOT exceed 500 cfu/mL.
Should elevated HPC not respond to increased chlorine, operators should
immediately contact their EHO.
Chlorine demand and turbidity must be part of diagnostic testing.
11/03
03/03
3-4

SMALL
SYSTEMS
WATER
SOURCES
& CHARACTERISTICSC
3.5.2 COLIFORM BACTERIA
& C
3
The types of bacteria that are regulated in water treatment are the coliform bacteria.
Coliform bacteria originate in the intestinal tract of warm-blooded animals and can be
found in their wastes. Coliform bacteria can also be found in soil and on vegetation.
Coliform bacteria are relatively simple to identify and are present in much larger
numbers than more dangerous pathogens. Coliform bacteria react to the natural
environment and treatment processes in a manner and degree similar to pathogens.
By monitoring coliform bacteria, the increase or decrease of many pathogenic bacteria
can be estimated. It has been proven that when coliforms are detected in water,
particularly faecal coliforms, pathogenic organisms are also present.
All these kinds of coliform are normally non-pathogenic, but some of them do have
pathogenic qualities. Therefore, water must be treated and disinfected to remove these
bacteria.
Figure 3-3 A petri dish of coliform bacteria
11/03
03/03
3-5

SMALL
SYSTEMS
WATER
SOURCES
& CHARACTERISTICSC
3.5.2.1 Total Coliform
& C
3
The total coliform test is a measure of all of the coliform bacteria in the water sample.
It is used as an indicator of contamination.
If you receive a positive result for total coliform, you must take action immediately to
ensure that your chlorination process is working properly.
Then you must sample again to make sure that the first sample was not somehow
contaminated by you.
While you are waiting for those results you should assess your system to see if there are
any obvious sources of contamination.
If the test is positive a second time, you must report to your EHO. Then you must
undertake a rigorous sampling program to determine where the total coliforms are
coming from and take steps to remove the source of contamination.
The Guidelines for Canadian Drinking Water Quality state that:
1. There should be no more than 10 coliform organisms in any 100mL
test.
2. No two consecutive tests should show the presence of coliform bacteria.
3. No more than 10% of the tests should show the presence of coliform bacteria.
3.5.2.2 Faecal Coliform
The faecal coliform test is a measure of faecal coliform bacteria in the water sample.
It is another indicator of contamination.
Faecal coliform is a sub-set of the coliform bacteria group. "Faecal" means that the
organism is associated with faeces, or excreted waste from animals.
Faecal coliforms are a specific class of bacteria, which only inhabit the intestines of
warm-blooded animals and hence, are found in faeces. Again, not all faecal coliforms
are pathogenic but the percentage is higher. A test for faecal coliforms can be done in
48 hours.
11/03
03/03
3-6

SMALL
SYSTEMS
WATER
SOURCES
& CHARACTERISTICSC
& C
The Guidelines for Canadian Drinking Water Quality state that no 100mL test
should show the presence of faecal coliforms.
3
If you receive a positive result for faecal coliform, after you immediately check your
disinfection system, you must contact the EHO and follow instructions.
Usually, a second test will be taken to confirm the first, and again while you wait for
the results, you need to assess your system.
3.5.2.3 Escherichia coli (E. coli)
E. coli is a specific type of faecal coliform that is often used as a benchmark test for
pathogenicity of faecal coliforms. It is important to note that not all E. coli are
harmful. In fact there are over 25,000 strains (bacterial varieties), but only 150 might
make you a bit sick and only one strain, O157:H7, will make you truly ill.
The O157:H7 E. coli strain causes what is known as “Hamburger Disease” because it
is more often associated with improperly cooked meat.
E. coli tests can be conducted as a standard presence/absence test. It is preferred to the
faecal coliform count because it can be done in 24 hours, compared to 48.
If you have a positive result for E. coli, the actions are the same as for faecal coliform.
3.5.3 PROTOZOA
Protozoa are small microorganisms about 4 to 40 microns is size, that are more similar
to animals than bacteria. They are larger than bacteria, their eggs have a hard shell,
and are resistant to chlorine.
Two of the most common protozoa related to health problems from drinking water are
Cryptosporidium and Giardia. When people get ill from these organisms, they do not
build immunity as they would from a viral infection. Therefore, they can get ill over
and over again.
Giardia (gee-ar-dee-a) comes from warm-blooded mammals such as beaver, muskrat,
caribou, dogs, and man. Sometimes called "beaver fever", its symptoms are like the
flu.
Cryptosporidium is more serious than Giardia. The diarrhoea caused by this organism
can be compared to that caused by cholera and can cause death. Children, Elders, and
people with reduced immune systems are most susceptible.
11/03
03/03
3-7

SMALL
SYSTEMS
WATER
SOURCES
& CHARACTERISTICSC
& C
Figure 3-4 Giardia lamblia (scanning electron microscope photo)
3
Currently, there are no guidelines related to protozoa in the GCDWQ. However, it
does mention the need of “effective disinfection” of protozoa from the drinking water
and “suggests” than 99% of the organisms should be removed during disinfection.
3.5.4 VIRUSES
Viruses are very small organisms not related to bacteria or protozoa that are often
smaller than 30 nanometres. That means that viruses can be 100 times smaller than
bacteria. Viruses are found in NWT water and can be disease forming.
3.5.5 ALGAE
Algae are a group of microorganisms neither related to plants, nor bacteria, but in a
kingdom of their own, Protista. Algae are autotrophic, meaning they derive their
energy from light. Individual algae can be similar in size to bacteria, but can form
long, filamentous chains that are visible to the naked eye. Algae, in small quantities
are relatively harmless and do not cause health problems, however they can, as stated
before, cause taste and odour problems as well as clog up pipes.
11/03
03/03
3-8

SMALL
SYSTEMS
WATER
SOURCES
& CHARACTERISTICSC
& C
One variety of algae, the blue-green algae, excretes the toxin microcystin that is a
health concern in higher concentration. Blue-green algae are not commonly found in
the NWT.
3
Figure 3-5 Taste and Odour Algae
(from Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater – 17 th
Edition, Clesceri et al, American Public Health Association,
Washington, 1989)
11/03
03/03
3-9

SMALL
SYSTEMS
WATER
SOURCES
& CHARACTERISTICSC
& C
3
3.6 MICROBIOLOGICAL COMPLIANCE AND OPERATION
3.6.1 COMPLIANCE
The Public Health Act requires that microbiological sample results be submitted to
prove compliance with the regulations. The number of compliance samples varies with
the size of the community and follows the Guidelines for Canadian Drinking Water
Quality.
For small systems, the EHO generally requires 1 sample per week (4 samples per
month) of the water delivered to the public.
Submitting this sample is “compliance” and you must do this. Usually, total coliform
and E. coli. are the tests are done on the sample.
3.6.2 OPERATION
Simply having sample results of the water delivered to the customer will not tell you
how your system is performing. Note also that HPC tests are not required by the EHO.
Having this information may allow you to predict a problem and prevent it from
occurring.
The system you operate is complex and there are many potential sources of
contamination and sites where contamination can occur. How many of you have had a
positive result because dirt got into the water truck? Or on the hose?
A small system generally has these basic components:
! A raw water source, which may be a reservoir in some communities;
! A treatment plant / truck fill station;
! Water trucks; and
! Water storage tanks.
Each of these sites should be tested once a week during normal operation for HPC,
total coliform and either faecal coliform or E. coli. The results should be read as soon
as they arrive in the community and, if necessary, acted upon. You should make the
results known in a monthly report to the SAO.
If you have a raw water source that changes, for example in the spring, then you
should increase your sampling program.
11/03
03/03
3-10

SMALL
SYSTEMS
WATER
SOURCES
& CHARACTERISTICSC
& C
Microbiological sampling does not replace your other tests for chlorine residual and
turbidity. Sampling, along with reporting, is an important part of your due diligence
program.
3
3.7 CHEMICAL AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
Water (H 2 O) is a compound made from two atoms of hydrogen and one atom of
oxygen. At room temperature both hydrogen and oxygen are gases, while water is, of
course, a liquid. Water is the only compound that expands when it gets colder, below
4 ° C. A diagram of the water molecule is shown in Figure 3.6.
Figure 3-6 Water Molecule
Water is the universal solvent – it is a better solvent than any other compound. It can
dissolve almost all elements and compounds. Once dissolved, the mixture is called a
solution. The solution can be formed in two ways.
In the first way, when a compound comes in contact with water, some of the molecules
of the compound come apart into what are called ions. For example, common salt is
made up of two elements, sodium and chlorine, and a molecule of salt is written
chemically as NaCl and shown in Figure 3.7.
The elements that make up water itself are also constantly coming apart and going
back together.
11/03
03/03
3-11

SMALL
SYSTEMS
WATER
SOURCES
& CHARACTERISTICSC
Figure 3-7 Salt Molecule
& C
3
A chemical equation for water would look like this:
H 2 O ⇔ 2H + + O -
One for salt would look like this:
NaCl ⇔ Na + + Cl -
The + and - signs indicate that the element is in an ion form. Some elements have
positive (+) signs and others have negative (-) signs, like poles of a magnet. Since
opposites attract, the ions hold together into two new compounds NaO and HCl. These
also constantly move in and out of their ionic forms.
The second way that compounds dissolve into water is that the compound molecule, or
groups of molecules, simply fill a space between the water molecules.
3.7.1 TURBIDITY
We expect our water to be clear and clean looking. Aesthetics is the measure of how
pleasing we find the look and smell of the water.
Turbidity is the measure of clarity or cloudiness water has. Cloudiness or muddiness
comes from suspended solids in the water such as clay, or sand. Turbidity must be
removed for four reasons:
11/03
03/03
3-12

SMALL
SYSTEMS
WATER
SOURCES
& CHARACTERISTICSC
& C
It can:
! Carry disease-causing microorganisms; and
! Make the water taste bad; and
! Make the water look bad; and
3
! Protect viruses and bacteria from chlorine disinfection.
The amount of turbidity is measured by passing light through the water. Particles in
the water will cause the light to scatter. As turbidity increases, the more the light
scatters, and the less light will reach the other side. The devise used to measure
turbidity is called a Nephelometer (or a Turbidimeter). The units of measurement are
called NTU's (Nephelometric Turbidity Units).
Turbidity testing on source is important in water treatment in order to verify if current
treatment techniques are to be effective in disinfection and aesthetic quality. The
frequency of testing depends directly on the variability of the source water quality. If
source water tends to historically have a great deal of variability with respect to
turbidity, test may need to be done more often.
Impoundment in a lake or reservoir may reduce turbidity to acceptable concentrations
as the solids settle to the bottom.
Filtration may be required to meet guidelines. At present the drinking water guidelines
require that turbidity be below 5 NTU's to meet aesthetic objectives (AO), and below 1
NTU to meet the Maximum Acceptable Concentration (MAC).
3.7.2 COLOUR
We expect our water to be colourless. Colour often comes from rotting wood and
vegetation. These organic compounds are also called humic substances. Colour can
also come from elements dissolved in the water. For instance, iron turns water a
reddish colour and manganese turns water black.
Colour is also measured by the scattering of light. The units of measure are called
TCU's (True Colour Units).
The drinking water guidelines require that colour is less than 15 TCU’s to meet
aesthetic objectives.
3.7.3 TASTE AND ODOUR
Often when water is bad-tasting and offensive-smelling, it is also turbid and off-colour.
It may be algae that cause this. But water that appears clear and colourless may also
11/03
03/03
3-13

SMALL
SYSTEMS
WATER
SOURCES
& CHARACTERISTICSC
& C
have a bad taste or odour. Figure 3.5 shows some of the algae that are associated with
taste and odour.
3
Chlorine, when used in the proper amounts, does not contribute to taste, but when
chlorine reacts with other compounds, such as organic materials, the water may take
on an offensive taste or odour.
When the water provided to community residents tastes or smells badly, it doesn’t
necessarily mean it is unsafe to drink. However people are likely to seek out better
tasting water and the source they find may not be safe to drink.
3.7.4 CHEMICAL QUALITY
Water can contain dissolved or suspended materials. Some of these may be harmful if
consumed in large enough quantities. Some may cause taste and odour problems if
present in large enough concentrations.
Through laboratory studies, chemists have found out what chemicals are toxic. For
instance, examples of toxic chemicals are:
! Inorganic chemicals such as arsenic and mercury; and
! The organic chemicals in pesticides.
Toxicity is a measure of what specific concentration is poisonous to humans. The
upper limits for concentrations of most chemicals are set so that the risk of being
poisoned for a person drinking 1.5 litres of water per day for 70 years is one in one
million.
Water is sometimes tested for its mineral content. Mineral content can make water
hard or soft depending on the amount of alkalinity present in the water. Alkalinity is
related to the amount of calcium and magnesium or other divalent cation carbonates in
the water.
There are three types of limits when referring to acceptable chemical limits: maximum
acceptable concentration, interim maximum acceptable concentration and aesthetic
objective. A thorough description of these is found in the GCDWQ in Addendum D.
Other important minerals found in water are iron and manganese. Neither iron nor
manganese has adverse health effects. However, both can cause aesthetic odour,
colour and taste problems as well as promote the development of slime forming
bacteria that can deposit themselves on pipe and tank walls. Iron and manganese
treatment is usually not dealt with in small systems water treatment.
11/03
03/03
3-14

SMALL
SYSTEMS
WATER
SOURCES
& CHARACTERISTICSC
3.8 RADIOLOGICAL PROPERTIES
& C
3
People are exposed to radiation from a variety of sources, including water everyday.
This dose however is usually very low and does not contribute to concerns with human
health. A radiation dose from water sources represents an even smaller portion of that
dose. In some rare locations where the geology includes naturally high levels, radiation
intake can possibly become a concern. The GCDWQ allows a maximum acceptable
dose (MAC) of 0.1mSv from a one-year’s consumption of drinking water.
The average water treatment plant operator will generally not have to deal with
radiological sampling. Any issue with radiation in your water supply should be
referred to your EHO. More information on radiological characteristics of water can
be found in the GCDWQ in Addendum D.
11/03
03/03
3-15

SMALL
SYSTEMS
WATER
SOURCES
& CHARACTERISTICSC
3.9 REVIEW
& C
3
5. List the common physical properties of water.
6. What causes turbidity in water?
7. Why are coliform bacteria used to measure the bacteriological quality of
water?
8. What is potable water?
11/03
03/03
3-16

SMALL
SYSTEMS
WATER
SOURCES
& CHARACTERISTICSC
Notes
& C
3
11/03
03/03
3-17

SMALL
SYSTEMS
SYSTEM
COMPON
OMPONENTS
4
4.0 SYSTEM COMPONENTS
4.1 OBJECTIVES
In this section you will learn about:
! Impounding water
! Types of Pumps
4.2 INTRODUCTION
Having reviewed the characteristics of water in Section 3, we can now talk about
community water treatment, and the following steps:
Impounding water in a lake or reservoir
! Intake
! Types of pumps
! Filtration
4.3 RESERVOIRS (IMPOUNDING WATER)
A water impoundment, or reservoir, is used to store, regulate and control water. A
water impoundment may be natural or artificial. Lakes and ponds are natural
impoundments. Tanks and man-made reservoirs are artificial impoundments.
Dams are artificial structures that can impound water in natural topographic features.
Dams may be constructed of earth and rock or from concrete.
Impoundments may be used to:
! Store water from times when there is a lot of water available for times when
there is not a lot of water available. An example would be a seasonal fill
reservoir that is filled during summer from a creek to use if the source freezes
to the bottom in winter;
! Store water from times when the water quality is good for times when it is not so
good. An example would be filling a reservoir from the Mackenzie River in the
winter when the water is clear, for use in the summer when the water is turbid;
! Create a deeper reservoir so the intake is not frozen in the winter;
11/03
03/03
4-1

SMALL
SYSTEMS
SYSTEM
COMPON
OMPONENTS
! Provide a settling basin to allow turbidity and suspended solids to settle out.
4
Management of the impoundment depends on the purpose of the reservoir. Some
concerns that may need to be addressed are:
! How often does the reservoir need to be filled to ensure a reliable supply of
water;
! Can it be filled often enough when the water is of good quality;
! Will freeze concentration seriously affect the water quality;
! How much does ice reduce the available water quantity;
! How often does the reservoir need to be cleaned;
! How much water is lost to evaporation and leakage.
Some reservoirs only need to be filled once a year. Others may need to be filled several
times a year. It should normally be filled when the water is of the best quality. This will
take careful planning.
When water freezes minerals dissolved in the water do not stay in the ice. They remain
dissolved in the water below the ice. Since ice can use most of the available water in a
reservoir, the concentrations of minerals in the water below the ice can increase until
they cause taste and odour problems. Ice also cuts off the water from air. Over the
winter the water can become anaerobic, or without oxygen. When this happens taste
and odour problems can result. This can happen in constructed reservoirs or in
shallow lakes.
How often does a constructed reservoir need to be cleaned? That depends on the design
of the reservoir and the quality of the water placed in it. A reservoir used to settle out
turbidity will probably need cleaning more often than one that is used only to store
clean water. However, the reservoir should be inspected prior to each refilling. Look
for any problems when the water is at its lowest. If it appears that there is a lot of
sediment in the bottom you may have to plan for cleaning it before the next time it is
filled.
Burrowing animals have to be controlled on earth embankment reservoirs. Even lined
reservoirs can develop failures if animals are allowed to dig holes in the banks. Trees
and other long-rooted plants can also lead to failure of an earth embankment
reservoir.
Fencing the reservoir helps protect it from humans and animals, and the potential
contamination from these sources. Lining the reservoir with impermeable material,
where necessary and appropriate, helps protect it from potential sources of
groundwater contamination.
11/03
03/03
4-2

SMALL
SYSTEMS
SYSTEM
COMPON
OMPONENTS
4
4.4 INTAKES AND SCREENS
Wherever you get your water supply, there has to be a way to get the water from the
source into your system. This is done with an intake. Often the intake is a structure on
the end of an intake pipe. It usually has an intake screen on the opening. The purpose
of the screen is to keep large debris and fish out of the intake. In some cases a fine
screen is used to keep smaller organisms out of the system.
In spite of the presence of a screen it is not usually the primary means of keeping fish
out of the system. Design of the intake to keep the water velocity into the intake low
enough so that fish don’t get drawn into the intake is more important.
Occasionally screens may require cleaning. Some systems have a way of backwashing
the screens built in. Sometimes you have to rig up a water truck and hose to backwash.
Sometimes divers are required to clean the intake screen. Usually it doesn’t have to be
done for several years.
4.5 FILTRATION
Filtration is not really applicable to a ‘small system’ since if you have a filtration
system, you have a Class I facility. The following discussion is simply to give you an
idea about filtration.
4.5.1 CONVENTIONAL FILTRATION
Conventional filtration consists of coagulation, flocculation and sedimentation.
Through coagulation, coagulants are added to the raw water so particles combine into
large accumulations or floc. Common coagulants include aluminium sulphate or
alum, and polymers. Following coagulation, flocculation occurs when the flocs are
stirred slowly, causing them to come in contact with particles of turbidity to form
larger, settleable particles. Sedimentation or clarification is required prior to filtration
to reduce loading on the filters.
Filtration is the final step in normal filtration, filter media vary depending on the raw
water quality and characteristics. Examples of filter media are sand, green sand and
diatomaceous earth.
Conventional filtration routinely removes up to 1-micron particles, including
Cryptosporidium and Giardia lamblia. However not all bacteria can be filtered by
conventional filtration, and no viruses, disinfection by-products (DBP), colour,
arsenic, chlorides, nitrates, brackish water, sulphates, hardness or radium can be
removed by this method.
11/03
03/03
4-3

SMALL
SYSTEMS
SYSTEM
COMPON
OMPONENTS
4
4.5.2 CARTRIDGE FILTRATION
Cartridge filtration uses a filter made of paper or a
polymer type product. Usually a “train” of filters are
used with large pore size filters followed by several
smaller sizes. A typical installation may see a 5 µm
roughing filter followed by a 1 µm filter and then a
0.45 µm polishing filter.
Cartridge filtration is sometimes combined with
centrifugal removal. Water is pumped into the
housing in which the cartridge is kept and a
centrifugal force separates dense particles that wind
up at the bottom of the housing and can be removed
manually, automatically or continuously. Remaining
liquids are forced into an inner chamber of the
cartridge for filtration. No chemical treatment
required.
The process requires a small blow down of 20 to 40
litres, thus eliminating the requirement for a
wastewater outfall. Wastewater production is such
that a standard sewage tank could be used requiring
only weekly pumpout.
11/03
03/03
4-4

SMALL
SYSTEMS
SYSTEM
COMPON
OMPONENTS
4
4.5.3 MEMBRANE FILTRATION
Microfiltration (MF) and ultrafiltration (UF) are low-pressure membrane filtration
processes that have become more popular for water treatment in the past decade. MF
and UF have been used as a stand-alone treatment, replacing conventional water
treatment or as a pre-treatment process for nanofiltration or reverse osmosis. The
distinction between MF and UF is the pore size of the membrane; UF between
approximately 0.1 and 0.01 microns, MF pore sizes are typically between 0.1 and 10
microns.
Communities throughout North America have selected MF and UF due to existing,
pending or anticipated regulatory requirements and concern over microbial
contaminants, such as crypto/giardia. MF and UF have also become popular because
they are easy to operate, can handle changes in water source quality and are
comparable in cost to other traditional filtration systems. In the NWT, Tulita uses
microfiltration.
Although an intact membrane can provide an absolute barrier, a breach (a brake or
tear) in the membrane can reduce the filtering effectiveness of the membrane. A water
treatment plant using MF or UF must have a complete monitoring program to ensure
breaches are detected and repaired efficiently.
Figure 4.1 Membrane Filtration
4.5.4 NANOFILTRATION
Nanofiltration (NF) is also a pressure-driven filtration process like MF and UF but
operates at a much higher pressure. Another high-pressure filtration is reverse
osmosis. NF is often selected for the removal of dissolved organic or inorganic
compounds.
11/03
03/03
4-5

SMALL
SYSTEMS
SYSTEM
COMPON
OMPONENTS
NF removes particles of approximately 0.001 microns. NF has been tested with pretreatment,
coagulant and UF are the most common, and stand-alone. Both systems are
suitable for surface water filtration.
4
In the NWT, NF has been selected for water treatment in Tulita and there is currently
a GNWT DPW&S NF pilot plant in Tsiigehtchic.
4.6 PUMPS
4.6.1 TYPES OF PUMPS
There are many types of pumps. Most of these will not be encountered in a small water
system. This section covers only those most likely to be used in small water systems.
Pumps are a means of using energy (electrical, diesel fuel) to move a liquid (water)
through a distribution network, and providing pressure throughout the system.
The two main types of pumps used in small systems are:
! Centrifugal; and
! Positive displacement.
4.6.2 CENTRIFUGAL
Centrifugal pumps operate by applying kinetic energy to the fluid. The kinetic energy
increases the fluid velocity (speed) inside the pump. As the fluid leaves the pump, the
velocity decreases, increasing the pressure and providing the force for moving the
fluid. The most common centrifugal pumps in distribution service are vertical turbine
pumps, submersible pumps and end-suction pumps.
4.6.2.1 Vertical turbine
The vertical turbine pump is one, or a series of, mixed-flow impellers in ‘bowls’
mounted vertically under the surface of the water. The impellers are driven by a shaft
powered by a ‘driver’ mounted above the water surface. The driver can be either a
vertically-mounted ‘hollow shaft’ electric motor, where the pump shaft passes through
the motor shaft, or by a diesel or gasoline motor through a right-angle gear drive. The
number of impellers can be increased to increase the pressure from the pump. Vertical
turbine pumps are often used for wells.
Well-designed vertical turbine pumps are not usually bothered by cavitation, as the
impellers are submerged, however they are very sensitive to vibration, and must be
mounted with great care. Pumps can self-destruct in a matter of minutes if vibration is
present. Considerable expertise is required to pull and set these pumps.
11/03
03/03
4-6

SMALL
SYSTEMS
4.6.2.2 Submersible
SYSTEM
COMPON
OMPONENTS
4
Submersible pumps in water distribution service are typically vertical turbine pumps
with a submersible electrical motor attached. Submersible pumps are most commonly
used in wells. They can be obtained in sizes suitable for a 100mm diameter well. They
are most often sold in high-head versions for pumping from deep wells. They are often
used to supply water to truck fill stations. In that case they are often set in inclined
intake shafts.
4.6.2.3 End suction
Most of the pumps you see in a typical water treatment plant will probably be endsuction
centrifugal pumps. They consist of a horizontally mounted centrifugal pump
coupled to a driver.
Typical uses for the end-suction pump are transfer of fluid from one process to
another, filling tanks, distribution pumping and pressure boosting stations. These
pumps are typically reliable and easily serviced.
4.6.3 POSITIVE DISPLACEMENT
Positive displacement pumps work by physically moving a small portion of the fluid
from the pump suction to discharge. By repeating this, large quantities of fluid can be
moved. Two types of positive displacement pumps are most common. These are:
! Reciprocating, where the fluid is moved by a ‘back and forth’ motion;
! Rotary, where the fluid is moved by a rotary motion.
4.6.3.1 Reciprocating (Back and Forth)
The two most common types of reciprocating pump are the piston pump and
diaphragm pump. In these pumps, a piston or diaphragm moves back and forth. Valves
admit the fluid on the downstroke, and move it out of the pump on the upstroke.
The most common uses of reciprocating pumps in water distribution are chemical feed
pumps. The hypochlorite feed pump is most likely a reciprocating pump.
Reciprocating pumps are used for chemical feed as they are precisely controllable.
Both the length of the pump stroke and the number of strokes per minute (stroke rate
can be adjusted). The valves in reciprocating pumps are subject to clogging if dirty
fluids are pumped.
11/03
03/03
4-7

SMALL
SYSTEMS
SYSTEM
COMPON
OMPONENTS
Figure 4-1 Vertical Turbine Pump (Pump Handbook, Karassik et al, McGraw Hill, 1976)
4
11/03
03/03
4-8

SMALL
SYSTEMS
SYSTEM
COMPON
OMPONENTS
4
Figure 4-2 Submersible Pump (F.E. Meyers Pumps)
Figure 4-3 End Suction Pump (from Pump Handbook, Karassik et al, McGraw Hill,
1976)
11/03
03/03
4-9

SMALL
SYSTEMS
Figure 4-4 Metering Pump (Liquid Metronics Inc.)
SYSTEM
COMPON
OMPONENTS
4
4.6.3.2 Rotary
Gear pumps are probably the most common type of rotary positive displacement pumps
in water service. In these pumps two intermeshed gears rotate in opposite directions,
moving small pockets of fluid from the intake to the discharge.
The most common service for these pumps is moving chemical slurries.
Figure 4-5 Gear Pump (from Pump Handbook, Karassik et al, McGraw-Hill, 1976)
11/03
03/03
4-10

SMALL
SYSTEMS
SYSTEM
COMPON
OMPONENTS
4
4.6.4 DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS
Each type of pump operates best under a certain range of conditions. Vertical turbine
pumps, with multiple impellers, are suited to high lift (pressure) applications such as
lifting water from a well, or pressurizing a distribution network. Piston pumps are good
for chemical feed metering.
The design conditions must be considered when selecting a pump. When replacing a
pump, it is usually best to replace it with the same model, unless there is good reason
for a change. For new installations, pump selection can be a bit bewildering at times.
Don’t forget to ask for help if you need it.
4.6.5 SUCTION CONDITIONS
The two main suction conditions are: suction lift, where the pump suction (inlet to the
pump) impeller is above the water surface, and flooded suction, where the water level is
above the pump suction.
Generally the flooded suction condition has fewer operating problems, when it is
suitable, however it cannot always be used. Examples of a flooded suction are
submersible pumps and pumps that are mounted near the bottom of a full tank.
Vertical turbine and submersible pumps are also flooded suction pumps, as the inlet to
the first impeller is below the water surface.
Figure 4-6 Flooded Suction
Suction lift situations can cause problems if not properly designed. Self-priming pump
installations are preferred in most cases. It is possible to set up a priming mechanism,
however they are often unreliable. Foot valves are also unreliable. Any little bit of grit
can cause a foot valve to not completely close, and drain back.
11/03
03/03
4-11

SMALL
SYSTEMS
SYSTEM
COMPON
OMPONENTS
4
Figure 4-7 Suction lift
4.6.6 CAVITATION
Cavitation is ‘the formation and subsequent collapse of vapour-filled cavities in a
liquid due to dynamic action’. In other words, bubbles form in the pump due to low
pressure conditions. These bubbles grow until they get too big to sustain themselves.
Then they collapse (implode). The destructive forces generated are considerable, even
though the bubbles are microscopic. They can eat away and destroy the pump impeller
very quickly.
Figure 4-8 Cavitation in a pump impeller
11/03
03/03
4-12

SMALL
SYSTEMS
SYSTEM
COMPON
OMPONENTS
4
4.7 VALVES
4.7.1 USES OF VALVES
The two main uses of valves in a water system are for isolation and control. Some
control valves are used for throttling or metering. These are often referred to as
modulating valves.
4.7.1.1 Isolation valves
Isolation valves are used for shutting off flow in specific parts of the system. In
distribution systems they are used to close specific parts of the system down in case
repair is required. Typically, a distribution system is divided into sections by isolating
valves. A section of the system can be isolated and shut down without closing down the
whole system.
Fire hydrants are a special case where isolating valves are used. They permit an
individual hydrant to be isolated and repaired while the rest of the distribution system
remains in use.
Isolating valves are either open or closed. There are no cases where an isolating valve
should be left in a partially open condition. It is important to know whether a valve is
supposed to be normally-open or normally-closed. This information should be in your
Operations and Maintenance Manual. If not, you should compile a list of valves in the
system and their normal position.
4.7.1.2 Control valves
Control valves are used to control the operation of various system components. An
example is an altitude valve which shuts off the supply pump when the water tower is
full. A pressure reducing valve reduces pressure in down-gradient portions of a
distribution system. A surge suppressor valve reduces the presence of water hammer if
the pump is suddenly shutdown. There are many other examples of control valves, too
many to discuss here.
4.7.1.3 Modulating valves
Modulating valves are a form of a control valve. They are specifically designed to
control flow rate of a liquid. They can throttle the flow to the desired rate. A typical use
is to control the flow of hot water through a boiler in a water heating circuit.
4.7.2 TYPES OF VALVES
There are many types of valves. Only a few of those most commonly used in water
systems are discussed here.
11/03
03/03
4-13

SMALL
SYSTEMS
4.7.2.1 Gate valve
SYSTEM
COMPON
OMPONENTS
4
A gate valve controls flow by means of a gate that slides up and down in the flow
channel. In a water distribution system they are commonly used in underground
service, in conjunction with a valve box that permits operation from the surface of the
ground.
Gate valves do not work well in throttling applications. They must be either fully
opened or fully closed. They will wear quickly if used for throttling and they do not
provide satisfactory control if used for throttling.
Gate valves are available in rising stem (RS) or non-rising stem (NRS) styles. In use in
a plant, a RS gate valve provides a visual indication whether it is open or closed. Only
NRS gate valves are suitable for underground use.
Gate vales typically used in water systems provide a flow area of 100% of the pipe area
when open if the same size pipe and valve are used. They do not restrict flow rates.
Figure 4-9 RS Gate Valve - Kitz Valve
11/03
03/03
4-14

SMALL
SYSTEMS
Figure 4-10 NRS Gate Valve - Vogt Valve
SYSTEM
COMPON
OMPONENTS
4
4.7.2.2 Ball valve
Ball valves use a ball with a port to control flow. The port may be the full diameter of
the valve size, or it may be a reduced port. The valve opens or closes with a 90º turn of
the operating handle. Small ball valves can be opened or closed very quickly. This can
cause water hammer so the valves should usually be closed slowly. Large ball valves
typically require a geared operator that limits the opening/closing speed.
Ball valves can be used for throttling. They are often used as modulating valves. They
can be fitted with motorized operators that are controlled by system signals to automate
the modulation. Ball valves are not usually completely linear in their flow control
characteristics. That means that the same degree of operator turning does not always
produce the same mount of flow change, depending on whether the ball is nearly open
or nearly closed. If this is a concern, specially fitted ball valves can be used. The port
shape is modified in these valves to make them more nearly linear.
11/03
03/03
4-15

SMALL
SYSTEMS
Figure 4-11 Ball Valve - Vogt Valve
SYSTEM
COMPON
OMPONENTS
4
4.7.2.3 Globe valve
Globe valves are constructed with a fixed circular port. A horizontal disk changes the
flow area by rising or closing on the port. They are commonly used for throttling, as
the change in flow rate is nearly linear with the change in disk position. Globe valves
are fairly common in smaller, plumbing sizes and are only used in large sizes where
their special characteristics are required. There is usually a large pressure drop
through a globe valve.
4.7.2.4 Butterfly valves
Butterfly valves are more commonly found in water treatment plants and pumping
stations than in underground distribution systems, although they are sometimes used
in distribution systems where valves are located in vaults rather than directly buried.
11/03
03/03
4-16

SMALL
SYSTEMS
SYSTEM
COMPON
OMPONENTS
4
Figure 4-12 Globe Valve - Kitz Valve
Figure 4-13 Butterfly Valve - Centerline Valve
4.7.2.5 Check valve
The purpose of a check valve is to allow flow in only one direction. The most common
types of check valves in a water treatment or distribution system are swing checks and
lift checks. In a swing check valve the disk is hinged and swings from the port. In a lift
check the disk is not hinged, but is guided vertically from the port. A foot valve is a
specialized type of check valve normally used at the bottom of a pump suction line.
11/03
03/03
4-17

SMALL
SYSTEMS
SYSTEM
COMPON
OMPONENTS
4
Figure 4-14 Swing Check Valve - Vogt Valve Figure 4-15 Lift Check Valve - Apco Valve
4.7.3 ALTITUDE VALVES
An altitude valve is typical of many types of control valves. An altitude valve controls
pumping into an elevated storage tank or reservoir, shutting off the flow when the
reservoir is full and starting it when the water level drops to a preset point. They are
operated by means of differential pressure across the valve.
Figure 4-16 - Altitude Valve - Singer Valve
4.7.4 PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE
A pressure reducing valve is another type of control valve. It maintains a constant
downstream pressure, regardless of fluctuations in the upstream pressure or flow. It is
11/03
03/03
4-18

SMALL
SYSTEMS
SYSTEM
COMPON
OMPONENTS
often used to create different pressure zones in areas with considerable changes in
topography. For example, without a pressure reducing valve if the pressure at the top
of a hill is great enough to provide good service, the pressure at the bottom of the hill
might be too great and cause problems.
4
Figure 4-17 - Pressure Reducing Valve - Singer Valve
4.8 VALVE OPERATION
Valves should be opened and closed slowly to prevent the formation of water hammer.
Water hammer is a pressure wave that is a result of abrupt changes in the flow. This
applies particularly to valves that can be opened or close with an ungeared 90º turn of
the operator. Butterfly valves and ball valves are of this type.
Valves left in one position for long periods of time can become stuck in that position. It
is important to exercise all valves periodically, at least once per year. Other valve
maintenance tasks will be discussed in the Operations and Maintenance Manual, or
you can get information from the manual.
11/03
03/03
4-19

SMALL
SYSTEMS
SYSTEM
COMPON
OMPONENTS
4
4.9 REVIEW
1. Why do you impound water?
2. What are some of the operational problems with a reservoir?
3. Why is a metering pump used for injecting chlorine?
4. What do you look for if the chlorine injection pump won’t work?
5. How do you maintain a valve?
11/03
03/03
4-20

SMALL
SYSTEMS
SYSTEM
COMPON
OMPONENTS
4
Notes
11/03
03/03
4-21

SMALL
SYSTEMS
DISINFECTION
5
5.0 DISINFECTION
5.1 OBJECTIVES
The main objectives of this section are:
! The purpose of using chlorine
! How chlorine works
! Testing chlorine residual
! How to test for chlorine
! Alternatives to chlorination
5.2 INTRODUCTION
A requirement of the Public Health Regulations, and one of the main roles of any
water treatment plant, is disinfection. For the small systems plants, disinfection is done
with chlorine. Therefore, there it is important to have an excellent understanding of
how chlorination works and how to ensure that the water reaching the customer is
effectively free of the harmful microorganisms.
This section discusses chlorination of water for trucked water distribution systems
only. Chlorination of piped water is beyond the scope of this manual.
5.3 GENERAL CONCEPTS
All water supplies, no matter how pure they seem, may contain organisms that cause
diseases. Disease and illness causing organisms are called pathogens. Pathogenic
organisms can be carried and transmitted by water, so dealing with pathogenic
organisms is a major concern of water treatment. Chlorine is added to the water to
provide disinfection. The objective is to reduce the number of pathogenic organisms to
levels where they are no longer harmful to people.
There are two objectives for chlorination: the first is to disinfect the water supply, the
second is to protect the water against recontamination in the water pipe, truck tank,
and/or storage tank.. When done properly, a chlorine residual remains. It is this
residual that provides protection while the water is in the storage tanks.
There is a difference between disinfection and sterilization. Sterilization kills all
organisms.
11/03
03/03
5-1

SMALL
SYSTEMS
DISINFECTION
5
5.4 HOW CHLORINE WORKS
Chlorine is a compound that will react with many other compounds to produce many
different products. These products complicate the process of chlorination because they
use up some of the chlorine and thus reduce the chlorine available for the disinfection
process.
Because the number and amount of compounds that complicate the disinfection
process varies from place to place and from time to time, the amount of chlorine that
must to be added is always changing. In addition, it takes a certain amount of time for
a complete reaction of the chlorine with these compounds. The reactions generally
proceed as follows:
! Chlorine first reacts with compounds such as hydrogen sulphide and iron. No
disinfection occurs. This is the Chemical Demand;
! As more chlorine enters the solution, it reacts with organic compounds to form
chloro-organic compounds, which have a slight disinfecting action;
! Chlorine used in this way, in steps 1) and 2), is called the chlorine demand.
! Adding more chlorine will react with ammonia and other compounds
containing nitrogen to produce chloramines, which have a disinfecting action
which is slow and requires a long contact time;
! Chlorine used by this step, 3), is known as the combined chlorine residual;
! Adding chlorine, to a certain amount, will destroy the chloramines;
! This is called break-point chlorination;
! Any excess chlorine added after that is known as free available residual
chlorine as show in Figure 5-1.
In summary:
Chlorine Added (Dose) = Chlorine Demand + Chlorine Residual
Chlorine Residual = Combined Chlorine Residual + Free Available Chlorine
Residual (FAC)
Chlorine is measured as milligrams per litre (mg/L). To determine the needed dose of
chlorine, the chlorine residual needs to be tested.
11/03
03/03
5-2

SMALL
SYSTEMS
DISINFECTION
5
Figure 5-1 Breakpoint chlorination
To treat water from a source that has been proven to be free of pathogenic organisms,
the minimum free chlorine residual is 0.2 mg/L. It is recommended that the treated
water be tested after a contact time of at least 2 hours (although 20 minutes is the legal
requirement.)
For all other water supplies, the minimum free chlorine residual should be 0.5 mg/L
following a contact time of at least 20 minutes.
Chlorine residuals in excess of 0.5 mg/L do little to improve disinfection and can cause
unpleasant taste and odour to the water.
5.5 TESTING THE CHLORINE RESIDUAL
5.5.1 FREQUENCY
The chlorine residual provides protection for the water after it has left the treatment
plant and it should be tested three times every delivery day, more often if conditions are
changing.
Water quality in the reservoir or in the natural environment changes with the season,
with wind, with rain or, it seems, just because it wants to. Checking the residual will
ensure that you are putting the right amount of chlorine in the water, not too little or
11/03
03/03
5-3

SMALL
SYSTEMS
DISINFECTION
too much. Too little won't do the job, while too much can lead to an unpleasant taste
and is expensive.
5
Not every truckload has to be checked. However, you should check the first new load
in the morning and make any adjustments that are required and also when the truck
that has been sitting overnight in the garage. If you are having problems it may take
more tests each day until you have the problem remedied.
5.5.2 PROCEDURE
There are many devices to test chlorine, however, the most common is the HACH
Pocket Colourimeter. The following provides the current information for testing for
chlorine residual using the HACH is conducted. If you have a different type of test kit,
or if the instructions you received with your HACH kit are different from these, you
must follow the other instructions.
1. Fill a clean sample cell to the 10-mL mark with the blank solution (usually
untreated sample). Fill another clean sample cell to the 10-mL mark with
sample.
2. Add the contents of one pillow of the appropriate DPD chlorine reagent to the
cell containing the sample. Cap and shake the cell for 20 seconds. This is the
prepared sample.
3. Place the blank in the cell compartment. Cover the sample cell with the
instrument cap.
Note: When using the instrument cap as a light shield during measurements, place the
cap with the curved surface toward the keypad. This position will allow the cap to
match the grooves in the instrument case to provide a good seal against stray light.
Press the ZERO key. After approximately 2 seconds, the display will read: 0.00.
Place the sample cell containing the prepared sample into the cell holder and cover
with the instrument cap. Press the READ key. After approximately 2 seconds, the
display will indicate the chlorine concentration in milligrams per litre (mg/L). For
example: 1.15 on the display means 1.15 mg/L as Cl2.
The test for FAC is done immediately, then you have to wait three minutes to test for
total. Make sure you follow the manufacturer’s instructions to be sure of your results.
The Combined Residual = Total Residual - Free Residual
Record the test results.
11/03
03/03
5-4

SMALL
SYSTEMS
DISINFECTION
Experience has shown the chlorine reading should be taken immediately after the
tablet has dissolved. As time passes, chloramines in the water tend to react with the
DPD chemical and give a false reading.
5
Because test kits may be different, make sure you have read and that you understand
the test procedure for your test kit. If you don’t understand something about your test
kit, make sure you ask your EHO or someone from Public Works and Services or
Municipal and Community Affairs for help.
5.6 REGULATORY REQUIREMENT
The Public Health Regulations require that water delivered to the consumer contain a
minimum free available chlorine (FAC) residual of 0.2 mg/L after 20 minutes of
contact time.
5.7 OPERATIONAL GOALS
The FAC must be greater than 0.2 mg/L after 20 minutes. If you can consistently
achieve this and still have a measurable residual in household water storage tanks –
great. But what if you miss 0.2 mg/L in a truckload, or if there’s no trace of chlorine
in the water tanks?
Remember that chloramines, the combined portion, is also a powerful disinfectant. In
fact some communities purposely use chloramines as protection in water storage or in
long pipeline. The recommended level for chloramines is 0.3 mg/L
Therefore, say you have slightly less than 0.2 mg/L (and you have probably already
delivered half the truck). Certainly, you should go right away and increase the chlorine
dosing rate, but what about the rest of the truck? Well, practically, if the total residual
chlorine exceeds 0.2 mg/L, then deliver it. If not dump it on the land, not a river or a
lake other than water lake, and get another load. And get the FAC right in this one.
If you are having trouble keeping your FAC above 0.2 mg/l or retaining a trace of FAC
in water tanks then you should increase the FAC. This is usually the case in most
communities and so it is recommended that you try 0.5 mg/L as an operational goal.
If you have to go much higher than this you probably have something else wrong and
should consult with your EHO. All the examples that follow strive for an FAC of 0.5
mg/L.
11/03
03/03
5-5

SMALL
SYSTEMS
DISINFECTION
5
5.8 WHERE AND WHEN TO TAKE CHLORINE TESTS
Operators not only have to ensure that the water they deliver is chlorinated, they
should also ensure that it stays chlorinated while in the water tank to provide lasting
protection.
The foremost responsibility of the operator is to take water samples from the water
truck and ensure that there is a minimum of 0.2mg/L free available chlorine residual
after 20 minutes.
The pulsing action of the metering pump means that the chlorine is not mixed in the
truckfill arm. Water samples should never be taken from the truckfill arm unless there
is a static mixer on the arm.
Operators should also sample one or more water storage tanks at least once per week,
more often if there are problems. The water storage tank chosen for sampling should
be typical of household storage tanks, for example, the Hamlet Office or your own
house. The chlorine residual in the water tank should be tested just before a delivery
because at that time the water tank will have the smallest amount of chlorine. There
should be a measurable trace of chlorine remaining.
If your community is on three times per week delivery, water will be in storage for up to
three days before a delivery. Therefore, you should plan to test according to the
delivery schedule.
5.9 INTERPRETING THE TEST RESULTS FROM TRUCKS
Your truck test results could be recorded as:
Sample
Location
Date Time Storage
Length
Free Cl 2
Combined
Cl 2
Truck A Sept 1 09:00 900 ml 0.5 mg/l 0.02 mg/l
Truck B Sept 10 09:00 900 ml 0.1 mg/l 0.3 mg/l
Truck C Sept 10 09:30 900 ml 0.7 mg/l 0.1 mg/l
Truck D Oct 13 09:00 900 ml 2.0 mg/l 0.05 mg/l
Truck E Oct 13 09:30 900 ml 0.3 mg/l 0.01 mg/l
Truck A is just fine - continue to add this amount of chlorine each day unless things
change.
11/03
03/03
5-6

SMALL
SYSTEMS
DISINFECTION
Truck B has the combined residual higher than the free residual. This means that
there was not enough chlorine added to the truck. It's Okay to deliver this load
because the total residual chlorine is 0.3 mg/l, but add more chlorine (try 900 ml + 100
ml - no more!) to the next load because you want to have a minimum of 0.2 mg/l FAC.
Test the residual again and record the results again as we did with Truck C.
5
Truck C has just a bit too much free chlorine (you wanted 0.5 mg/L). It's Okay to
deliver this load but put a little less (try 900 ml - 25 ml) in the next load, which of
course you are going to test again – and record!
Oops! Truck D has far too much chlorine. Do the test again. Is it the same? Then,
DO NOT deliver this load. Dump the load back into the reservoir if you can and try
again with less chlorine (try 450 ml) and test the residual again as we did with Truck
C.
You should also ask yourself why the result was so high. Did you:
! Measure the first dose incorrectly?
! Mix up a new batch of hypochlorite solution incorrectly?
! Start using new HTH powder (the last powder was old and had lost its
strength)?
! Forget you changed from regular bleach to high strength bleach?
Truck E is a bit low (you wanted 0.5 mg/l) but it will be Okay. Add a bit more to the
first truck (try 900 ml + 25 ml) before you fill it and test again.
With practice, you will be able to hit 0.5 free residual right on every time.
Remember that you want the free chlorine residual greater than the combined chlorine
residual. Under normal circumstances this will always occur. Don't worry about the
number you get for combined residual unless it is above 0.5 mg/L.
Test on different trucks and if you get more than one test with a combined residual
about 0.5 mg/L, then contact you EHO immediately. Something has caused a large
amount of organic material to go into the water and it should be investigated.
5.10 INTERPRETING THE TEST RESULTS FROM WATER TANKS
Your water tank test results could be recorded as:
Sample
Location
Date Time Storage
Length
Free Cl 2
Combined
Cl 2
Office Oct 10 09:00 3 days 0.2 mg/l 0.1 mg/l
11/03
03/03
5-7

SMALL
SYSTEMS
DISINFECTION
5
Office Jun 10 09:00 2 days 0.05 mg/l 0.0 mg/l
Office August 15 09:00 2 days 0.0 mg/l 0.0 mg/l
The Office on October 10 is just fine.
The Office on June 10 is starting to get low but it should be Okay for a while.
However, the Office on August 15 has no residual. Do the test again. If it is the same
ask yourself these questions:
! Did the delivered water have enough chlorine residual?
! When was the last time the truck was washed out?
! When was the last time the Office tank was washed out?
A clean water tank should be able to store water for two or three days and maintain a
measurable trace of chlorine if the truck was clean and if enough chlorine was put in
the truck in the first place. If some residual cannot be maintained in the water tank,
then the amount of chlorine in the truck should be increased. Try maintaining a
residual of 0.7 mg/l in the truck and see what that does.
If you have to increase the chlorine residual above 1.5 mg/l in a clean truck to
maintain 0.2 mg/l in a clean water tank, then this information and your records should
be provided to the Regional Environmental Health Officer.
Guideline for chlorine residual in trucks:
Always more than 0.2 mg/L after 20 minutes
No more than 1.5 mg/L
11/03
03/03
5-8

SMALL
SYSTEMS
DISINFECTION
5
5.11 MAKING CHLORINE SOLUTIONS WITH HYPOCHLORITE
5.11.1 SOURCES OF CHLORINE
There are two common sources of chlorine injected into water supplies to disinfect it.
They are:
! Calcium Hypochlorite;
! Sodium Hypochlorite, also known as liquid bleach.
The other source of chlorine is chlorine gas, which is not commonly used in small
systems plants. Properties of the varying chlorine sources are shown in Table 5-1.
Calcium Hypochlorite is also known as HTH (High Test Hypochlorite). It is
manufactured in a tablet, liquid, powder or granular form. Over time, HTH will lose its
strength. It can lose up to 10% of its strength in a year.
Should it get wet, it will lose its strength much more rapidly. As it deteriorates it gives
off heat. If it comes in contact with an oily rag or cardboard, a fire could result. HTH
must be kept dry and separate from other materials.
FOR YOUR OWN SAFETY
Water should be first placed in the mixing barrel and then the HTH should be added.
HTH should Never be placed in the mixing barrel first and the water added, to avoid
dangerous spraying or spilling of chemicals.
FOR YOUR OWN SAFETY
You must avoid contact with the HTH dust because it turns into an acid when it gets
wet and it will burn your skin and your eyes. If you breathe it in, it will burn your nasal
passages and your lungs. You must wear rubber gloves, a rubber apron, and nose
and eye protection when you are working with the dry chemical or the mixed solution.
There must also be a proper eyewash facility nearby.
11/03
03/03
5-9

SMALL
SYSTEMS
DISINFECTION
5
Table 5-2 Properties of the 3 types of chlorine used in water treatment
Calcium Hypchlorite
(Powdered HTH)
Sodium Hypochlorite
(Liquid Bleach)
Chlorine Gas
Properties
HTH is a white powder
that is reactive with
powdered metals, acids,
organics (such as skin),
nitrogenous substances,
alcohols and other
reducing agents.
HTH is not combustible
on its own, but can
readily cause fires and
explosions as a result of
chemical mixing.
Corrosive when exposed
to moisture.
Sodium hypochlorite or
liquid bleach is a clear or
yellow liquid that usually
comes in 4.5% (Javex)
and 12.5% concentrations.
Reactive with powdered
metals, acids, organics,
nitrogenous substances,
alcohols and soaps.
Corrosive, especially the
12.5% bleach.
Degrades when exposed to
temperatures above 21C.
Chlorine gas is greenishyellow
gas with a
sickening odour.
Stored as a compressed
gas, it is extremely toxic
and corrosive when in
contact with moisture.
Highly reactive with
powdered metals, acids,
hydrocarbons and
nitrogenous substances.
Non-combustible on its
own.
Non-combustible on its
own.
Method of
injection
Added to water to form a
disinfecting solution that
is added to the treatment
stream.
Added directly to
treatment stream.
Injected as a gas and
dissolved into the
treatment stream.
General
Safety
Wear gloves, goggles,
apron and particulate
mask.
Always add powder to
water and never water to
the powder.
Wear gloves, goggles,
apron and mask.
Full self-contained
NIOSH approved
breathing apparatus,
gloves, goggles and apron
required.
Never change gas tanks
when you are alone.
Never operate a gas
chlorination system unless
properly trained.
Shelf Life 1 year 3 months Indefinite
11/03
03/03
5-10

SMALL
SYSTEMS
DISINFECTION
5
To mix the dry powder for a 1% solution, it is placed into a separate mixing barrel.
The solution should be allowed to sit in the mixing barrel until a white coloured layer
forms on the bottom of the barrel. This is a binding agent used to hold the chlorine in
the powder form. Once the chlorine is in solution, the liquid above the sediment layer is
slowly siphoned into the feed barrel. The sediment left in the mixing barrel should be
thrown out because it will clog the chemical feed pump and the small tubing.
Sodium Hypochlorite is also known as liquid bleach. Two types are available: a high
strength 12%; or regular strength 4.5% bleach (Javex or Purex are two trade names)
available in any grocery store. Unlike HTH, bleach can be mixed directly into the
mixing barrel without fear of clogging the pump or the tubing. Sodium hypochlorite
deteriorates very rapidly (60 to 90 days), especially when exposed to light, and so it
should be stored in a cool, dry, dark area
FOR YOUR OWN SAFETY
You must wear rubber gloves, a rubber apron, and nose and eye protection when
you are working with sodium hypochlorite.
A 1% chlorine solution is made by mixing hypochlorite with water as follows:
Hypochlorite Stock
Available Chlorine
Amount Stock + water
Bleach (Javex) 4.5% 25 litres + 100 litres
Sodium Hypochlorite 12% 10 litres + 120 litres
Calcium Hypochlorite 74% 2 litres + 130 litres
(or 8 cups in 30 gallons)
11/03
03/03
5-11

SMALL
SYSTEMS
DISINFECTION
Now assuming the demand plus the residual equals 2.0 mg/l, the 1% hypochlorite
solution is injected into the water as the truck is being loaded at the rate of 900 ml per
4540 litres and then either increased or decreased to produce the correct residual
5
Why do you want to use a 1% solution for injection? There are four reasons:
1. You do not want water moving too slowly through the tubing or else the tubing
will become clogged and you will have to do additional maintenance;
2. If the hypochlorite solution is too strong, you may have difficulty in controlling
the residual as a very small amount of solution can make a big change in the
residual; and
3. You want to operate the pump within its operating range; if the hypochlorite
solution is too weak, you will have to pump a lot of solution. This means that
you may not be able to put enough in the truck during the fill cycle to get the
residual you want.
4. You will have to make up solution much more often, which will take you away
from other duties.
From experience, a 1% solution seems to solve all these problems most of the time.
What if you have to add the hypochlorite directly from the bottle to the truck?
If hypochlorite is added directly from the bottle to each truck (make sure you add the
hypochlorite before the truck is filled to ensure good mixing) and further assuming
that the chlorine demand is 1.5 mg/l and you hope to achieve a 0.5 mg/l chlorine
residual:
Then either increase or decrease to produce the correct residual.
Hypochlorite Stock
Available
Chlorine
Amount per full truck load
(4540 l)
Bleach (Javex) 4.5% 200 ml
Sodium Hypochlorite 12% 75 ml
Calcium Hypochlorite 74% 15 ml or 3 Tablespoons
11/03
03/03
5-12

SMALL
SYSTEMS
DISINFECTION
5
5.11.2 CALCULATING THE CHLORINE DOSE
Here is the mathematical equation so you can calculate the chlorine dose yourself.
This general equation is the fundamental relationship of the conservation of mass,
which means mass cannot be made or destroyed.
V 1 x C 1 = V 2 x C 2
Where:
V 1 is the volume of liquid chlorine (litres)
C 1 is the chlorine concentration of the hypochlorite solution (mg/L)
V 2 is the volume of the final solution (for example 4500 litres)
C 2 is the chlorine concentration of the final solution (mg/L)
Example 1:
How much HTH powder do you have add to the mixing barrel to make a 1% stock
solution?
Answer:
V 1 is what amount of HTH you are trying to determine.
C 1 is the concentration HTH - 74%.
V 2 is the volume of the mixing barrel - 130 litres
C 2 is the chlorine concentration of the final solution - 1%
Now you have a value for all but one of the factors in the equation.
Substituting in the general equation we get:
V 1 x 74% = 130 litres x 1%
11/03
03/03
5-13

SMALL
SYSTEMS
DISINFECTION
Note that your units are correct on both sides of the equation.
5
V 1 =
130Lx1%
74%
V 1 =
1.75 litres, say 2 litres for ease of measurement
Therefore, mix 2 litres of HTH powder in 130 litres of water to make a 1% chlorine
solution.
Example 2:
How much bleach do you add to the 4500 litre water truck to get a 0.5 mg/L chlorine
residual?
Answer:
V 1 is the amount of bleach you are trying to determine.
C 1 is the concentration of the bleach (it's written on the bottle) 4.5%.
V 2 is the volume of the truck - 4500 litres
C 2 is the chlorine concentration of the final solution (mg/L)
concentration is the sum of the:
where the
chlorine demand + chlorine residual
For now, assume the demand is 1.5 mg/L
Therefore, C 2 is 1.5 mg/L + 0.5 mg/L = 2.0 mg/L
Now we have a value for all but one of the factors in the equation.
Substituting in the general equation we get:
V 1 x 4.5% = 4500 litres x 2.0 mg/L
But you cannot solve this problem yet because the chlorine concentration C 1 is in
percent and it should be in mg/L. What is 4.5% in mg/L?
A percent is the amount per one hundred. So, 4.5% is:
4.5 parts per 100
11/03
03/03
5-14

SMALL
SYSTEMS
DISINFECTION
A rule of thumb is 1 mg/L is the same as 1 part per million (ppm). If 4.5% is 4.5 per
100, how much is that per million? You can determine this by using a simple ratio.
You write the ratio like this:
5
4.5
100
=
?
1,000,000
Rearranging this equation to solve for ?, you get:
? =
4.5×
1,000,000
100
? = 45,000
Therefore, 4.5% is equal to 45,000 parts per million. Recalling 1 mg/L is the same as 1
part per million, then 4.5% is equal to 45,000 mg/L.
Now substituting in the equation we get:
V 1 x 45,000 mg/L = 4500 litres x 2.0 mg/L
Rearranging this equation to solve for V 1 , we get:
V
1
=
4500L
× 2.0mg
/ L
45,000mg
/ L
V 1 = 0.200 litres
or,
200 millilitres
Therefore, we need to add 200 millilitres of bleach in the water truck to have a 0.5
mg/L chlorine residual.
5.11.3 CALCULATING THE CHLORINE DEMAND
Is it important to know the chlorine demand of your water? Yes. A high chlorine
demand, say greater than 5 mg/L is an indication there may be some additional
chlorine consuming material in the water which may lead to either a taste or some
other problem. If this is the case, the Regional Environmental Health Officer should
be notified.
The chlorine demand can be determined from the conservation of mass equation.
V 1 x C 1 = V 2 x C 2
Example: We add 250 millilitres of 4.5% bleach to each 4500 litre water truck. The
chlorine residual is 0.5 mg/L. What is the chlorine demand?
11/03
03/03
5-15

SMALL
SYSTEMS
Answer:
V 1 is 250 ml which is 0.25 litres
DISINFECTION
5
C 1 is the 4.5% bleach - recall this is 45,000 mg/L
V 2 is the volume of the truck - 4500 litres
C 2 is the chlorine demand plus the chlorine residual.
Therefore, C 2 is ? mg/L + 0.5 mg/L
Let's put brackets around this value so we don't confuse the + sign with an x sign.
(? mg/L + 0.5 mg/L)
Now substituting in the equation we get:
0.25 litres x 45,000 mg/L = 4500 litres x (? mg/L + 0.5 mg/L)
All the units are correct so we can rearrange the equation to solve for?
(?
mg / L + 0.5mg
/ L)
0.25L
× 45,000mg
/ L
=
4500L
0.25L
× 45,000mg
/ L
? mg / L =
4500L
? mg / L = 2.0 mg / L
Therefore, the chlorine demand for our example water is 2.0 mg/L.
5.12 ALTERNATIVES TO CHLORINATION
Chlorination is the most widely used form of disinfection for water supplies in North
America, however there are other processes that will achieve disinfection. Some of
these are more popular in other parts of the world than in North America.
Few of these are:
! Iodination;
! Ozonation;
! Chlorine dioxide;
! Ultraviolet disinfection;
11/03
03/03
5-16

SMALL
SYSTEMS
! Ultrafiltration;
! Boiling.
DISINFECTION
5
Iodine compounds are occasionally used for disinfecting water, mostly in very small
quantities. It is often used in small kits for disinfecting water during recreational
outdoor activities such as camping. Usually there is a warning against use by pregnant
women. It is not usually used for disinfecting community water supplies.
Ozone is a form of oxygen with the molecular formula O 3 . It forms when O 2 or clean
dry air is exposed to a powerful electric current. In nature, it forms in the upper
atmosphere when lightning passes through the air. Ozone is unstable and changes to
O 2 shortly after its formation. It is a powerful oxidant and one of the most powerful
disinfectants available in water treatment.
Ozonation is more common in Europe than in North America. Ozone must be
generated on site and it does not provide a long lasting residual. It is sometimes used in
combination with chlorine. Ozone provides the initial disinfection, while chlorine
provides a long-lasting residual.
Chlorine dioxide has strong oxidizing properties. It is unstable and must be prepared
on site. Chlorine dioxide does not form trihalomethanes with organic material.
Disinfection with ultraviolet (UV) light is accomplished by exposing the water to UV
light. This makes the cells incapable of reproduction. For UV disinfection to work the
water must be clean. UV disinfection can destroy cryptosporidium and giardia as well
as bacteria. However, there is no residual, so secondary disinfection with chlorine may
be required.
Ultrafiltration is simply filtering the water through an extremely fine filter. The filter
would be fine enough to remove bacteria, protozoa and maybe even some viruses.
Viruses range in size from 0.01 micrometre (µm - millionth of a metre) to about 0.05
µm. Bacteria typically range in size from 3 µm to 30 µm. The water is forced through
the filter by pressure. There is no residual provided, so some chlorination is required.
Boiling or thermal disinfection uses heat to disinfect the water. It is a very common
procedure. Packaged milk sold in Canada is pasteurized by heating it. Boiling kills all
pathogens in water.
Disinfection with chlorine is the most common means of treating water in North
America. It is cost-effective and efficient. Other techniques are usually only used to
solve a problem in special cases.
Remember that chlorine is the only form of disinfection that provides residual
protection in the household or building water tank.
11/03
03/03
5-17

SMALL
SYSTEMS
DISINFECTION
5
5.13 REVIEW
1. Why should you test for chlorine residual after water has left the
treatment plant?
2. Why do you use a 1% chlorine solution?
3. What is the recommended free chlorine residual for water that has been
sitting in a domestic tank for three days? (The community water source
is free of pathogens.)
4. Estimate the chlorine demand of a water source that is dosed at 2.0
mg/litre and the chlorine residual is 0.2 mg /litre after a 30 minute
contact period.
5. What are the advantages and disadvantages of sodium hypochloride?
11/03
03/03
5-18

SMALL
SYSTEMS
DISINFECTION
5
Notes
11/03
03/03
5-19

SMALL
SYSTEMS
MAINTENANCE FOR WATER
TREATMENT
6
6.0 MAINTENANCE FOR WATER TREATMENT
6.1 OBJECTIVES
In Section 6 you will learn about:
! Operations and Maintenance Manuals
! Cleaning water tanks safely
! Inspecting and maintaining water pumps and metering pumps
! Record keeping
6.2 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Your facility should have an operations and maintenance manual. This manual
contains a description of operating and maintenance procedures that you need to
follow to keep the system operating properly. The O&M manual is a large document,
usually at least two large binders. Don’t let the size scare you. It is broken down into
several sections that each contains important information. The Table of Contents for a
typical O&M manual looks like this:
! Revision History
! Table of Contents
! Introduction
! Background and Design Data
! Schematics and Functional Data
! Component Details
1. Operating Procedures
a. Start-up Procedures
b. Normal Operating Procedures
c. Trouble Shooting
d. Special Procedures
e. Built-in Alternatives
f. Special Conditions
11/03
03/03
6-1

SMALL
SYSTEMS
MAINTENANCE FOR WATER
TREATMENT
2. Maintenance
a. Lubrication Schedules
b. Minor Maintenance Schedule
c. Major Overhaul and Repair Schedule
6
3. Testing and Certification Data
4. Manufacturer Data and Service
5. Photographs and Drawings
Don’t wait until you have a problem before looking at the O&M manual. Study the
manual and get to know where to find things in it before you have a problem.
The Background and Design Data section lists information that was considered in the
design of the facility. It mentions any special conditions that apply to this facility. It
might help you understand why this type of facility was chosen, instead of the type in
the next community.
The Schematics and Functional Data section shows schematic (simplified) drawings of
the system, and explains the function of the different subsystems. The Component
Details section describes each part of the system.
The Operating Procedures section describes the start-up procedures, normal operating
procedures, emergency procedures, shutdown procedures and any other special
procedures necessary to operate the system. It also describes alternative ways to do
things that may be built in to the system, for example bypassing a broken meter.
The Maintenance section lists all maintenance requirements and schedules for the
system as a whole and individually for each major component. This includes the
manufacturer’s recommendations on maintenance schedules.
Testing and Certification Data contains data from commissioning the facility. The
Manufacturer Data and Service section contains manufacturer’s brochures for each of
the parts in the system and contact information for the manufacturer.
The sections may not be in the same order and might have slightly different names, but
they should all be there. Part of an O & M manual is shown in Addendum C.
You should make copies of the O&M checklist for you truckfill station and use them
regularly. You might want to also compare it to the checklist in Addendum G and go
over it with your Regional MACA or PW&S representative to see if there are any other
items you should be backing as well.
11/03
03/03
6-2

SMALL
SYSTEMS
MAINTENANCE FOR WATER
TREATMENT
6.3 CLEANING WATER TRUCK TANKS
6
Water truck tanks must be cleaned once a year or more if required or as directed by
your EHO.
To ensure safe drinking water for the community, water haulage trucks should be
cleaned and disinfected at least twice each year or as required.
If there is excessive rust present in the interior, this may be an indication that the
tank is deteriorating and should be replaced. In the interim, ensure rust is scraped out
and tank is rinsed to remove rust particles.
To clean and sanitize tank and fill hose follow these steps :
! Fill the tank with water and add 1 gallon of unscented bleach per 1000 gallons
of water.
! Drive the water truck around town to allow for proper mixing and to ensure the
interior comes into contact with the solution. Run some of this solution
through the delivery hose.
! Allow this solution stand for at least 30 minutes to ensure proper contact time
in the interior of the tank and hose.
! Drain the tank completely, rinse with clean water, and fill with drinking water.
Ensure the hose is rinsed with the disinfected water.
! Contact the Health Centre to submit a water sample for bacterial analysis.
! Also, please ensure that a bottle of bleach is always carried onboard. This is to
allow for the fill hose nozzle to be cleaned and sanitized periodically during the
day or should it be dropped on the ground. To prepare cleaning and sanitizing
solution mix 2 to 3 caps of bleach in one gallon of water.
If you have any questions, call your EHO.
These precautions MUST be used when cleaning truck tanks:
! Wear the proper protective and safety gear; and
! Don’t enter the tank unless you are trained to do so.
11/03
03/03
6-3

SMALL
SYSTEMS
MAINTENANCE FOR WATER
TREATMENT
6.4 PUMPS AND PUMP MAINTENANCE
6
The pump is the heart of the water delivery system. Without a pump, there is no water.
Always refer to the O&M Manual regarding pump operation and maintenance.
Pumps are designed to operate under conditions as set out by the manufacturer. It is
best to follow these conditions as closely as possible. Recognize that different pumps
work under different circumstances and conditions. Establish the maintenance
schedule recommended by the manufacturer and follow it to the letter.
Until you have operated a pump for many years, you will not know how that pump will
perform under all circumstances and conditions better than the pump manufacturer.
As the pump ages, you will find that it may need more maintenance. There are four
basic rules for pump maintenance:
1. Watch the condition of the pump when it is working properly so that you will
notice when something is wrong.
2. Make certain the pump operates under the condition it was designed for;
3. Develop a maintenance management system and follow a proper maintenance
schedule
4. Follow the manufacturer's instructions.
6.4.1 THREE COMMON PROBLEMS WITH PUMPS
6.4.1.1 Corrosion
The number one problem with pumps is rusting and corrosion. NWT waters are often
quite corrosive.
If you follow manufacturer’s maintenance schedule you will see if the pump is
becoming corroded and you will know if and when it is necessary to overhaul the
pump. Fixing the damage in time will reduce downtime for that pump and will avoid
the need for a replacement.
6.4.1.2 Impeller Wear
The second problem in a centrifugal pump is wear to the blades of the impeller. This is
caused by silt and sand. The way you will notice it is that it will take more time to fill
the truck.
Once per month the operator should time and record how long it took to fill the truck.
If the time increases, it means there is a problem and the pump needs to be looked at.
If nothing is done eventually it will stop pumping altogether.
11/03
03/03
6-4

SMALL
SYSTEMS
MAINTENANCE FOR WATER
TREATMENT
6.4.1.3 Vibration and Noise
6
Vibration can kill a pump within a few hours. Your warning is the increased noise and
it will only get worse, if not repaired. If the pump was running properly and has now
become noisy it is a sign that something serious is wrong.
It could be that bolts have come loose, but if you simply tighten them you may cause a
misalignment that will damage the pump even more. Or, a blade on the impeller may
have broken. In either case, use the pump as little as you can and get a skilled service
technician to repair the pump as soon as possible.
6.4.2 TROUBLESHOOTING CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS
The centrifugal pumps were mentioned in 4.6.2. Here is a troubleshooting guide. You
can fix many problems but use your judgement. Always refer to the O&M Manual
regarding pump maintenance. If you cannot fix it, get a trained technician to the site
as soon as possible.
1. Pump fails to deliver liquid
! No electricity
! No liquid
! Suction or discharge line blocked
! Suction or discharge valve blocked
! Impeller clogged
! Incorrect direction of rotation (sometimes there can be electrical problems that
cause the pump to run backwards. If this is the case, call in the power company
or a skilled electrician.)
2. Pump does not pump enough
! Check list 1.
! Air leaks in suction line
! Worn seal rings
! Check valves not operating properly
! Damaged impeller
! Loss of prime
11/03
03/03
6-5

SMALL
SYSTEMS
MAINTENANCE FOR WATER
TREATMENT
3. Vibration and noise
! Misalignment
! Unstable foundation, loose anchor bolts
! Material in pump causing imbalance
! Worn bearings
! Bent shaft
! Damaged impeller
! Loose valve fitting in line
6
6.4.3 TROUBLESHOOTING METERING PUMPS
The metering pump is the one you use to pump chlorine. A diagram of a metering
pump is shown in Figure 4.8. Here is a troubleshooting guide, which will address the
most common problems.
1. Pump fails to deliver liquid
! no electricity
! no liquid
! suction or discharge line blocked
! suction or discharge valve blocked
! too much suction lift (pump too far away from liquid it is trying to suck)
! automatic ball valve on intake or discharge not closing properly
2. Pump does not pump enough
! check list 1)
! leaks around plunger
! leaks around diaphragm
! stroke too short
! automatic ball valves leaking
11/03
03/03
6-6

SMALL
SYSTEMS
MAINTENANCE FOR WATER
TREATMENT
3. Vibration and noise
! misalignment
! unstable foundation, loose anchor bolts
6
! unbalance in the pump one or more plunger not working
! worn bearings, bent shaft, damaged coupling
! loose fittings on line valves
Note: You can probably fix these things yourself and you should do so right away
before more damage occurs.
You should have a spare metering pump in case it fails. Then it can be placed in
service. Your O&M manual will have all the information you need to rebuild the
mechanical portion of the pump. Electrical problems will require a trained technician.
6.5 TAKING WATER SAMPLES
6.5.1 TYPES OF SAMPLES – REPRESENTATIVE SAMPLES
Errors in sampling can lead to costly and potentially dangerous decisions. Sample
volumes are minute in comparison to the volume of water they are taken to represent.
The goal of representative sampling is to have the one litre sample removed from the
1,000,000 litre sample site be identical to the 999,999 litres that remain. In practice, the
sample may not be a perfect representation, but its results can be used to make
competent, cost effective decisions.
There are two types of samples:
! Grab samples – discrete, depth integrated; and
! Composite samples – time dependent, flow proportional.
There are several factors to consider when taking a representative sample:
! Is the water at the site homogeneous?
! How fast do the conditions change?
! Are there daily or seasonal fluctuations?
11/03
03/03
6-7

SMALL
SYSTEMS
MAINTENANCE FOR WATER
TREATMENT
Many sites can be sampled according to the following categories:
6
Sample Site
Table 6-1 Representative Samples
Representative Sample
Frequency
Deep well Discrete grab Once a year
Shallow well Discrete grab Summer, winter, spring –
more frequently if
influenced by surface
water,
Deep lake Depth integrated grab Summer, winter, spring
Shallow lake Discrete grab Summer, winter, spring
Flowing river Discrete grab Monthly, more frequently
during freshet
Treated Drinking Water for
Compliance
Treated Drinking Water for
Due Diligence
Discrete grab
Discrete grab
As required by the EHO
As required by conditions
and your confidence in and
knowledge of the system.
6.5.2 BACTERIOLOGICAL SAMPLES
According to the Guidelines for Canadian Drinking Water Quality, bacteriological
samples should be taken at least 4 times a month.
When taking water samples in order to get reliable results you must use proper
techniques and be very careful. You do not want the sample to include something
other than the water itself. Thus you must wash and dry your hands before touching
the bottle. Even though you have washed your hands, there still may be bacteria
present. Once you have removed the bottle cap do not touch the mouth or inside edges
of the bottle and do not let the surface of the bottle cap touch anything. If it touches
something this small amount of contamination could cause an error in the test.
If contamination is found in the water, (even if error is suspected), the EHO may have
no choice but to issue a “Boil Water Order”, until new samples can be taken to prove
the water is safe. A Boil Water Order is a very serious event that can cause a lot of
embarrassment for the community if issued as a result of an error.
There are seven important parts to the process of sampling:
11/03
03/03
6-8

SMALL
SYSTEMS
MAINTENANCE FOR WATER
TREATMENT
1. Wash your hands. You could, with out even knowing, contaminate the water
sample.
6
2. Put on a new pair of disposable latex surgical gloves. Make sure they are the
powderless kind.
3. Take the sample at the time called for. For example, chlorine residual must be
taken after at least 20 minutes has passed to ensure a minimum contact time. If
you take the sample too soon, you will get an incorrect result, and you could
end up putting too much chlorine into the water.
4. Use the correct sample bottle. The bottles must be sterile. Bottles are obtained
from the nursing station.
The bottle you should use should contain a solution or a crystal of sodium
thiosulphate which will neutralize the effects of the chlorine. If chlorine
remains in the solution, it will continue to kill bacteria and the sample will give
a false reading.
DO NOT rinse the bottle.
The tap should be run for at least two minutes before the sample is taken to
flush water that may have been standing for a long time from the pipes. The
bottle cap is removed just before the sample is taken and replaced immediately
after. Never put the bottle cap down. The bottle is held under the tap and
slowly filled until the level almost reaches the top.
5. Do not over fill the bottle. There should be a small air space remaining in the
bottle.
6. Complete a sampling record form for each sample bottle and make sure that the
bottle and the form are cross-referenced or even tied together. It is important to
know where each and every sample came from.
Contact your Environmental Health Officer for details on sample points and
sampling information for your community.
7. Ship the sample to the laboratory in the approved container. It must arrive at
the lab and the test started within 24 hours for the results to be meaningful.
Sometimes samples are simply returned to the nursing station. Each community
is different so make sure you know what to do with the sample before it is
collected.
6.5.3 CHEMICAL SAMPLES
Chemical samples are supposed to be taken annually until there are three consistent
years of data with no exceedances, at which point sampling can be done once every two
11/03
03/03
6-9

SMALL
SYSTEMS
MAINTENANCE FOR WATER
TREATMENT
years and confirmed with your EHO. Water samples are normally taken of the
untreated water, and the treated water.
6
The treated water is taken because the chemicals used in the treatment process can
form with compounds in the water to make undesirable chemicals. Or, water treatment
chemicals can leave residuals (such as too much aluminium) in the finished water
above desirable levels.
Samples are taken in much the same way as for bacteriological samples except the 24
hour limit is not required. Because this type of sampling is not done routinely, detailed
sampling instructions usually come with the sample bottles. Do not take any samples
until you have read the instructions.
6.5.4 LABORATORY REQUIREMENTS
Not all laboratories use identical analytical methods. Therefore, each laboratory will
issue instructions on how which type of sample bottle to use, how to preserve the
sample if required, and how to store and ship the sample.
Before taking any sample, call the lab you intend to use for instructions.
Many samples must be kept cold. Plastic pop or water bottles, filled with water and
frozen, make great, cheap and disposable ice packs for sample coolers.
6.6 WATER TANKS
Water tanks should have an access hatch on the top and a drain valve on the bottom.
If these do not exist, see if the tank can be retrofitted with a hatch and a drain valve, or
if there is some other way to gain access to the tank. Before starting a retrofit, consult
the Department of Health for permission. Contact your EHO.
As noted previously, one or more water tanks in a community should be tested weekly.
If testing shows bacterial growth, or an absence of any chlorine residual, tanks should
be tested more frequently. You need to find out the reason for the lack of chlorine or
the bacterial growth. Ask for help from your Environmental Health Officer to
determine the cause and fix the problem right away.
In communities where water tanks are used in public buildings, the Community
Systems Operator must clean these tanks at least once a year. Even the cleanest water
contains dissolved minerals, such as iron, and non-pathogenic organisms that can
form a layer of scum on the inside of water tanks. This scum will affect the taste and
odour of the water, and over time, can even affect its quality.
Instructions For Cleaning and Disinfecting Water Storage Tanks
11/03
03/03
6-10

SMALL
SYSTEMS
MAINTENANCE FOR WATER
TREATMENT
Cleaning and disinfecting your water holding tank at least once a year will prevent
slime, algae, and bacterial growth and will help prevent the build-up of sediments. In
communities where the water supply has high levels of sediments at certain times of the
year, cleaning more often is recommended. A clean water tank helps make water taste
better and reduces the risk of illness. The following are instructions for cleaning and
disinfecting your water storage tank.
6
Shut off valve to distribution lines and drain all the water from the tank.
Wash and remove dirt from inside surfaces of the tank by means of a high-pressure
hose.
Drain the wash water and sediment from the bottom of the tank. Remaining sediment
can be vacuumed out if access is available. DO NOT ENTER THE TANK.
Rinse the inside surfaces of tank with clean, potable water and again drain the wash
water.
Disinfect the inside surfaces of the tank and the household distribution lines as
follows:
! Add 5 ml of liquid bleach for every litre of water the tank will hold. For
example, a 1,000 litre capacity tank will require five (5) litres of bleach.
Fill the tank with clean, potable water. Mix well.
Open the valve to the distribution line.
Run water out of all water taps in the distribution lines until the smell of chlorine is
detected at the tap. Shut off all the taps and the distribution valve.
Add more potable water to the water tank until it is full.
Let the chlorine solution sit in the tank and distribution system for at least four (4)
hours and overnight if possible.
Drain tank completely and re-fill with fresh potable water.
Open the valve to the distribution lines and run water from all the taps until there is no
smell of chlorine. You can then resume normal usage.
Tank washings should be disposed in the sewage lagoon.
Contact your EHO for more information.
Remember, tanks are ‘confined spaces’, and you need special training to enter a
confined space. There could be a lack of oxygen or a build-up of other gases in the
11/03
03/03
6-11

SMALL
SYSTEMS
MAINTENANCE FOR WATER
TREATMENT
tank. Even if the tank is safe, by entering it you will be introducing dirt, and perhaps
pathogens.
6
For Your Own Safety
Special training is required before entering a ‘confined space’.
Operators must NOT get inside the tank to clean it unless properly trained. All
cleaning operations must be conducted from outside the tank.
That said, it might not be possible to clean the tank from outside if it is very large. Get
the proper training if you need to work in tanks.
For Your Own Safety
The operator must wear appropriate safety clothing and safety lenses when working
with the chlorine solution.
For Your Own Safety
Ammonia must NOT be used to clean the tank. In combination with chlorine, it
produces a deadly gas.
6.7 RECORDS KEEPING
Community Works Operators must keep records of
! All tests
! Inspections
! Preventive maintenance
11/03
03/03
6-12

SMALL
SYSTEMS
MAINTENANCE FOR WATER
TREATMENT
! Repairs
! Operational procedures
6
These records are proof that work is being done correctly. The Government of the
NWT Department of Health and Social Services needs this information to ensure that
basic health needs are being met and, in the case of an epidemic, to determine if the
source of any problems with health in the community can be related to the drinking
water.
Communities who use the Community Works Management System (CWMS) will find
record keeping an easier task. Community Works Management System Task
Descriptions are appended in Addenda G, H and I.
11/03
03/03
6-13

SMALL
SYSTEMS
MAINTENANCE FOR WATER
TREATMENT
6.8 REVIEW
6
1. Why shouldn’t you use ammonia to clean tanks?
2. Why do you wash your hands before taking a water sample?
3. Name five things you can find in the O & M manual
4. Why do you not get in a water tank? Give two reasons.
5. What are common problems with pumps? Give three.
6. If a pump normally runs properly, but then becomes noisy, what might
be wrong?
11/03
03/03
6-14

SMALL
SYSTEMS
MAINTENANCE FOR WATER
TREATMENT
7. Name three reasons a centrifugal pump might not pump enough?
6
8. In what section in an O & M manual would you find start-up
procedures?
11/03
03/03
6-15

SMALL
SYSTEMS
MAINTENANCE FOR WATER
TREATMENT
6
Notes
11/03
03/03
6-16

SMALL
SYSTEMS
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES FOR A MODIFIED
LANDFILL
7
7.0 SAFETY FOR WATER TREATMENT
7.1 OBJECTIVES
The trainee will be able to:
1. Name three personal hazards common to treatment plants.
2. Recall the safety measures to follow when working in or around:
a) Wet Wells
b) Chlorine Buildings
c) The Laboratory
d) Plant and equipment during servicing.
7.2 INTRODUCTION
The dangers associated with plant operations emphasize the need for safety practices.
Physical injuries and body infections are a continuous threat and occur with regularity.
Explosions and asphyxiation from gases or oxygen deficiency do occur. Although rare in
the North, country-wide such accidents happen daily.
Water treatment plant occupational hazards may be largely avoided by following safe
practices and the use of safety equipment. The dangers are many and carelessness
happens all too frequently until an accident happens. Then it is too late.
It is the responsibility of supervisors to get to know the hazards associated with plant
maintenance and operation and to take steps to avoid them. Accident prevention is the
result of thoughtfulness and the application of a few basic principles and knowledge of
the hazards involved.
It has been said that the ABC of accident prevention is "Always Be Careful". One must
learn how to be careful and what to avoid.
7.3 WORKERS’ COMPENSATION BOARD
With safety, the ultimate requirements and regulations come from the Workers’
Compensation Board (WCB) of the Northwest Territories and Nunavut. Know the
regulations as applicable to your job and employ them in your everyday work. The WCB
maintains a vast library of Operational Health and Safety manuals, which are at your
11/03
03/03
7-1

SMALL
SYSTEMS
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES FOR A MODIFIED
LANDFILL
disposal. The information on how to retrieve these manuals can be found on their
website which is included in Addendum F.
7
7.4 CONFINED SPACES
A space is strictly defined by the NWT’s Safety Act as a “bin, pipeline, pit, sewer, silo,
tank, tunnel, utilities vault, vat, vessel or other enclosed or partially enclosed space
having restricted access and egress and which, owing to its design, construction,
location, atmosphere, the materials or substances in it or other conditions, is or may
become immediately dangerous to the life of health of a worker required to enter it”.
Confined spaces can be very dangerous areas in which to work and therefore, special
training and certification is required that is separate to this course. You cannot work in
a confined space unless the oxygen content is more than 18% under normal atmospheric
pressure and the area is free of respiratory contaminants, unless some sort of WCB
approved respiratory device is provided. Atmospheric tests must be done in advance to
entering the space. In addition, proper rescuer equipment must be available as well as
another person in order to assist you if required.
For more information on working in confined spaces as applicable to water treatment,
consult with the WCB and the NWT’s Safety Act.
You cannot work in a confined space unless you are properly trained to do so and
have assured the necessary safety measures to work safety.
7.5 HAZARDS
The overall dangers of accidents are much the same whether in manholes, pumping
stations or treatment plants. These result from:
! Body infections;
! Physical injuries; and
! Dangerous noxious gases or vapours, oxygen deficiencies and hazardous
chemicals.
7.6 BODY INFECTION
Workers in treatment plants are exposed to the hazards of water-borne diseases,
including typhoid fever, amoebic dysentery, infectious jaundice and other intestinal
11/03
03/03
7-2

SMALL
SYSTEMS
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES FOR A MODIFIED
LANDFILL
infections. Tetanus and skin infections must also be guarded against. Typhoid and
tetanus inoculations are recommended. These may be obtained free of charge from local
Health Officers.
7
A majority of infections reach the body by way of the mouth, nose, eyes and ears.
Therefore, washing your hands is a must before eating or smoking. Wear protection
gloves where possible.
This hazard to plant personnel, although very real and ever present can be largely
reduced by the operator himself by following a few basic rules of personal hygiene. A few
of these self-applied rules are as follows:
1. Never eat your lunch or put anything into your mouth without first washing your
hands.
2. Refrain from smoking while working in open tanks, on pumps, or cleaning out
grit channels, etc. Remember you inhale or ingest the filth that collects on the
cigarette from dirty hands. Save your smoking time for lunch hours or at home.
3. A good policy is "never put your hands above your collar when working on plant
equipment".
4. Rubber or rubberized cotton gloves, rubber boots and coveralls are designed for
body protection against dampness and contact with dirt. Wear them at all times
when working in tanks, etc.
5. Rubberized or rain suits can be worn in very wet or dirty places and can be
washed off with a hose and brush, the same as rubber boots.
6. Always wear your rubber boots when working in tanks, washing down etc., don't
wear your street shoes.
7. Don't wear your rubber boots or coveralls in your car or at home. You could
bring more home with you than you think.
8. Always wear rubber or plastic coated gloves when cleaning out pumps, handling
hoses, etc.
9. Don't just wash your hands before going home, wash your face too, there is as
much of your face to carry germs as there is of your hands. Soaps that don’t
need to be rinsed off are also available, if you find they are more convenient.
10. Wear a hat when working around sludge tanks, cleaning out grit and other
channels, don't go home with your head resembling a mop that just wiped up the
floor around a cleaned out pump.
11. Keep your fingernails cut short and clean, they are excellent carrying places for
dirt and germs.
11/03
03/03
7-3

SMALL
SYSTEMS
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES FOR A MODIFIED
LANDFILL
7.7 PHYSICAL INJURIES – FIRST AID
7
Except for minor injuries, wounds should be treated by a doctor and reported for
possible Workman's Compensation. Service trucks and plants must have first aid kits. It
is recommended that all plant personnel should receive accredited first aid instruction.
It is a WCB regulation that any plant having five (5) or more people working as a group
on any shift, one of them is required to be certified in first aid. Remember, no cut or
scratch is too minor to receive attention.
7.8 THE PLANT SAFETY PROGRAM
Before starting a safety program, the full co-operation and active support of
management is needed. One person in the utility organization must be responsible for the
program. In a small water works system, that person may be the superintendent, while in
a larger organization, another person who can devote part or full time to the job can be
appointed.
The next step in setting up the program is to provide for:
1. Keeping injury records;
2. Identification and location of the hazards;
3. Making equipment, plant arrangements and working methods safe;
4. Getting employees interested in safety; and
5. Controlling work habits
7.8.1 INJURY RECORDS
The keeping of injury records is basic to a safety program. With complete records, the
program is given direction and is sure of success. The records should be kept brief but
must contain all pertinent data. The forms should cover such items as:
! Accident report;
! Description of accident;
! Physician's statement;
! Corrective action taken;
! Accident analysis chart; and
11/03
03/03
7-4

SMALL
SYSTEMS
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES FOR A MODIFIED
LANDFILL
! The names of all the people involved in the accident and who performed first aid.
7
7.8.2 LOCATING THE HAZARDS
The person responsible for the safety program should be constantly on the alert for
hazards which may cause an injury to an employee. One of the best methods of attacking
this problem is to search the records for the conditions and situations that have produced
injuries. Records like this show the need for a corrective program.
Many other sources of information on hazardous conditions are available. These include
safety manuals, insurance company brochures, etc. They should be used freely and
frequently.
7.8.3 EQUIPMENT, PLANT ARRANGEMENTS, WORKING METHODS
Nothing prevents an accident as effectively as the elimination of the cause. To preach
safety while permitting unsafe conditions will discourage the cooperation required from
employees. Only when safety is integrated with the job are workers convinced accidents
will be prevented.
7.8.4 PROTECTIVE SAFETY EQUIPMENT
The need for protective safety equipment in an accident prevention program has proven
its value many times; the program cannot be successful if any phase of accident
prevention is overlooked.
Use safety equipment as was it meant to be used. This should be compulsory during the
performance of hazardous jobs.
Protect eyes and face when there is any possibility of injuries from hand tools, power
tools, welding equipment, etc.
Protect feet with safety shoes to safeguard against injuries while breaking pavements,
tamping trenches, handling materials, etc.
Protect head (with hard hats) to prevent serious injuries in construction, excavation or
electrical work.
Protect hands (with gloves) to prevent injuries from occurring when handling materials,
sharp objects, chemicals or electrical equipment.
Use air packs when hazards such as chlorine, painting or dusty areas exist.
Prevent accidents due to falls by using safety belts, scaffolds, etc.
11/03
03/03
7-5

SMALL
SYSTEMS
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES FOR A MODIFIED
LANDFILL
Be aware of and follow the WCB Safety Regulations as they apply to protective
equipment.
7
7.9 GENERAL PLANT SAFETY
When working at the plant, observe the following common sense rules:
Keep walkways clear of loose objects such as pails, shovels, loose rope, etc.
Wipe up grease and oil immediately; salt or sand icy walks.
Pick up all tools, clean them and return them to their storage area.
When it is necessary to use tools in an empty tank or manhole, etc., lower them in a pail
on a rope and remove them in the same way brooms and shovels can also be transported
by rope. Do not attempt to climb up and down ladders with your hands full of tools.
Regulations for confined spaces should be followed as applicable.
Do not overload yourself when using stairways. Keep your load small enough to be able
to see over it. Always keep one hand free to use the hand-rail.
Do not try to climb up or down a ladder or over a railing when handling a hose under
pressure.
Always wear hip wader rubber boots with good treaded soles when washing down the
floor of any tank. Do not wear rubber boots with worn soles and heels. Again,
regulations for confined spaces should be followed as applicable.
Always wear the rubber clothing provided when working in a narrow or confined
passage where grit or sludge accumulates.
Always wear rubber or plastic coated, waterproof gloves when cleaning pumps, handling
hoses, removing grit or sludge, etc.
When it is necessary to use an extension ladder to enter any empty tank, use the collector
arms in the clarifiers to backstop the ladder legs. In an aeration tank, lash the ladder.
Enter the tank from a walkway (not from a narrow dividing wall) and always lash the
ladder to a hand-rail.
Always wear hard hats when working below ground level (in tanks, manholes, etc.) or
under scaffolding. Again, regulations for confined spaces should be followed as
applicable.
Maintain signs identifying particularly hazardous areas and the location of first aid
supplies.
11/03
03/03
7-6

SMALL
SYSTEMS
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES FOR A MODIFIED
LANDFILL
Do not hang clothes on electrical disconnect handles, light switches or control panel
knobs.
7
Replace all manhole covers and trap doors to wells. Close after using. If it is necessary to
leave them open, protect them with guard-rails.
Use the proper tool when removing or replacing manhole covers. Do not attempt to move
or close a manhole cover with your hands.
Do not pull up grit-filled pails by hands only when removing from tanks or wet wells.
Use rope with an "A" frame and pulley or some other type of support with a pulley. Be
sure the support and pulley are fastened firmly to prevent them from toppling over
during use.
Always wear a safety belt with a short rope and a safety snap when leaning out through
the railings over any tank (or cleaning out spray nozzles, etc.)
Be very careful during repair work on fuel systems of gasoline engines. Close the shutoff
valve from the tank and be sure there is adequate ventilation while draining the fuel
system.
Check the ventilation of any enclosed or underground areas when gasoline operated
pumps are to be used.
Do not refill a gas engine when in operation or while still hot. Lock out engine before
cleaning out pump unit.
7.9.1 BUILDING MAINTENANCE
Periodic inspections are necessary to eliminate hazards (fire safeguards, etc.). Suggested
repairs for safety should receive immediate attention. Floors, hallways, and stairways
should always be well lit, clean, orderly and free from oil, dirt and debris. Immediate
repairs of hazardous electrical outlets and fixtures should be routine. Adequate sanitary
facilities for employees must be provided. Hand-rails on steps and stairways should
always be provided and used. Good housekeeping must be maintained.
7.9.2 HAND TOOLS
Hand tools are the cause of many accidents and injuries when improperly used and in
unsafe condition. Therefore, use the right tool for the right job in the right way.
Use protective safety equipment where there is a job hazard. Keep the work area clear of
hazards, with plenty of working space for solid footing. Tools should be in good
condition and used for the purpose for which they were intended.
11/03
03/03
7-7

SMALL
SYSTEMS
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES FOR A MODIFIED
LANDFILL
7
7.9.3 PORTABLE AND POWER TOOLS
All equipment should be grounded. Check wiring and equipment regularly for defects.
Be very careful when using equipment in wet areas. Use protective safety equipment
when operating grinders, buffers, or other tools when there is danger of flying material.
7.9.4 TOOLS AND MACHINES
Use protective equipment when operating power equipment if there is any chance of
flying objects or other injuries. Inspect all tools and equipment for safe operation.
Necessary repairs or replacements should be made immediately. Repair power tools and
machinery only when the equipment is turned off.
7.9.5 WELDING
Use the proper protective equipment at all times. Check for fire hazards before cutting or
welding in areas of inflammable or explosive mixtures. Only authorized personnel
should operate welding equipment. Occupational Health & Safety regulations require a
2 3/4 lb. fire extinguisher be fastened to the welding truck.
7.9.6 INSPECTIONS OF TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
Periodic inspections should be made of tools and equipment so that those that are broken
or worn out may be replaced. Report worn or broken equipment and be sure they are
replaced or repaired as soon as possible.
7.9.7 LADDERS
Ladders should be inspected periodically and maintained in good order. Use safety belts
when awkward positions are necessary for the work. Do not use metal ladders for
electrical work.
7.9.8 LIFTING
Always lift with the leg muscles instead of the back and be sure your footing is secure.
Bend your knees and keep your back straight. Don't turn or twist your body when lifting.
Get help if load is too heavy or awkward to handle. Use a mechanical device for lifting
wherever possible.
7.9.9 SANITATION
Washrooms, toilets, locker rooms, drinking fountains and showers that are clean,
ventilated and adequately built are good for employee morale. Clean drinking water and
11/03
03/03
7-8

SMALL
SYSTEMS
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES FOR A MODIFIED
LANDFILL
paper cups should be available at each plant, especially if the employees are exposed to
skin irritant materials.
7
7.9.10 STOREROOMS
Good housekeeping must be maintained at all times. Space should be well arranged to
permit proper storage, handling and movement of materials. Inspections should be made
regularly for fire hazards. Fire extinguishers should be in good order and easily
accessible.
7.9.11 WORKING AREA
A safe working area must be provided for efficient work. In the field, traffic should be
controlled by the use of traffic cones, barricades, flags, etc., to protect the workmen as
well as the public. In the material yard and storerooms, good housekeeping and properly
planned storage and work areas must be provided for safe working practices. Shops,
plants and offices should be planned for the most efficient production.
7.9.12 TRUCKS AND EQUIPMENT
Routine inspections of trucks and equipment should be made. Any need for repairs
should be reported and acted on as soon as possible. Only qualified and licensed
operators should be permitted to use and operate vehicles and equipment. Never permit
riders on trucks or other mobile equipment. Check electrical and any other hazards
constantly when moving heavy equipment. All trucks should be equipped with first aid
kits, fire extinguishers, and flares.
7.9.13 BARRICADES AND TRAFFIC CONTROL
An adequate and safe work area must be protected. Sufficient traffic cones and
barricades should always be carried by crews assigned to construction or maintenance
work in streets. Paint barricades bright, visible colours and keep them in good condition.
Be sure warning signs, flags, flares are adequate and in positions where they can be
easily seen.
7.10 EQUIPMENT SERVICING
When servicing plant and equipment:
1. DO NOT grease or oil or attempt to service any machinery while it is in operation.
Pumps on automatic control must be locked out and key carried by the operator
during servicing.
11/03
03/03
7-9

SMALL
SYSTEMS
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES FOR A MODIFIED
LANDFILL
2. DO NOT make any adjustments to operating machinery while alone. If it is
necessary to run the unit to adjust it, a second person must be present and be
beside the stop and go switch.
7
3. DO NOT work around electrical panels, disconnects or switches alone.
4. DO NOT enter any crawl space under flooring for any purpose until the area has
been ventilated. A second person should be present. Regulations for confined
spaces apply here.
5. DO NOT service pumps and shafts in the dry wells of pumping stations, and in
plants where the pumps and shafts are less than three feet apart, without shutting
off all pumps and locking them out.
6. DO NOT under any circumstances, attempt to grease or service pump shafting
while standing on beams, piping, loose planks, guard rails, or by leaning out;
over or through guard rails. If a ladder must be used, then a second person must
be present to hold the ladder steady and to provide any other assistance.
7.11 PRECAUTIONS FOR ELECTRICAL MAINTENANCE
1. Plan safety into each job. Orderliness and good housekeeping are essential for
your safety and the safety of others.
2. Each employee shall be qualified both in experience and general knowledge to
perform the particular electrical work, which he is assigned. Outside contractor
may have to be called in if not qualified.
3. Study the job carefully to determine all of the hazards present and to see that all
necessary safeguards and safety devices are provided for safe working conditions.
4. Examine all safety devices before they are used to ensure that they are in good
condition.
5. In all cases where work is being performed on or close to live conductors or
equipment, at least two men shall work together. When it is necessary for one to
leave, the other workman shall not continue the work until the first man returns.
6. Consider the results of each action. There is no reason for you to take chances
that will endanger yourself and others.
7. Satisfy yourself you are working under safe conditions. The care exercised by
others can not be relied upon.
8. Wear close fitting clothing, keep sleeves rolled down, avoid wearing unnecessary
articles while working on or close to live circuits or apparatus.
11/03
03/03
7-10

SMALL
SYSTEMS
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES FOR A MODIFIED
LANDFILL
9. Use only approved types of rubber or leather gloves.
7
10. Protect yourself by placing an insulated medium between you and ground or
grounded apparatus to keep any part of your body from providing a path for
electrical current when working on conductors or apparatus that may be
energized.
11. Use rubber mats when working on any electrical control panel or switch and
disconnect boxes.
12. Open and close switches completely with a firm positive motion. Switches in a
partly open position may arc or cause a flash-over with damaging results to the
switch and possible injuries to the operator.
13. Open switches fully before removing fuses. To remove a fuse from a circuit
carrying a current without opening the switch is particularly hazardous. Use an
approved low-voltage fuse puller to remove fuses on a circuit of less than 500
volts (where no switch is provided) whether a disconnect is provided or not.
Remove fuses by breaking contact with the hot side of the circuit first. Use the
reverse procedure when replacing fuses. Insert the fuse in the cold terminal first.
14. Do not stand directly in front of panel to remove fuses or shut off disconnects.
15. Shut off the power when examining or making repairs or alterations on light and
power circuits. When this is impractical Head Office must be contacted for
further instructions before proceeding with the work.
16. Consider all electrical circuits to be dangerous. Treat dead circuits as though they
were alive. This may prevent an accident as the circuit may be closed through an
error of some other person.
17. Exercise extreme care when required to locate troubles on a series lamp circuit,
before repairs are made make sure the power is cut off.
18. Lock or block open the control devices, open disconnect switches or remove fuses
before examining, repairing or working on power circuits. After these
precautions have been taken, attach tie-up tags worded "WORKMEN ARE
WORKING ON LINE." The tag shall bear the name of the workman. Tie-up tags
shall remain on the opened devices until removed by the workman whose name
appears on the tag. If the workman leaves without removing his tag, it may be
removed only on authorization of Head Office.
19. Before working on line circuits at a point remote from the control switch, which
has been tagged, it is recommended that the conductors be grounded at a point on
the line between the switch and the work station.
11/03
03/03
7-11

SMALL
SYSTEMS
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES FOR A MODIFIED
LANDFILL
20. Make a complete check of the circuit before applying power for the first time.
This is to be done by a qualified man in charge of the-repairs, all other workmen
to stand off at a safe distance.
7
7.12 FIRE PROTECTION
Good housekeeping is the basis for fire prevention. Inspections should be made
periodically and correction of fire hazards should be made as soon as possible. Consult
local fire departments for recommendations. Operators should know the fire
suppression methods needed to treat the three types of fires.
Figure 7-1 Types of Fires and Method of Extinguishment
Type of fire Symbol Types of extinguishers to use
Class A:
Ordinary combustible
materials, such as wood, cloth,
paper, etc.
ABC Fire Extinguisher
Water
Class B:
Flammable liquids, such as oil,
gasoline, kerosene, etc.
ABC Fire Extinguisher
BC dry chemical
Carbon dioxide
Class C:
Presence of energized electrical
circuits (e.g., electronic motors,
electrical wiring, etc.)
Class D:
Fires resulting from
combustible metals such as
magnesium, sodium and
potassium.
ABC Fire Extinguisher
BC dry chemical
Carbon dioxide
Special Class D fire extinguisher
containing sodium chloride or copper, also
referred to as a Metal-X extinguisher.
Note: Never use a Class D fire
extinguisher of an A, B or C fire.
Each operator should have first hand knowledge of fire extinguisher, its ABC rating
point of contact and time of operation.
A CO 2 fire extinguisher can only be used in an open area where the chance of using up
the local oxygen is minimal. Never grab the horn of the extinguisher to direct the CO 2 .
11/03
03/03
7-12

SMALL
SYSTEMS
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES FOR A MODIFIED
LANDFILL
The gas being expelled will freeze your hand to the horn causing serious injury. There is
a handle provided.
7
Do not direct the CO 2 at anyone. To fight the fire you must approach the fire from
upwind, pull the pin and aim directly on the burning area.
The approximate operating time for CO 2 fire extinguishers is shown in Table 7-1.
Table 7-1 Application Times for CO 2 Fire Extinguishers
Type Application Time Max Area (ft 2 ) Type of Fire
2½ lb. 10s ± 2s 2 B, C
5 lb. 14s ± 2s 4 B, C
10 lb. 14s ± 3s 6 B, C
15 lb. 25s ± 4s 8 B, C
20 lb. 30s ± 4s 8 B, C
Note: B, C indicates electrical, gas, oil type fires.
Weight indicated refers to contents only.
A Dry Chemical extinguisher can be used in any area. Approach from upwind and pull
the pin, you do not have to stand as close to the fire as with CO 2 . Dry Chemical will put a
blanket of chemical over the fire, smothering it.
Note:
1. All extinguishers must be refilled after using no matter what amount has been
used.
2. All extinguishers must be hydrostatically tested every five years.
7.13 CHEMICAL HANDLING AND STORAGE
The Occupational Health and Safety Act states that the employer is responsible for
providing the necessary protective equipment and clothing for handling dangerous
materials. It is the responsibility of the employee, both to his employer and to himself, to
use and maintain them.
11/03
03/03
7-13

SMALL
SYSTEMS
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES FOR A MODIFIED
LANDFILL
Eyewash fountains and deluge showers must be located within 4.6m (15ft) of the
entrance to any chemical handling area. Plenty of water should be available for washing
up after handling chemicals. Protective clothing should be washed after use.
7
All areas where solvents or other compounds are used and stored must be well ventilated.
The working area must be designed and constructed for the safety and convenience of
the worker and for his efficient production. The ventilation should be by mechanical
means with the air intake drawing air from the outside. In rooms where lime and other
dry types of chemicals are used, install dust accumulators in the air discharge pipe.
Operate exhaust fans when handling any chemical whether liquid or dry.
Wear rubber boots, apron, gloves and eye shield or goggles when handling liquids. Wear
nose and mouth filter masks and goggles when handling dry chemicals.
7.14 LABORATORY
1. A thorough knowledge of first aid for dealing with lab accidents is essential.
Know the relevant sections of the antidote chart.
2. Wear protective clothing.
3. Practice good housekeeping. Keep all unnecessary equipment out of working
areas. Use a separate marked container for broken glass.
4. Areas around sinks and taps should be kept clear so that chemicals spilled on
one's hands or person can be washed off quickly.
5. Wipe up all spills immediately.
6. All reagent bottles must be clearly labelled so they can be identified, The date
when the reagent was made up, or received, should be on the label since some
chemicals, particularly nitrogen compounds, become unstable with age.
7. When diluting concentrated acids or bases, always add slowly to the water
allowing time to cool. Use only heat resistant (Pyrex) glassware. When diluting
sulphuric acid or when making up a solution of sodium hydroxide, cool the
solution in a water bath.
8. Chromic acid cleaning solution is a mixture of sodium or potassium dichromate
in concentrated sulphuric acid. It dehydrates and oxidizes most organic matter,
including clothing. TREAT IT WITH CARE!
9. Use water as a lubricant when making glass to hose connections. For vinyl
tubing, hot water can be used to make the plastic more pliable. Gloves should be
worn when making hose connections to glass tubing.
11/03
03/03
7-14

SMALL
SYSTEMS
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES FOR A MODIFIED
LANDFILL
10. Suction bulbs should be used on all pipettes. A valved type sold as a
"PROPIPET" will save fumbling. NEVER USE YOUR MOUTH TO PIPETTE!
7
11. Combining chemicals found in the laboratory without knowing how they will
react can produce unexpected and unpleasant results.
12. When disposing of any chemical in the sink, dilute with plenty of water.
13. Bottles of hazardous liquids should be stored near floor level in ventilated
cupboards.
14. HASTE MAKES WASTE and accidents. Planning can save far more time than
hurrying and produces fewer mistakes.
7.14.1 SAFETY PRACTICES IN WORK AREAS
The following paragraphs list some of the specific safety measures an operator should
observe when carrying out his responsibilities in a plant.
7.14.2 NO SMOKING AREAS
1. Chemical storage areas
2. Fuel and lubrication storage areas
3. Wet and dry wells of plant pumping stations
4. Pump rooms
5. Tunnels having pipe galleries
6. Chlorine building
7. Manholes, tanks, reservoirs, excavations, trenches
7.14.3 CHLORINE BUILDINGS
1. The following signs must be posted outside the room door:
a) Turn on Vent Fan
b) Danger Chlorine Storage
2. A "Fresh Air" air pack must be located within 4.6 m (15 ft) of room door.
3. An eye wash bath must be located within 4.6 m (15 ft) of room door.
11/03
03/03
7-15

SMALL
SYSTEMS
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES FOR A MODIFIED
LANDFILL
4. Mechanical ventilation of the chlorine room shall be sufficient to produce 30 air
changes an hour taking suction from within 45cm (18 in.) of the floor.
7
5. Operator must wear safety goggles and a pair of rubberized gloves.
6. Two operators shall be present for cylinder changing.
7. Fresh strong ammonia must be used for leak detection.
8. The chlorine room must NOT be used as a plant storage area.
7.14.4 WET WELLS
A wet well is classified as a confined space and therefore confined space regulations
apply. Before entering the operator must:
1. Test for oxygen content using an oxygen meter. DO NOT ENTER unless the
oxygen content in the atmosphere registers between 18 and 23%.
2. Test the noxious gases and vapours using a combustible gas analyser.
3. Test for hydrogen sulphide using the colorimetric test. Tests for other gases may
also be necessary.
The operator must also take the following precaution on entry:
1. If any atmospheric contamination is suspected, a fixed or portable vent fan of at
least 700 cfm capacity must be used before and during entry. If no vent fan is
available, a portable air pack must be worn.
2. Explosion and waterproof lighting must be used.
3. An operator with a man hoist must be located at all times at the entrance to the
wet well to monitor the meters and observe the operator inside.
4. If a man hoist is not available two operators must be at the entrance.
5. A parachute type harness and lifeline and hard hat must be worn
6. A step-through parting is required at the ladder entrance.
7.14.5 DRY WELLS
A dry well is classified as a confined space and therefore confined space regulations
apply. Before entering the operator must:
11/03
03/03
7-16

SMALL
SYSTEMS
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES FOR A MODIFIED
LANDFILL
1. Vent fan shall be started before entering the pumping station and left operating
continuously while the operator is in the station.
7
2. "DANGER PUMPS ON AUTOMATIC CONTROLLER" signs should be posted
at the control panel floor level, and the pump floor level.
3. "NO SMOKING" signs should be posted at the pump floor level.
4. Lock out switches at control panel when working on any pump at any floor level.
7.14.6 PUMP ROOMS
1. "Caution Pumps on Automatic" signs must be posted.
2. Vent fans must be on.
7.15 HANDLING CHEMICALS
In handling chemicals in the water treatment process, the general safety requirements
outlined earlier should be met. Operators should be aware of the hazards associated with
chemicals used in a water treatment.
Chemicals should be properly sealed, kept away from heat sources and preferably stored
in locked lockers, when not in use.
7.15.1 ALUM
Wear protective dust-proof equipment (goggles and nose mask) and proper clothing
when handling and storing alum. If skin or nose irritations occur, wash thoroughly with
plenty of water.
7.15.2 HYDROFLUOSILIC ACID
The vapour or liquid chemical is very dangerous when it comes into contact with the
eyes, skin or any part of the body, or if taken internally.
Operator must wear protective clothing and equipment consisting of long gauntlet type
rubber gloves, high rubber boots or waders, short type rubber raincoat and chemical
safety goggles with a plastic face shield.
7.15.3 FLUORIDE POWDERS
Do not let dust touch skin or inhale fumes.
Air ventilation must be at least ten (10) air changes per hour.
11/03
03/03
7-17

SMALL
SYSTEMS
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES FOR A MODIFIED
LANDFILL
Operator must wear good quality coveralls, rubber boots (knee length), rubber gloves or
plastic coated cotton gloves with cuffs of half a forearm length; dust proof cap and
rubber apron, plastic goggles, nose mask with replaceable filters approved by National
Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) for fluorides. The filter in the
nose mask should be replaced each day or more frequently if required.
7
Showers must be available. All rubberised clothing should be hosed down at the end of a
shift.
Empty chemical bags must be deposited in a securely tied plastic bag at a sanitary
landfill. DO NOT BURN THESE BAGS.
7.15.4 CALCIUM HYPOCHLORITE (HTH)
This chemical is highly explosive if it is in contact with organic matter. Store it in a
clean, cool, dry area. Keep it away from open flame or heat. A "Metal X", Class D fire
extinguisher is the only type that will extinguish this material when on fire.
7.15.5 SODIUM HYPCHLORITE (LIQUID BLEACH)
Strong Sodium Hypochlorite solutions are powerful oxidizing agents that rapidly
produce burns when in contact with the skin. Do not handle directly or allow the
solution to splash or spill on any part of the body. Avoid accidental mixing with acids, as
this will liberate chlorine gas. With ammonia or ammonium compounds, explosive
products may be formed.
7.15.6 CHLORINE GAS
Chlorine gas is an extremely dangerous chemical to work with and proper training is
essentially in operating a plant using chlorine gas as a method of disinfection. Proper
eyewear, gloves, self-contained breathing apparatus and aprons are required when
handling the gas. A ventilation hood is preferable for the area immediately surrounding
the gas cylinders. Keep far away from ammonia, acetylene, fine metal and any
combustible material.
7.15.7 AMMONIA
Store cylinders in a cool, dry, ventilated place. Handle with care. An air pack should be
available. In case of cylinder leaks, only trained personnel should make repairs. You
must know your first aid if you handle and use this material.
11/03
03/03
7-18

SMALL
SYSTEMS
7.15.8 ACTIVATED CARBON
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES FOR A MODIFIED
LANDFILL
7
Store in a dry, fire-proof space. Wear protective, dust-proof equipment (goggles and nose
mask) when handling activated carbon. Do not smoke while working with or near stored
material. Use plenty of water when washing and bathing.
7.15.9 LIME
Use protective, dust-proof equipment (goggles and nose mask) while handling lime and
use a dust collecting system, if possible. Store in a ventilated, dry area. If skin or nose
irritations occur, wash thoroughly with plenty of water. Consult a physician if irritation
becomes severe.
7.15.10 SODA ASH
Handle soda ash as described for lime. See above.
7.15.11 CAUSTIC SODA
Caustic soda used in water treatment is often used in liquid form. Proper gloves, apron
and eyewear are essential. Keep caustic soda away from Alum powder, acids,
aluminium, tin and zinc products. Always add soda to water and never water to soda.
When soda is added to water, it will release substantial heat, so keep oxidizable materials
away from where you are mix. If skin comes into contact with soda, flush with clean
running water.
7.15.12 SOLVENTS
Be careful when using solvents in confined areas. The area should be well ventilated.
Clean solvents from skin to prevent irritations.
11/03
03/03
7-19

SMALL
SYSTEMS
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES FOR A MODIFIED
LANDFILL
7.16 REVIEW
7
1. What is meant by a confined space? What are the general procedures
when working in one of these?
2. List the safety equipment that should be found in a water treatment
plant.
3. List 6 general safety rules around the water treatment plant.
4. What two vaccinations are urged for operators working in a water
treatment plant?
11/03
03/03
7-20

SMALL
SYSTEMS
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES FOR A MODIFIED
LANDFILL
7
Notes
11/03
03/03
7-21

SMALL
SYSTEMS
SEWAGE
LAGOON
8
8.0 INTRODUCTION TO SEWAGE LAGOON MANAGEMENT
The following two sections will provide the reader with some fundamental information
on sewage, describe the operating principles of a lagoon, and outline basic operation
and maintenance procedures for lagoons wetlands.
In the NWT, sewage lagoons are the primary method of sewage treatment in
communities. There are other ways of treating sewage such as mechanical treatment
plants, however, they are not discussed in this manual.
We are fortunate in the NWT that we have enough open spaces to build lagoons and
use a natural process to treat sewage. Depending on the size of the community and the
availability of land, some communities have one large lagoon or many small lagoons.
For example, Rae has one large lagoon that used to be a lake. Fort Providence has 4
smaller lagoons. In some larger Southern communities there are over 10 lagoons used
to treat the municipal sewage. Either way the sewage is treated so it can be discharged
to the environment.
In some communities, wetlands are used after the lagoon to further treat sewage.
Wetlands will also be discussed throughout the following sections, as a component of
sewage lagoon management.
11/03
03/03
8-1

SMALL
SYSTEMS
WASTE
SOURCES
OURCES, , CHARACTERISTICS C
AND TREATMENT
, C
9.0 WASTE SOURCES, CHARACTERISTICS AND TREATMENT
9
9.1 OBJECTIVES
In Section 9 you will learn about:
! Sewage generation;
! Sewage composition; and
! Sewage treatment processes.
9.1.1 SEWAGE GENERATION
Sewage is composed primarily of two major components, water and solids - and there
are only a very few solids in sewage when compared to the amount of water. Water is
the major portion of sewage - over 99.9%. The remaining 0.1% is the small amount
that may cause disease and pollution, and this is the part you treat.
In order to treat the sewage properly, and to protect the treatment lagoon from toxic
chemicals in the sewage, it is important to understand where sewage comes from, and
what makes up its composition.
9.1.2 DOMESTIC WASTE
The primary source of sewage in NWT communities is domestic waste. These are
wastes generated in the home. Human wastes are most important in terms of public
health because they contain microorganisms, some of which may cause disease. It is
especially important to treat these wastes and dispose of them properly.
Domestic wastes from homes include wastewater from food preparation, laundry,
bathing, and toilet wastes.
Homes can also put waste chemicals in the water that are toxic. Cleaners, solvents,
paint, and waste oil are examples of toxic household wastes. People should not dispose
of their wastes in this manner. Household hazardous wastes must be disposed in a
different way. This is discussed in Section 12 Management and Operation of a
Modified Landfill.
9.1.3 INDUSTRIAL WASTE
Another source of wastewater is from industry. The type of waste depends on the type
of industry. Some industries have wastewater that is toxic. It is dangerous to collect
and it is dangerous to dispose. Wastewater from industry has to be compatible with a
11/03
03/03
9-1

SMALL
SYSTEMS
WASTE
SOURCES
OURCES, , CHARACTERISTICS C
AND TREATMENT
, C
municipal collection, treatment, and disposal system otherwise industry will have to
treat their own wastes.
9
9.1.4 RUNOFF
A third source of water that enters the lagoon is runoff that comes from the land
surrounding the lagoon. While runoff is not toxic and will not upset the treatment
process, its shear volume may cause the lagoon to overflow. An overflow could
damage the dikes and be very costly.
It is important to control runoff so that it does not enter the lagoon, and when it does,
the lagoon is large enough to hold it all without spilling.
9.2 SEWAGE COMPOSITION
Most importantly, sewage contains disease causing organisms. The solids in sewage
can be divided into two general groups: organic and inorganic solids.
Organic solids come from animals and plants, and include their waste products.
Chemically speaking, organic means that a compound contains carbon. Organic
solids will decay or decompose. In sewage, bacteria are also considered to be part of
the organic solids.
Inorganic solids will not decay or decompose. Inorganic solids are things like sand
and salt.
In normal domestic wastewater, almost 80% of the solids are organic, the remaining
20% are inorganic.
Solids can also be divided as suspended or dissolved solids. Suspended solids are those
you can see suspended in the water. Most of these solids are large and heavy enough
to settle to the bottom.
Dissolved solids are those dissolved in the water. We discussed this before in the
section on Sources and Characteristics of Water.
Sewage also contains small and varying amounts of dissolved gases. One of the most
important of these gases is oxygen. It is present in the original water supply, and it is
also dissolved from the air in contact with the surface of the wastewater. This oxygen
is called, “dissolved oxygen”, and it is of fundamental importance to sewage treatment.
Other gases include: carbon dioxide, a gaseous product form the decomposition of
organic matter; and hydrogen sulphide, the rotten egg smell that comes from septic
sewage.
11/03
03/03
9-2

SMALL
SYSTEMS
WASTE
SOURCES
OURCES, , CHARACTERISTICS C
AND TREATMENT
, C
9.3 WHY TREAT SEWAGE?
9
There are two primary reasons for treating sewage:
! To prevent the spread of disease; and
! To protect the environment.
When people were nomadic, nature was pretty well able to take care of human wastes.
But when humans began to congregate in communities, and discharge their waste into
the same place every day, nature’s capability was soon overwhelmed and these areas
became polluted. Hundreds of thousands of people died every year from horrible
diseases. With the collection of sewage, usually through sewer systems, fewer children
and adults died from disease. People began to live much longer.
Treating sewage also protects the environment. When the organic material found in
sewage decomposes, it consumes the dissolved oxygen. This is called the,
“Biochemical Oxygen Demand”, or BOD. Untreated sewage contains so much BOD
that all the dissolved oxygen in the immediate receiving environment is consumed.
Fish and other aquatic organisms need dissolved oxygen to survive.
Also, the toxic wastes that can come from industry or from households can harm
aquatic life.
In the North, because of the cold climate, nature treats wastewater very slowly. Also,
because of the cold climate, pathogenic organisms do not die as quickly. Therefore, it
is very important we treat our sewage properly and dispose of it in the correct manner.
9.4 THE NATURAL BIOLOGICAL TREATMENT PROCESS
The web of life (which is also known as the food chain) begins with the simplest of
microorganisms that provide food for more complex organisms, and so on. The
beginning of the web of life can also be called, “The Natural Treatment Process”.
There are three microorganisms that begin the web of life. They are bacteria called:
aerobic; anaerobic; and facultative. Aerobic bacteria (from the Greek “aero” meaning
air) use the dissolved oxygen from the water to live, grow, and reproduce. In doing so,
they break down the organic waste into its two simplest components, carbon dioxide
and water.
Anaerobic bacteria live where there is no oxygen. They are responsible for generating
a condition, which is referred to as being septic. In this condition anaerobic bacteria
take the oxygen they need from the organic compound itself. Anaerobic digestion is
responsible for producing gases such as methane, and hydrogen sulphide, resulting in
foul odours and lower treatment efficiencies.
11/03
03/03
9-3

SMALL
SYSTEMS
WASTE
SOURCES
OURCES, , CHARACTERISTICS C
AND TREATMENT
, C
Facultative bacteria are very adaptable. They can live with, or without, dissolved
oxygen. They can operate aerobically, or can change to operate anaerobically.
9
When an animal or plant dies, or when organic matter enters the water, if there is
sufficient dissolved oxygen present, aerobic and facultative bacteria will begin the
process of breaking the material down. This is a desirable state because there are no
foul odours or unsightly conditions associated with aerobic decomposition. Nature
tries to encourage this state by putting oxygen into the water. Water turbulence and
wave action dissolves oxygen into the water replacing the oxygen that has been used.
However, if there is too much organic matter, such as may be found in a layer on the
bottom of the lake or stream, or if ice cover prevents air from being absorbed into the
water, dissolved oxygen may be used up before it can be replaced. When the dissolved
oxygen is depleted, the anaerobic decomposition process begins.
While both processes are effective, the aerobic process is much faster and does not
produce foul odours. Even still, in the North, it takes many years for matter to break
down to a point where it no longer pollutes.
Figure 9-1
Natural Treatment Process
11/03
03/03
9-4

SMALL
SYSTEMS
WASTE
SOURCES
OURCES, , CHARACTERISTICS C
AND TREATMENT
, C
9.5 THE NITROGEN CYCLE
9
The nitrogen cycle represents one of the most important nutrient cycles found in
nature
Living organisms use nitrogen to produce a number of complex organic molecules like
amino acids, proteins, and nucleic acids.
The largest store of nitrogen is found in the atmosphere where it exists as a gas
(mainly N 2 ). The atmospheric store is about one million times larger than the total
nitrogen contained in living organisms. Other major stores of nitrogen include organic
matter in soil and water.
Table 9-1 The Nitrogen Cycle
In most ecosystems nitrogen is primarily stored in living and dead organic matter. This
organic nitrogen is converted into inorganic forms when it re-enters the cycle through
decomposition. Decomposers, modify the nitrogen found in organic matter from
ammonia (NH 3 ) to ammonium (NH 4 + ). This process is carried out a variety of
bacteria, actinomycetes, and fungi.
When released, most of the ammonium is often chemically altered by a specific type of
autotrophic bacteria (bacteria that belong to the genus Nitrosomonas) into nitrite
11/03
03/03
9-5

SMALL
SYSTEMS
WASTE
SOURCES
OURCES, , CHARACTERISTICS C
AND TREATMENT
, C
(NO 2 - ). Further modification by another type of bacteria (belonging to the genus
Nitrobacter) converts the nitrite to nitrate (NO 3 - ). Both of these processes involve
chemical oxidation and are known as nitrification.
9
Anaerobic bacteria carry out denitrification. The process of denitrification involves the
reduction of nitrate into nitrogen (N 2 ) or nitrous oxide (N 2 O) gas. Both of these gases
then diffuse into the atmosphere. This process is important to the bacteria because it
supplies them with oxygen for respiration.
9.6 REVIEW
1. Why treat sewage?
2. Define aerobic and anaerobic.
3. List examples of toxic waste.
4. Why is oxygen important to sewage treatment?
11/03
03/03
9-6

SMALL
SYSTEMS
WASTE
SOURCES
OURCES, , CHARACTERISTICS C
AND TREATMENT
, C
5. Describe nature’s treatment process.
9
Notes
11/03
03/03
9-7

SMALL
SYSTEMS
SEWA
EWAGE
LAGOON
OPERATION
& MAINTENANCEM
& M
10
10.0 SEWAGE LAGOON OPERATION & MAINTENANCE
10.1 OBJECTIVES
In this section you will learn about:
! Lagoon configuration;
! Lagoon operating requirements;
! Maintenance requirements;
! Wetlands and overland flow;
! Water licensing; and
! Record keeping.
10.2 BASIC LAGOON CONFIGURATION
A sewage lagoon uses an enhanced version of the natural process. The lagoons
purpose is to compress the natural treatment process in time and space, and to provide
some control over the outcome. In nature, sewage will always act in a particular way.
First, the heavy solids will settle. Next the smaller, lighter solids will settle. Dissolved
materials usually stay dissolved. Lagoons are designed following this understanding.
10.2.1 PRIMARY LAGOONS
The primary (first) process is to remove the heavy solids. One or more small lagoons
are used. These lagoons may be called settling ponds, primary treatment lagoons or
anaerobic lagoons. Primary treatment lagoons are quite deep (approximately 4 to 6 m
deep), to provide space to store solids that settle out and accumulate over a long period
of time.
Primary lagoons are used to reduce the load in the lagoons that follow. As a result, the
next lagoons are able to provide better treatment.
Since primary lagoons are small and deep, very little dissolved oxygen reaches the
bottom layer where the solids accumulate. This means the bacteria acting on the
sludge layer at the bottom of the cell are anaerobic in nature.
11/03
03/03
10-1

SMALL
SYSTEMS
SEWA
EWAGE
LAGOON
OPERATION
& MAINTENANCEM
10.2.2 EXFILTRATION LAGOONS
& M
10
In a few NWT communities lagoon berms are constructed of coarse earth materials
that water flows through easily. These lagoons are referred to as exfiltration lagoons.
They are usually of a size that will hold all the winter volume of sewage, which
generally becomes a big block of ice.
As the ice melts, the water flows through the berm leaving behind the solids. The
resulting quality is similar to the effluent from a primary lagoon and so more treatment
must occur. This additional treatment is usually completed in a wetland or through
overland flow. These processes are discussed in Section 10.8.
10.2.3 SECONDARY LAGOONS AND FACULTATIVE LAGOONS
The second process is to reduce the amount of organic materials in the water; and
reduce the pathogenic bacteria. The lagoon is called a secondary lagoon. It is also
called a facultative lagoon, a seasonal retention lagoon, an annual retention lagoon or
an oxidation pond.
Many lagoons in the NWT are single cell ponds, which combine both the primary and
secondary function. Some of these lagoons are small and only hold the sewage for a
short time. This is older technology, however, and as lagoons are expanded to meet the
needs of our growing communities, you will see single cell lagoons replaced with multicell
lagoons.
Within the lagoon, a symbiotic relationship develops between the aerobic and the
anaerobic bacteria. Symbiosis means that different types of organisms live together
and help each other. Algae also grow in the water column (and this why the lagoon is
a green colour), further enhancing the relationship, and improving the treatment.
Secondary lagoons are generally 1.5 metres to 2 metres of working depth. If they get
deeper than 2 metres then sunlight cannot penetrate through the algae and treatment
will not be as good.
The symbiotic relationship increases the speed at which sewage can be treated and
after only 4 to 6 weeks, the sewage is sufficiently treated to be disposed to the
environment. This treatment, however, can only happen when the water is warm and
the sun is shining. The secondary process cannot happen in the winter when the water
is cold and the sunlight is blocked by ice.
Therefore, most Northern lagoons are designed to store and treat sewage over 12
month cycle. Over the summer the wastes are treated so that by the fall they are safe to
dispose.
11/03
03/03
10-2

SMALL
SYSTEMS
SEWA
EWAGE
LAGOON
OPERATION
& MAINTENANCEM
10.2.4 REDUCTION OF ORGANISMS
& M
10
Unlike water treatment, it is not necessary to chlorinate the sewage lagoons to reduce
the number of organisms. Organisms are removed in two ways:
Most effective is the ultraviolet light that comes from sunlight. The light penetrates the
water and can disinfect to a depth of 1.5 to 2 metres if the water is not too dirty or full
of algae.
A much less effective way, is through competition for food. As the amount of food
decreases in the lagoon, the fewer bacteria it is able to feed. Therefore, many bacteria
die away.
Even if treated for 12 months in the lagoon, the water is still not safe to drink. We let
mother nature finish the job for us by disposing the contents of the lagoon into an area
large enough so that it will not be affected.
FOR YOUR OWN SAFETY
Sewage contains disease causing organisms. You should contact the public health
nurse in your community to make sure you have all the required vaccinations.
10.3 BASIC OPERATION
10.3.1 FILL AND DRAW
Annual retention lagoons are operated using the fill and draw method. When the
lagoon is full, it is discharged (drawn down) using siphons or pumps over a period of a
few days to a point where it will take one year to fill again. The lagoon is usually
discharged in the fall, just before freeze-up.
Seasonal retention lagoons, those that hold water for more than about 9 months but
less than 12, can be operated in one of two ways. They can be operated using the fill
and draw method, with a spring and a fall discharge. They can also be operated using
a continuous discharge during the summer months, then drawn down to their lowest
level to provide winter storage.
10.3.2 CONTINUOUS DISCHARGE
A continuous discharge lagoon means that effluent continuously flows from the
lagoon.
11/03
03/03
10-3

SMALL
SYSTEMS
SEWA
EWAGE
LAGOON
OPERATION
& MAINTENANCEM
& M
Short retention, and primary lagoons are best operated with a continuous discharge.
Their ability to treat will be slightly less than with a fill and draw method, but there will
be less risk of the discharge structure freezing up in winter.
10
To be effective, wetlands must be used with a continuous discharge. The lagoon
effluent is discharged to the wetland during the growing season.
The discharge begins as new growth begins and stops before the leaves turn. In other
words the discharge takes place during the growing season when the plants can use the
nutrients in the effluent. If there is discharge at any other time then the wetland will
not be able to treat the effluent.
Figure 10-1
Example of a Multiple Cell Lagoon
11/03
03/03
10-4

SMALL
SYSTEMS
SEWA
EWAGE
LAGOON
OPERATION
& MAINTENANCEM
& M
10
Figure 10-2
Typical Single Cell Lagoon
Figure 10-3 Outfall Structure
11/03
03/03
10-5

SMALL
SYSTEMS
SEWA
EWAGE
LAGOON
OPERATION
& MAINTENANCEM
10.4 OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS
& M
10
10.4.1 CHECKING THE SYSTEM
Once a day, you must inspect the lagoon. Take a walk around it to see if anything is
obviously wrong. You need to take immediate action immediately if you see major
problems such as a breached berm or frozen outfall.
Once a week, you must check all the major components of a lagoon system to see if
they are operating properly. If they are not, a repair work order should be generated
and the repairs made immediately. You cannot wait to make repairs on lagoon systems
as the consequences of a lagoon failure are very expensive.
Most lagoon systems will have five main parts:
1. The inlet structure;
2. The berms and liners;
3. The transfer mechanism between cells;
4. The outfall structure; and
5. The colour of the liquid.
Each system is slightly different so what needs to be checked on one lagoon may not
need to be checked on another. You should develop your own checklist based on your
own experience and information.
In the spring, the drainage system around the lagoon has to be prepared for the spring
runoff. Ditches and culverts have to be cleared of excess snow.
In the summer, check the drainage system for damage, or obstructions and repair
immediately.
10.4.2 CONTROLLING THE LEVEL
Most lagoons, even those that are converted lake-lagoons, are designed to have 1 metre
of freeboard, which is the distance between the water surface and the top of the berm,
when the lagoon is full. The freeboard is used to protect the berm from erosion and
over topping. Newer lagoons have a water level gauge installed. If there is no
permanent gauge, one should be installed.
In a continuous discharge lagoon, the level can be controlled in a number of ways
including: opening the discharge valve or gate, or removing a log from the stop log
structure.
11/03
03/03
10-6

SMALL
SYSTEMS
SEWA
EWAGE
LAGOON
OPERATION
& MAINTENANCEM
10.4.3 COLOUR
& M
10
The colour of a lagoon is an indicator of how well it is working. A well operating
primary lagoon is usually grey perhaps with a hint of green. A well operating
secondary lagoon is usually dark green or bright green.
If the contents of secondary lagoons are black, brown, or yellow, or any other colour
than those that indicate good operation, there is something wrong. You need to contact
the MACA Regional Office right away.
The following is a colour guide for secondary lagoons to indicate what may be
happening.
Table 10-1 Secondary lagoon colour guide
Colour
Dark or bright green
Indication
Good treatment
High pH
High dissolved oxygen
Dull green to yellow
Not very good
pH dropping
Low dissolved oxygen
Grey to black
Very bad
Lagoon anaerobic
Tan to Brown
Okay if caused by a certain type of algae
Not good if caused by erosion
Red or Pink
Presence of purple sulphur bacteria
showing anaerobic conditions; or
Presence of red algae showing aerobic
conditions
11/03
03/03
10-7

SMALL
SYSTEMS
SEWA
EWAGE
LAGOON
OPERATION
& MAINTENANCEM
10.5 PH
& M
10
The intensity of acidity or alkalinity in a solution is numerically expressed as pH. A
pH value of 7.0 is neutral, decreasing values become more intensely acidic, increasing
values become more intensely alkaline.
pH measurements are valuable because pH is one of the environmental factors that
affect the activity and health of the micro organisms. Sudden changes, or abnormal
values, indicate that the process has been upset in some way, usually from a toxic
waste.
pH is an interesting parameter to watch as it can change from morning to evening as
more or less sunlight activates the algae. pH can range as high as 11.0 in a properly
operating secondary lagoon.
A slowly decreasing pH value toward the end of the summer indicates the process has
begun to convert ammonia (NH 3 ) to nitrate (NO 3 ). This conversion is important as it
indicates a healthy process achieving good treatment. It is also important as ammonia
is toxic to fish and the less there is in the lagoon, the less chance there is for a problem
in the receiving stream when the lagoon is discharged and reaches a stream or a river.
10.5.1 SAMPLING
The purpose of taking samples is twofold: one, to test how well the lagoon is working;
and two, to see if the effluent meets the regulatory requirements.
Recall the discussion on representative samples on Section 6.5. All the concepts apply
here as well.
Table 10-2 Representative Sewage Samples
Representative
Sample Site
Sample
Frequency
Raw sewage or unit process where
volume remains steady but
concentration fluctuates
Raw sewage or unit process where
both volume and concentration
fluctuates
Time dependent
composite
Flow
proportional
composite
Sampled once per hour over
a 24 hour period
Sample once per hour over a
24 hour period
Sewage lagoon effluents Discrete grab Monthly during periods of
flow for continuous
discharges; and
Three times during decant –
11/03
03/03
10-8

SMALL
SYSTEMS
SEWA
EWAGE
LAGOON
OPERATION
& MAINTENANCEM
& M
start, middle, end.
10
Sewage sludge in lagoons Discrete grab Yearly or less depending on
population and sewage
sources.
Treated sewage sludge from
mechanical treatment
Discrete grab
Prior to final disposal.
11/03
03/03
10-9

SMALL
SYSTEMS
SEWA
EWAGE
LAGOON
OPERATION
& MAINTENANCEM
& M
10
There are six important parts to the process of sampling:
1. Taking the sample at the time called for;
2. Using the correct sample container;
3. Taking the sample from the correct location;
4. Careful and correct labelling of the sample container;
5. Using proper sampling procedures; and
6. Shipping the sample in proper containers so it arrives on time at the laboratory
for testing.
Figure 10-4
Taking samples safely
FOR YOUR OWN SAFETY
When taking sewage samples:
Bring a helper along with you to help you out if you fall in. Both you and your helper
should wear rubber boots and disposable gloves
After sampling:
Diseases in sewage are transferred from your hands into your mouth. Wash your
hands and arms up to your elbows with hot water and soap before eating or touching
your face. Do the same to your face if you got sewage on it.
Wash your rubber boots with bleach after sampling. Throw away gloves.
11/03
03/03
10-10

SMALL
SYSTEMS
SEWA
EWAGE
LAGOON
OPERATION
& MAINTENANCEM
10.5.2 DISCHARGING LAGOONS
& M
10
In a lagoon where a fill and draw method is being used, when the lagoon is full, it must
be discharged. Normally, water sampling should take place about two weeks before the
annual discharge to see if the lagoon contents meet the requirements. If they do it will
be Okay to discharge on schedule. If they do not, the contents should be held longer
with the hope that the lagoon will do its job and requirements will be met. Samples
should be taken again to see if the lagoon now meets the requirements.
If the contents still do not meet requirements, as much as you respect the environment,
your responsibility also includes protecting the lagoon from overtopping or breaching.
If you know that the lagoon contents are not up to the specifications required by your
water licence, and you know that you must discharge, then you must contact the Water
Board in your area to request an Emergency Amendment to discharge the lagoon. It is
the law.
As a matter of practice, if the results come back and requirements are not being met
you should immediately request an Emergency Amendment.
Do not ask for an Emergency Amendment the day before you want to discharge. The
Water Board should have a week’s notice. If the Water Board tells you that you do not
need to have an emergency amendment, get it in writing.
An Emergency Amendment for a discharge will likely protect your community against
any legal action by other agencies taken as a result of this discharge.
You should also contact the MACA regional office. The lagoon should be studied to
determine why it is not functioning properly.
10.6 MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS
10.6.1 BERMS AND LINERS
There are four main functions of lagoon berms:
1. To form part of a storage container for retention of the wastewater for
treatment;
2. To provide access to all parts of the lagoon;
3. To allow variation in level due to volume changes; and
4. To provide a system for flow rate control.
11/03
03/03
10-11
11

SMALL
SYSTEMS
SEWA
EWAGE
LAGOON
OPERATION
& MAINTENANCEM
& M
Liners are sometimes installed to prevent water from seeping through the berm to avoid
groundwater pollution, and to ensure that the berm does not collapse because of
washout or through pressure from ice lens formation within the berm. Liners can be
made of plastic or clay.
10
The objective of berm inspection is to make sure that leakage does not occur. Figure
10-5 shows longitudinal cracking, indicating the berm has structural damage and
should be repaired.
Figure 10-5 Berm with structural damage
Three major concerns are:
1. Too much growth of plants and bush which may hide developing problems.
2. Erosion of dikes, which is caused by wave action and surface runoff.
3. Animal burrows which may lead to washout
Regular monitoring and maintenance are required to control berm erosion. The most
frequent areas of erosion are:
1. Around control structure,
2. At corners,
3. Along banks down wind,
4. Areas with insufficient vegetative cover, and
5. Areas with insufficient berm compaction.
Wind-induced water erosion is usually more serious for the larger lagoons, particularly
for surface areas over 5 hectares. In regions where wind is strong or frequent during
11/03
03/03
10-12
12

SMALL
SYSTEMS
SEWA
EWAGE
LAGOON
OPERATION
& MAINTENANCEM
& M
the period of no ice cover, the wave action may be so strong as to require the placement
of some form of riprap along the inner slopes of the berms.
10
Riprap is usually seen as large stones set closely together to provide a stone “armour”
on a slope. Where this has been done, inspection of the riprap and replacement of
material, where necessary, has to be carried out.
Another method of berm protection uses grass or other vegetative cover. It is important
that regular cutting of grass or vegetative cover is carried out. A well-maintained berm
is less likely to be the target for burrowing animals, particularly muskrats. Tunnels
through portions of the berms can be the reason for complete failure. Trapping of
animals is probably the only solution to the problem. Shooting of animals is not the
answer since this may cause holes in the liner.
Surface runoff will have been normally prevented from entering the lagoon through
interceptor ditches at the bottom of the outer berm slope. The ditches must be properly
maintained to prevent the blockage of drainage.
10.6.2 CELL-TO-CELL TRANSFER
Inlet, cell-to-cell transfer and outlet structures enable the lagoon system to function
and allow the operator to exert some control over the performance of the lagoon
system. In addition, these structures require considerable attention to insure that they
operate properly, and do not experience or cause erosion.
The most important aspect of maintenance of these structures is that they must not
freeze in a way that inhibits their operation. Another important problem is caused by
sludge deposition near inlet structures, which has to be cleared manually or by
machinery. Each type of structure and their maintenance requirements are discussed
below.
10.6.3 INLET STRUCTURES
In the Northwest Territories, several types of inlets are used. These include: truck
discharges; and pipe discharges.
10.6.4 TRUCK DISCHARGES
Truck discharges frequently experience operational problems. These include:
! Access road problems,
! Discharge point problems,
! Erosion.
11/03
03/03
10-13
13

SMALL
SYSTEMS
SEWA
EWAGE
LAGOON
OPERATION
& MAINTENANCEM
& M
10
Figure 10-6
Typical truck discharge
10.6.5 ACCESS ROAD PROBLEMS
Road maintenance can present considerable problems and cost. The most obvious are
the problems in the spring and summer when the road surface and the subsurface
thaw. The can result in a reduced bearing capacity. Of course, this should be planned
for during the design process. Frequently, however, problems do occur.
The access road is designed to be usable year-round. Since most communities service
some residents with a truck collection system, the access road must be usable at all
times. If a truck becomes stuck in winter with a full load of wastewater it must be
moved before the wastewater freezes.
Maintenance takes three basic forms: road shaping and smoothing, roadway filling
and snow removal. These activities follow normal community maintenance
procedures.
11/03
03/03
10-14
14

SMALL
SYSTEMS
SEWA
EWAGE
LAGOON
OPERATION
& MAINTENANCEM
10.6.6 DISCHARGE POINT PROBLEMS
& M
10
At the discharge point, the major problems occur as a result of spillage, snow
accumulation, waste build-up at the discharge point, and wastewater freezing in the
discharge pipe.
Snow accumulation at this location must be dealt with by clearing periodically. This
should occur each time the access road is cleared.
If there is spillage from the truck, during discharge, it has to be removed. Because this
material is frequently frozen and therefore more difficult to remove than snow, care
must be exercised to prevent damage at the discharge location. Part or all of the
wastewater discharged may freeze before entering the liquid part of the lagoon. This
may become a serious problem, depending on the layout of the discharge point, and
you may have to use machine excavation on a regular basis.
10.6.7 EROSION
Erosion problems at the discharge point are a common occurrence. You may have to
add additional protective material, such as riprap, every year. The support wall or
embankment may experience problems, particularly in the spring and summer. One
problem is that loaded trucks driving on the berm may cause the retaining wall to
settle. If you notify your supervisor right away, Community Works can fix the berm
before you have any real problems.
Erosion can also happen on where outfall enters a ditch or swale. To avoid this, ditches
may be grassed, riprapped or concreted. Erosion problems at other times in the year
may require reshaping or relining of the channel. Another maintenance problem is
icing during winter that can result in complete blockage if it should be necessary to
convey effluent at these times.
10.6.8 PIPE INLETS
There are three types of pipe inlets used for lagoons:
1. Free fall,
2. Submerged gravity, and
3. Submerged pressure.
Each of these has special maintenance requirements:
11/03
03/03
10-15
15

SMALL
SYSTEMS
SEWA
EWAGE
LAGOON
OPERATION
& MAINTENANCEM
10.6.9 FREE FALL DISCHARGES
& M
10
Continuous overflow lagoons are now rarely designed with free fall discharges, but
they have been used in the past. The principal reason for not using them is that during
periods of low flow in the pipe, the air moving up the discharge pipe can cause glaciertype
water freezing which could eventually cause freeze-up of the pipe. In addition, the
cold air temperature around the discharge pipe can cause freezing inside.
Some existing lagoons do have free fall discharges. This was more common in the
past but still may be done due to the topography of the site. In these cases, the operator
must be aware of the following locations of possible problems:
The support structure holding the pipe;
1. The foundation of the support structure;
2. The insulation of the discharge pipe;
3. In heat tracing tape (if you have it);
4. Potential for ice build-up; and
5. Potential for ice damage.
The build-up of ice and its movement during spring break-up are among the most
serious problems. Winds can drive large ice masses onto the shore and damage
unprotected support structures.
A metallic support structure should also be inspected for corrosion and related
problems, which may weaken the structure. If necessary, attaching a sacrificial anode
to a metal support is one step to reduce the maintenance required due to corrosion.
The next step is inspection, repair or replacement of heating cable systems. These have
be checked regularly to ensure proper operation.
10.6.10SUBMERGED GRAVITY
When the inlet flow enters the lagoon below the surface (either through the side or
bottom), routine maintenance requirements are minimal. The concern is limited to the
need to clean the pipe line periodically to prevent increased head loss due to sludge and
deposits build-up.
10.6.11SUBMERGED PRESSURE
In many locations, the topography of the lagoon site will require the use of a forcemain
and pumping station to deliver the wastewater to the lagoon, including the use of
submerged pressure discharge to the first cell, the short-detention lagoon. In this case,
11/03
03/03
10-16
16

SMALL
SYSTEMS
SEWA
EWAGE
LAGOON
OPERATION
& MAINTENANCEM
& M
the maintenance requirements are much more. Activities include recording of
operating information and preventative maintenance after specified periods of
operation. Maintenance activities normally include checking pumps and pipe
connections, vent or vacuum break points, and backup power equipment.
10
Of course, routine maintenance such as cleaning and wipe down of equipment, clean
out and sweeping out of the pumphouse is required weekly. Circulating air filters and
heating equipment have to be checked frequently.
10.6.12OUTLET STRUCTURES
Three types of outlet structures should exist at most lagoons:
1. The wastewater level control device,
2. The outlet device, and
3. The emergency discharge device (overflow).
The wastewater level control device need to be cleaned regularly so that adjustments
are easy and quick. It is important to make sure that the variable level control features
are functioning throughout the year and are unaffected by icing conditions.
The outlet device may include a submerged pipe leading to a stop-log chamber or a
stand pipe chamber. The main concerns are erosion, wear, uneven settlement and
frost damage. In lagoons and lake-lagoons that use a surface discharge you need to
complete erosion checks, wear or pipe cleaning and adjustments to insure the desired
water level is maintained.
The principal maintenance concern is that the variable level control features are
functioning throughout the year, unaffected by icing conditions.
For long-detention and storage lagoons, an emergency overflow swale is provided near
the outlet structure to provide relief to prevent overtopping of berms. It is normally
constructed of concrete or stone riprap. Maintenance inspection should be made
occasionally to detect any settling or damage.
Another outlet structure is a drain for the cell. It is located at the bottom of the cell,
with a 90 o elbow and pipe to about 0.5-1.0 m above the bottom for a short detention
lagoons (to allow for sludge accumulation) and to a minimum of 0.15 m above the
bottom for storage and long-detention lagoons. The valve is usually housed in a
manhole. You need to grease the valve occasionally.
11/03
03/03
10-17
17

SMALL
SYSTEMS
SEWA
EWAGE
LAGOON
OPERATION
& MAINTENANCEM
10.6.13FENCING AND SIGNS
& M
10
Examine fencing for problems with posts or accumulation of wind blown material.
Posts which have been affected by settlement, frost heave or unstable soils should be
reinstalled. Wind blown material should be removed as quickly as possible to reduce
the lateral load on the fence and maintain the appearance of the site.
Install warning signs on the fence at regular intervals, usually 30 to 40 m apart.
Replace lost or damaged signs.
10.7 ODOUR, WEED, AND INSECT PROBLEMS
10.7.1.1 Odour Problems
Under normal operating conditions, lagoons do not cause serious odour problems.
However at certain times, severe odours will occur. To minimize the nuisance, lagoons
are normally constructed downwind from the Community’s prevailing wind pattern,
and sufficiently far from housing areas. For example, the Department of Health and
Social Services requires a minimum 450 metre separation between the lagoon and the
nearest house or food storage area.
The most troublesome conditions are:
Overloaded short-detention lagoons;
If the problem is caused by one of the short-detention cells (in a multiple cell
arrangement), it may require shutdown and sludge removal. It the cause of the
problem is a continuing one because of too much wastewater, perhaps of higher
strength than anticipated, this can only be solved by constructing additional cells. The
operator should bring this to the attention of the supervisor.
Odour from short-detention lagoons and storage lagoons in the period following ice
break-up;
This problem will normally be of short duration – a week or so. It is also likely to
occur annually.
During an extensive period of cloud cover (in spring to fall when there is no ice cover),
resulting in reduced sunlight and therefore reduced algal activity and low oxygen
production;
“Hope” for sunshine soon.
Extensive floating sludge mats.
Floating scum, septic sludge and algae mats need to be broken up and dispersed.
11/03
03/03
10-18
18

SMALL
SYSTEMS
SEWA
EWAGE
LAGOON
OPERATION
& MAINTENANCEM
& M
The operator of NWT lagoons has only limited opportunities to do anything about
these conditions.
10
Short Circuiting.
This is a particular problem in continuous discharge lagoons where the raw sewage
moves quickly toward the outfall. Make sure that you are dumping the truck in the
correct location (farthest point from the outfall). If problems persist, contact the
MACA office.
Figure 10-7
Example of floating mat on lagoon
10.7.2 WEED CONTROL
Plants around a lagoon can cause problems with berm integrity. The roots of large
weeds and shrubs can cause water to leak through the berm. Vegetation in or on the
lagoon can be a serious problem and may interfere with lagoon operation. The
maintenance problems must be handled routinely.
10.7.3 BERM VEGETATION
Planting grass on berms can be part of a design. The purpose of the grass is to prevent
or reduce erosion from wave action and from break-up and summer rain runoff. If
11/03
03/03
10-19
19

SMALL
SYSTEMS
SEWA
EWAGE
LAGOON
OPERATION
& MAINTENANCEM
& M
used it is usually planted soon after final shaping of the cells for all areas not under
future water cover. If not planted and if part of the design, you may wish to do it now.
10
You should plant fast growing and spreading grasses with shallow but dense roots.
When planting it, use netting, burlap or other protective material to hold the grass
seeds in place.
Remove weeds and unwanted plants by hand or mechanically.
Do not cover riprap protection with vegetation, as the vegetation will be difficult and
dangerous to control.
General guidelines for regular vegetation control:
! Remove all trees and shrubs from the lagoon.
! In areas where climate allows, plant or maintain shallow-dense rooted,
perennial grasses on the dikes.
! Cut grass regularly during warm weather. Mowing equipment should have a
low centre of gravity to minimize the potential of overturning the tractor when
mowing along the berm slopes.
! Cut vegetation on the inside face of the dike using a cutter bar or blade type
mower that works on hydraulic arms from a tractor. The tractor should be
equipped with a roll bar or cage.
! Safety equipment and good judgement should be used when cutting the inside
slope (i.e. wear life preserver and have a second person around to watch
constantly for problems.)
10.7.4 LAGOON VEGETATION
Surface weeds can develop in lagoons. These weeds cause problems.
Weeds block out the sunlight, which is needed by algae to produce oxygen.
When the floating plants die, they decompose using up oxygen which is needed by the
bacteria.
Duckweed is one of the most common of the problem weeds. It is a three-leaved plant.
It develops long hair-like roots that harden in the water. It varies in colour from light
green during normal growth to brownish yellow in its death phase.
The ways to control surface weeds are as follows:
! Natural control by ducks which may eat the weed; and
11/03
03/03
10-20

SMALL
SYSTEMS
SEWA
EWAGE
LAGOON
OPERATION
& MAINTENANCEM
& M
! Skimming (often difficult and requires repeating).
10
The removed weeds should be taken to the landfill and buried, where possible, to
prevent odour and insect problems.
10.7.5 INSECT CONTROL
Flies and mosquitoes create the most common insect problems. Most mosquitoes breed
in sheltered, calm water containing vegetation and floating materials to which the
female can attach the eggs. The egg clusters are fragile and easily damaged by
turbulent action caused by wind and currents. Poor weed control and the
accumulation of scum layer will make insect problems worse.
To reduce insect problems:
! Control ground and water surface weeds,
! Maintain berms and fill potholes and puddles.
10.8 SLUDGE MANAGEMENT
General sludge management activities are required rarely. Anywhere from 5 to 10
years may pass between sludge clean-out activities for a short detention lagoon cell.
For long detention lagoon cells, the time period between sludge clean-out efforts may
be even longer, or may never be required.
Two methods for clean-out are most common:
! Dredging or pumping after mixing with lagoon water;
! Draining, dewatering (usually use a freeze-thaw cycle) and removing by tractor.
Each of these is discussed further below:
10.8.1 PUMPING
The sludge accumulated in a lagoon over several years is usually too thick to pump
directly. Therefore the material must be mixed with lagoon water before pumping.
Commercial units are available for insuring proper mixing before pumping.
A spoil area should be provided near the lagoon for deposit of the sludge-water
mixture. This spoil area should be underlain with a seepage collection system
consisting of sloped drain pipes embedded in gravel and covered with sand. The
seepage collected should be returned to the lagoon system.
11/03
03/03
10-21

SMALL
SYSTEMS
SEWA
EWAGE
LAGOON
OPERATION
& MAINTENANCEM
10.8.2 DEWATERING
& M
10
If your facilities allow one cell to be out of operation for an extended period, it can be
taken out of service and drained in the fall. During the winter, freezing will encourage
consolidation of the sewage and, upon thawing, further dewatering.
After draining or pumping of the last amount of free water, remove the solids with a
small tractor. Take care to prevent damage to the berm liner or surface during this
method of cleaning. In some situations, it has been desirable to place a 100 to 150 mm
layer of sand for a pathway to the bottom for the tractor to travel on. It is important to
have a skilled operator doing this work to reduce surface damage.
10.8.3 SLUDGE REMOVAL
The Water Board in your area regulates by the Department of Health, and the disposal
of sludge. Therefore, approval must be received from both these agencies for the
method and location for disposal. Disposal programs should be planned well in
advance.
Prior to undertaking any removal and disposal, operators should be well aware of
safety and health considerations.
10.9 WETLAND SEWAGE TREATMENT AND OVERLAND FLOW
Wetland sewage treatment is a web of complex physical and biological processes.
Some of the processes that affect treatment are: sedimentation, absorption of pollutants
in the surface soils, nutrient uptake by plants, and the oxidation of compounds by
micro organisms.
Wetlands are transition zones between terrestrial (land) and aquatic (water)
environments. The word, “wetland” is relatively new terminology which refers to all
types of wetland areas. For sewage treatment purposes vegetated areas that are
normally dry ground can be converted to a “wetland”.
The plants within a wetland act as natural purifiers trapping and binding pollutants in
the mud and roots. The plants also provide a media to which bacteria can cling as it
grows. These bacteria, many identical to those present in a mechanical sewage
treatment plant, remove carbon and nutrients from the water. Finally, the thin layer of
now clean water allows sunlight to penetrate deeply, thus, killing pathogenic organisms
and disinfecting the water.
11/03
03/03
10-22

SMALL
SYSTEMS
SEWA
EWAGE
LAGOON
OPERATION
& MAINTENANCEM
& M
10
Figure 10-8
Overland flow
APPLIED
WASTEWATER
GRASS AND
VEGETATIVE LITTER
EVAPOTRANSPIRATION
SHEET FLOW
RUNOFF
COLLECTION
SLOPE 2-8%
PERCOLATION
10.9.1 WETLAND AND OVERLAND FLOW OPERATION
All wetlands in the NWT are natural wetlands which are not constructed. Constructed
wetlands would have certain plants planted and defined barriers around the borders.
In the NWT, natural plants are used and the wetland area is approximate.
Maintenance required for the wetland includes:
! In the spring, monitor and record the flow into the wetland daily. Sewage
should flow slowly through the wetland to ensure it is being treated. If the
sewage is flowing fast enough to cause scouring, contact the MACA Regional
Office. Berms across the inlet of the wetland may be required to slow down the
flow. Experience with your system will tell you when the flow is too fast to
properly treat the sewage.
! Once a week during the treatment season, walk around the wetland. Look for
dead plants, or foul odours. These could be indicators of anaerobic conditions,
indicating your wetland could be overloaded. If this happens, contact the
MACA Regional Office.
10.10 WATER LICENCE REQUIREMENTS
The Water Board in your region is responsible for licensing the taking of water and the
disposal of wastewater. Many communities have water licences; others are waiting to
receive a licence.
11/03
03/03
10-23

SMALL
SYSTEMS
SEWA
EWAGE
LAGOON
OPERATION
& MAINTENANCEM
& M
A typical water licence will, as a minimum, stipulate the amount of water that can be
taken for municipal use, where that water can be taken from, and where the
wastewater can be disposed.
10
There are other licence requirements of direct interest to the operator:
! Reporting volumes for water use and sewage disposal;
! Placement of signs around the lagoon and wetlands;
! Placement of sample point markers;
! Sewage effluent sampling requirements;
! Spill reporting; and
! Development of operation and maintenance procedures.
The operator is encouraged to read the licence for his community. If the operator is
from an unlicensed community, a typical licence is appended.
10.11 SPILL REPORTING
All spills and other emergencies must be reported immediately to:
24 hour Spill Report Line
Telephone (867) 920-8130
Fax: (867) 873-6924
A detailed report shall be submitted to the DIAND Water Resources Officer no less
than 30 days after initially reporting the spill.
10.12 SEWAGE SPILLS
If you have a sewage spill, you must report it. You should also contact your EHO for
instructions on clean up.
10.13 RECORD KEEPING
You must keep records of all inspections, preventive maintenance, repairs, and
operational procedures. Every sewage treatment facility is subject to spills and substandard
discharges. Environmental agencies may be less likely to charge a
municipality or band with a competently operated facility that has simply had an
11/03
03/03
10-24

SMALL
SYSTEMS
SEWA
EWAGE
LAGOON
OPERATION
& MAINTENANCEM
& M
accident. Records are proof of a competent operation. Being found guilty of a charge
can be very expensive.
10
Communities who use the Community Works Management System will find record
keeping an easier task. Community Works Management System Task Descriptions are
appended.
11/03
03/03
10-25

SMALL
SYSTEMS
SEWA
EWAGE
LAGOON
OPERATION
& MAINTENANCEM
10.14 REVIEW
& M
10
1. Annual retention lagoons are operated using
the_____________________ method.
2. A slowly decreasing pH value in the lagoon indicates
3. Who is the principal regulatory agency for lagoon effluents?
4. Describe the walk-around inspection for lagoons.
5. Before the annual discharge, what should the operator do?
11/03
03/03
10-26

SMALL
SYSTEMS
SEWA
EWAGE
LAGOON
OPERATION
& MAINTENANCEM
& M
10
Notes
11/03
03/03
10-27

SMALL
SYSTEMS
SOLID
WASTE
OPERATOR
PERATOR’S MANUAL
11
11.0 SOLID WASTE OPERATOR’S MANUAL
The objectives of any solid waste management system are to collect and dispose of
wastes in a manner that protects both the public health and the environment, and does
so through safe and economic means.
While this may seem like a tall order for operators, this manual’s purpose is to give you
the tools to achieve all of those goals.
The most important goal is to protect the public’s health and it starts with collection
and continues through disposal and landfill. If proper methods are not followed,
communicable diseases could be transmitted to people. Burning domestic waste can
also lead to air pollution that irritates people’s breathing.
11/03
03/03
11-1

SMALL
SYSTEMS
MANAGEMENT AND OPERATION OF A MODIFIED
LANDFILL
12
12.0 MANAGEMENT AND OPERATION OF A MODIFIED LANDFILL
12.1 OBJECTIVES
In this section you will learn about:
! Disposal Alternatives
! Basic Operations
! Trench Method
! Area Method
! Depression Method
! Site Layout
! Cover Material
! Burning
12.2 BASIC WASTE MANAGEMENT OBJECTIVES
The objectives of any solid waste management system are to collect and dispose of
wastes in a manner that protects both the public health and the environment, and does
so through safe and economic means. Another important objective is to minimize the
operator’s risk of injury or disease.
12.3 SOLID WASTE CHARACTERISTICS
The following table shows the general composition of the three main categories of
waste produced in the NWT.
11/03
03/03
12-1

SMALL
SYSTEMS
MANAGEMENT AND OPERATION OF A MODIFIED
LANDFILL
Table 12-1 Examples of different wastes
12
Domestic Waste Bulky Wastes Hazardous Wastes
Household Garbage Cars
Snowmobiles
Appliances
Engines
Tires
Clean storage tanks
Scrap wood
Scrap metal
Oil based Paint
Solvents
Propane Tanks
Waste Oil
Batteries
Oil barrels
Electronic Equipment
Household Cleaners
12.4 BURNING IS NOT ACCEPTABLE
Open burning is no longer acceptable in the NWT, except for clean wood and paper.
Burning is a source of air pollution. Toxic gases and exploding aerosol cans can be
dangerous for the operator.
Contact RWED or see their website http://www.gov.nt.ca/RWED/eps/index.htm.
FOR YOUR OWN SAFETY
If there is an accidental fire at the site, do not attempt to extinguish the fire yourself.
Immediately contact the fire department in your community. If necessary, at the
direction of the fire marshal, access to the site may have to be barricaded.
12.5 DISPOSAL ALTERNATIVES
Some of the methods that are currently being used, or have been used in the past in the
NWT include:
11/03
03/03
12-2

SMALL
SYSTEMS
MANAGEMENT AND OPERATION OF A MODIFIED
LANDFILL
! Open dump
! Modified landfill
! Sanitary landfill
! Incineration and landfill
12
12.5.1 THE OPEN DUMP IS NO LONGER ACCEPTABLE
The open dump is no longer acceptable in the North. The open dump was typically an
unsupervised, uncontrolled operation where all wastes are mixed together. The only
site operation was keeping the access road, and any other work and the working area
accessible.
Exposed garbage and sewage are a hazard to humans and animals. Liquid leaving the
site may contain toxic materials that pollute the environment. Open dumps are an
unsafe nuisance and not an unacceptable method of disposing waste.
12.5.2 MODIFIED LANDFILL
The modified landfill has become the minimum acceptable standard for NWT
communities. In this method wastes are separated into various categories:
! Bulky materials, such as old pickup trucks and skidoos;
! Reusable materials such as wood and metal;
! Hazardous waste such as chemicals and honey bags;
! Household garbage, or domestic waste; and
! Honeybags (in a separate pit).
The waste from each of the categories is disposed into different areas of the site.
Once disposed, household garbage is compacted regularly and then covered with a
suitable cover material a couple of times a year.
Scavenging at the dump is a way of life in the North. A modified landfill will still allow
some recycling of useful materials without exposing people to hazardous wastes and to
garbage that may lead to their injury or sickness.
Even the best run site still exposes people to danger. Scavenging should be
discouraged, not only for health and safety reasons, but because of the possibility of
liability claims should someone become sick or injured.
11/03
03/03
12-3

SMALL
SYSTEMS
MANAGEMENT AND OPERATION OF A MODIFIED
LANDFILL
Modified landfills will be the focus of the following operation and maintenance
sections.
12
12.5.3 SANITARY LANDFILL
In communities in the NWT there is usually not enough cover material available, or
the material is too costly, to operate a sanitary landfill. Sanitary landfills will not be
discussed further.
12.5.4 INCINERATION AND LANDFILL
Incineration of domestic waste and then landfilling the ash is currently done at some
mines in the NWT. This method is expensive and is usually only chosen if there is not
enough land available for a modified landfill.
In the NWT, RWED has recently adopted new national guidelines on dioxins and
furans. Dioxins and furans are a form of air pollution that is released from solid
waste incinerators. Without expensive filters and scrubbers, incinerators would not
meet the new guidelines. Incineration will not be discussed further as a method of
solid waste disposal.
Figure 12-1 Typical layout for a modified landfill, using the trench disposal method
TREELINE BULKY WASTE SCRAP METAL
FENCE
SALVAGEABLE WOOD
TRENCH FOR GARBAGE DISPOSAL...YEARS 1 - 6
TRENCH FOR GARBAGE DISPOSAL...YEARS 7 - 12
TRENCH FOR GARBAGE DISPOSAL...YEARS 13 - 18
GATED
ENTRANCE
HONEY
BAG PIT
TRENCH FOR GARBAGE DISPOSAL...YEARS 19 - 24
TRENCH FOR GARBAGE DISPOSAL...YEARS 25 - 30
HAZARDOUS
WASTE
DOG LEGGED
ACCESS
TREE BUFFER
12.6 BASIC OPERATIONS OF A MODIFIED LANDFILL
For a modified landfill wastes should be disposed into their designated areas. Figure
12.1 shows a typical layout.
11/03
03/03
12-4

SMALL
SYSTEMS
MANAGEMENT AND OPERATION OF A MODIFIED
LANDFILL
Domestic wastes are concentrated into a small manageable section. Domestic wastes
are regularly compacted. Compacting is also known as "pushing the dump", where
the dozer is run back and forth over the waste, three to five times, and the waste is
packed into a tight layer. In a modified landfill, compacting should be done once a
week.
12
When the area is full, the final cover should be about 600 millimetres thick of well
packed material which has been placed in a maximum of 100 centimetre increments.
The final surface has to be slightly raised and rounded so that water will run off and
not percolate down into and through the garbage.
Figures 12.2, 12.3, and 12.4 show how each type of ground can be operated as a
modified sanitary landfill.
12.7 COVER MATERIAL
Cover material serves three important purposes: it prevents wastes from being scattered
by the wind; it prevents insects and animals from digging through the wastes; and it
can prevent or minimize the amount of water entering the garbage.
In many communities it will be difficult to get adequate cover material and the
community needs to stockpile material at the site to last the winter months.
Construction quality sand and gravel should not be used for cover material. Nonconstruction
quality soils should be used instead. Operators should watch for waste
soil from building construction sites or from other sources. This waste soil can be
stockpiled at the solid waste site for later use as cover material. Soil with high clay
content is preferred for final cover material as it resists water infiltration.
12.8 HONEY BAG AREA OPERATION
In the NWT, honey bags are considered to be a hazardous waste because they may
contain pathogenic organisms. This is the reason they are disposed in a separate pit.
The honey bag disposal area is operated in a similar manner to the domestic site,
except that the wastes are not compacted. It is important that the honey bag area is
away from any areas where scavenging may occur.
12.9 ANIMAL WASTES
Animal wastes must be disposed properly. Contact your EHO for details.
11/03
03/03
12-5

SMALL
SYSTEMS
MANAGEMENT AND OPERATION OF A MODIFIED
LANDFILL
12
Figure 12-2 Area Method with second layer
1. Build berm, 2 m high.
Dump garbage near the berm.
2. Drive over the garbage 3 to 5 times.
Work the garbage up the berm a little
at a time to pack it. Do this once per
week.
3. Alternate between dumping and
packing garbage until packed garbage
is 2 m high.
4. In spring or fall, or when garbage
is 3 m wide, cover garbage with
0.3 m of granular material to make a cell.
5. Repeat steps 1 to 4 until site is full.
Then cover all garbage with 0.3 m
of granular material. Pack and add more
granular material until top is level.
6. Build new 2 m berm on top of
cells.
7. Repeat steps 1 to 5.
8. To close out site, put 0.6 m of
granular material on cells then
pack with bulldozer so that water
runs off.
11/03
03/03
12-6

SMALL
SYSTEMS
MANAGEMENT AND OPERATION OF A MODIFIED
LANDFILL
Figure 12-3 Depression Method
12
1. Dump garbage near slope.
2. Spread the garbage down the slope.
3. Work garbage back upslope a little
at a time. Drive over the garbage
3 to 5 times to pack it. Do this once
per week.
4. Alternate between dumping and
packing until the garbage is 2 m high.
5. In the spring or fall, or when garbage is about
3 m wide, cover garbage with 0.3 m of
granular material and pack with bulldozer
to make a cell.
Repeat steps 1 to 4 until landfill is full.
To close out site, put 0.6 m of
granular material on garbage and pack so
that water runs off.
11/03
03/03
12-7

SMALL
SYSTEMS
MANAGEMENT AND OPERATION OF A MODIFIED
LANDFILL
12
Figure 12-4 Trench Method
1. Dig trench 6 m wide and up to
2.5 m deep. Slope sides to prevent
cave-ins. Build wheel stop berm on
dumping side, 0.45 m high.
2. Dump garbage into trench.
3. Use bulldozer to pack the garbage
by driving over it 3 to 5 times,
once per week, until garbage is
1 m high.
4. If trench is deep enough to do more
than one layer of garbage, pack 0.3 m
of granular material between layers
of garbage.
5. Cover garbage with 0.3 m of
granular material from new trench
when crushed garbage is 1 m high.
Make sure to build a new 0.45m
wheel stop berm for next trench.
6. Add and pack granular material
with bulldozer until even with
ground.
7. To close out trench, pack granular
material with bulldozer until hard
so that water runs off.
Add more granular material to make
mound 0.3 high in the middle.
11/03
03/03
12-8

SMALL
SYSTEMS
MANAGEMENT AND OPERATION OF A MODIFIED
LANDFILL
12
12.10 BULKY WASTE AREA OPERATION
Bulky wastes including construction wastes that are salvageable make up what is also
called the "bone yard" of the site.
The “bone yard” is a storage area for large objects that may have some use in the
future, or that are so large that they would quickly fill the domestic waste site. They can
be segregated further so that, for example, truck bodies are separate from metal pipes
and pieces of sheet metal and pipes.
The operator should ensure that metal wastes are disposed in such a way that it is safe
to walk through the site.
At some point in the future, there will be enough bulky wastes stored at the site to
warrant a project to remove them from the community.
Objects containing ozone depleting substances must be properly handled. Contact
RWED or see their website http://www.gov.nt.ca/RWED/eps/index.htm.
12.10.1 ENCOURAGING RECYCLING OF USEFUL MATERIALS
The best way to reduce the dangerous practice of scavenging is to reduce the amount of
salvageable/useable material that is disposed at the site. This is accomplished through
separation at source and recycling programs in the community. In simplest terms, if
there is nothing to be scavenged at the dump, no one will go there.
A separate site could be developed as shown in the Figure 12-1, or at a separate remote
site, where salvable materials are available for recycling. Signs should indicate areas
where materials are to be deposited, for example, tires, metals etc.
While there may be limited opportunity to recycle materials such as aluminium cans, it
is not these items that cause problems at the site. Construction wastes make up as
much as 40% of the materials entering a site. If properly managed, much of this waste
can be eliminated. The best approach is if operators work out a program of recycling
with construction contractors. However only band/municipal bylaws can force a
contractor if he or she is unwilling to voluntarily participate, or to dispose their wastes
properly
Scavenging can also be reduced to when the site is supervised. This requires putting
up fences and staff the landfill site when it is open.
11/03
03/03
12-9

SMALL
SYSTEMS
MANAGEMENT AND OPERATION OF A MODIFIED
LANDFILL
12.11 FENCING
12
You should install and maintain fences at solid waste facilities for the following
reasons.
! To control or limit access to the landfill site by community residents;
! To prevent scavenging animals from causing a nuisance and risking the safety
of workers and residents; and
! To control the spreading of blowing garbage.
Fencing may be portable or permanent and may be woven or chain linked.
Wooden fences should not be used, as they can be a fire hazard.
Put a gate on the entrance and provide times for the public to enter the site should be
implemented.
Install snow fencing during the winter to reduce snow accumulation within the site.
This will reduce the amount runoff on site and prevent drainage problems in the
spring.
Consider putting a portable litter fence placed down wind from the domestic garbage
working area will reduce wind blown litter. These fences can be made inexpensively
from materials in the bone yard.
Electric fencing has proven to be an effective deterrent against bears. If bears are a
problem in your community solid waste site, bring up the issue with your MACA
Regional Office.
11/03
03/03
12-10
10

SMALL
SYSTEMS
MANAGEMENT AND OPERATION OF A MODIFIED
LANDFILL
12
Notes
11/03
03/03
12-11
11

SMALL
SYSTEMS
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES FOR A MODIFIED
LANDFILL
13
13.0 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES FOR A MODIFIED LANDFILL
13.1 OBJECTIVES
In this section you will learn about:
! General solid waste site maintenance procedures;
! Safe hazardous waste handling and storage;
! Water licence requirements; and
! Record keeping
13.2 ACCESS ROADS
Maintain access roads in accordance with the quality standards for a Priority 3 Road
outlined in the Community Works Management System, and snow removal should be
undertaken accordingly.
13.3 FENCES
Examine both portable and permanent fences frequently for holes. Permanent fence
posts should be checked for frost jacking. Litter should be cleaned up regularly.
13.4 SIGNS
Warning signs are a water licence requirement on landfill sites. Make sure there are
signs and public information so that the rules of operation for the site are followed.
Examples of proper signage can be seen in figure 9.1. Signage properly labels different
sections of the landfill and gives public warning to incorrect dumping practices
13.5 DRAINAGE
Surface water from snow melt and rain must be directed away from important water
areas, such as drinking water sources or recreational areas. Also prevent water from
entering the site by two methods: site selection; and control berms. Sites should be
chosen so that they receive as little surface water as possible, and the water they receive
does not naturally flow into an important water area. Once the site has been selected,
control berms are used to further direct water away from the site.
11/03
03/03
13-1

SMALL
SYSTEMS
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES FOR A MODIFIED
LANDFILL
Mapping will assist in choosing a site, but once the site is in operation surface water that
originates at the site may not move in the direction expected. Maintain the site with an
eye to drainage, but where that is not possible, control berms should be used. These
control berms could be temporary structures as needed, for once their purpose has been
completed, they could be moved to another part of the site.
13
Monitor drainage from closed areas within the site annually to ensure that the closure
remains intact and water is not causing erosion or infiltration problems.
Figure 9.1 Signage in a Modified Lanfill.
11/03
03/03
13-2

SMALL
SYSTEMS
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES FOR A MODIFIED
LANDFILL
Figure 9.2 An Improperly Drained Site.
13
13.6 ODOURS
It is very natural for decomposing garbage to have an odour. In the summer odour from
the site can be quite strong. If odour becomes a problem, it is best treated by covering
with 300 millimetres of cover material.
13.7 HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT
Hazardous wastes are chemicals such as oil, solvents, acids, and cleaners. There are too
many different types of hazardous materials to list them here. Most hazardous wastes
are fairly obvious because it says they are hazardous on the label of their container.
They come from a number of different sources in the community including:
! Construction wastes;
! The maintenance garage;
! Commercial or industrial operations; and
! Households.
11/03
03/03
13-3

SMALL
SYSTEMS
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES FOR A MODIFIED
LANDFILL
Do not dispose of these wastes with the rest of the garbage. Instead they should be
separated from the rest of the garbage and stored in properly signed, designated areas at
the solid waste management site.
13
Some hazardous wastes cannot be stored outside and must be stored in an approved
waste storage locker. Once the lockers get full, plans will made to remove the wastes or
to provide more storage. Storage lockers must be CSA or UL approved, maintained
under the responsibility of trained personnel. The Fire Marshall must approve all
lockers. Contact MACA for details.
All storage and handling of hazardous wastes must be approved by RWED. Contact
RWED directly or see their website http://www.gov.nt.ca/RWED/eps/index.htm.
FOR YOUR OWN SAFETY
Do not mix hazardous wastes together, unless they are of the same type. For example
waste oil. Mixing of certain solvents and acids could cause an explosion. Consult with
RWED regarding the specific products before storing them in the same barrel. If you
are not sure what the waste is, store it separately from all other hazardous wastes.
13.8 HAZARDOUS WASTE COLLECTION ALTERNATIVES
You can collect hazardous wastes in a number of ways:
! Hazardous wastes could be brought to the operator whenever they are generated;
! Operators could provide a "Hazardous Waste Taxi" and pick up wastes whenever
they are called to do so; or
! The community could require hazardous waste generators to store their wastes
until the community can run a "Hazardous Waste Day" at which time all
hazardous wastes are brought to the operator for storage.
A combination of the three methods is probably the best alternative. Note that none of
the alternatives have the waste generator disposing the waste himself. There are legal
liabilities of which the operator should be aware. Once the operator has accepted the
waste, he is legally responsible to dispose of it in a safe manner.
13.9 TRACKING HAZARDOUS WASTE
It is important that than an inventory is kept of the quantity and volume all the
hazardous waste stored in the community. A typical form could have the following
headings.
11/03
03/03
13-4

SMALL
SYSTEMS
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES FOR A MODIFIED
LANDFILL
Figure 13-1 Typical hazardous waste tracking information
13
Type Quantity Location Date Stored Dated
Removed
Initial
Oil 2 barrels MSW site Nov 21/02 JK
Varsol 2 litres Locker A Jan 03/03 BL
Battery Acid 1 litre Locker B June 19/03 RK
13.10 HAZARDOUS WASTE STORAGE
There should be a secure storage site for hazardous wastes in the community. Probably
the best site is away from the community at the solid waste management site. This way it
will be constantly monitored and protected from vandals.
Fence hazardous waste storage areas, isolating the area from the rest of the site and
preventing public access. Based on the inventory of wastes, sufficient and separate
storage should be provided. Storage lockers must be CSA or UL approved, maintained
under the responsibility of trained personnel. Readers are referred to the RWED website
- http://www.gov.nt.ca/RWED/eps/index.htm
13.10.1DEALING WITH WASTE OIL
Waste oil is the biggest hazardous waste problem in the NWT, but there are quite a
number of ways to deal with it:
! Put it in barrels at the hazardous waste site;
! Use it for fuel in a waste oil burner to heat a community building. During
combustion, only 50-85% of the lead and 36-60% of the zinc is released into the
atmosphere;
! A waste oil injector can be retrofit to a piece of heavy equipment such as the
dozer or the loader, and the waste oil can be used as a fuel;
! Mix it with heating fuel and used in a regular furnace. Waste oil may be filtered
to remove sediments and water prior to blending. The ratio of 100:1 (fuel oil :
waste oil) is used as a maximum. Burning a filtered blended product does not
cause harmful air pollution if the conditions of burning are chosen properly.
Filter residuals must be stored for further treatment; and
! Barrel it and ship to another community who is willing to take the oil.
11/03
03/03
13-5

SMALL
SYSTEMS
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES FOR A MODIFIED
LANDFILL
13
Waste oil must not be used for dust control.
13.10.2 DEALING WITH TANK SLUDGES AND HEAVY TARS
Tank sludges are the sediments that accumulate at the bottom of fuel tanks. These may
contain hazardous components but are usually improperly disposed at dumps or by open
burning. Tank sludges and heavy tars should be stored in barrels at the hazardous waste
site.
13.10.3 DEALING WITH WASTE ANTIFREEZE
Antifreeze is a mixture of ethylene glycol and water used as engine coolant that resists
freezing at temperatures as low as minus 40 Celsius. It often contains small amounts of
metal contaminants and other compounds that resist corrosion. It is poisonous,
particularly to animals, which can die after drinking "sweet tasting" puddles of
antifreeze. In past, antifreeze has been disposed of in dumps, discharged into the ocean,
or by spreading on roads for dust suppression. These practices are hazardous.
Do not dispose of waste antifreeze in the domestic waste area or into the sewage lagoon.
Store waste antifreeze at the hazardous waste storage site until it can be sent out for
recycling.
13.10.4 DEALING WITH SPENT SOLVENTS
Solvents have been improperly disposed of by landfilling, burning, or spreading on roads
for dust suppression. Solvents can be extremely toxic and flammable; many are
carcinogenic.
Check with Environmental Protection Service of RWED for directions on how to store or
dispose of these wastes before you handle them.
http://www.gov.nt.ca/RWED/eps/index.htm
13.10.5 DEALING WITH WASTE PAINTS
Latex paints are considered non-toxic and do not require special treatment.
Oil-based paints, lacquers, enamels, and sealers are considered to be toxic because of the
solvents they contain. Some older paints contain lead, mercury or PCB's. Waste paints
are usually disposed in dumpsites. Appropriate technologies include:
Reuse can be achieved by sorting (latex or oil) and blending. The resulting paint may be
used as a primer; or
11/03
03/03
13-6

SMALL
SYSTEMS
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES FOR A MODIFIED
LANDFILL
Evaporation can be achieved by pouring the paint onto absorbent material such as
newsprint and allowing it to dry before disposal to the landfill.
13
13.11 FINAL DISPOSAL OF HAZARDOUS WASTES
The Environmental Protection Service of RWED must approve plans for the disposal of
any hazardous waste. http://www.gov.nt.ca/RWED/eps/index.htm
13.12 WATER LICENCE REQUIREMENTS FOR WASTE MANAGEMENT SITES
Because waste management sites can cause pollution, a typical water licence will contain
clauses to reduce the potential for pollution. Most licences contain clauses that require:
! Management of hazardous wastes;
! Segregation of domestic wastes, metal and recyclable wastes;
! Method and frequency of site maintenance;
! Reporting the number of honey bags disposed at the site;
! Placement signs and sample point markers;
! Taking samples of leachate and runoff from the site;
! Minimizing the production of leachate and runoff with the careful placement of
drainage control measures such as berms;
! Development of operation and maintenance manuals;
! The community to obtain approval from the Water Board if they wish to move to
another site; and
! The preparation of an Abandonment and Restoration Plan before closing out an
old site.
A typical water licence is appended for reference but the operator should read the licence
for his community if his community has a licence.
Over the years, the GNWT has developed a very good relationship with the Water
Boards. Even though a community may be unlicensed, the GNWT still strives to meet
the general terms and conditions of a licence. The primary exceptions are in reporting
water volumes and taking sewage samples. All the other conditions are met. It is
important that we all continue these efforts to maintain in order to maintain a good
relationship with the area Water Board.
11/03
03/03
13-7

SMALL
SYSTEMS
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES FOR A MODIFIED
LANDFILL
13.13 RECORD KEEPING
13
Records of solid waste disposal are not routinely kept in the communities. However, this
is very important aspect of the operation for the purposes of:
! Proper planning;
! Payment for contractors;
! Protection against liability; and
! To know what has been disposed at the site; and
! Water Boards requirements.
Records of the following should be kept with:
! What volume, for example how many truckloads, of domestic garbage are taken
to the domestic disposal site each day;
! How many honey bags are taken to the honey bag disposal site each day;
! What volume and types of other wastes are disposed in other areas of the site; and
! What types and amounts of hazardous waste are stored at the storage site?
In addition to these records, it is important the records of operation and maintenance at
the site are kept. Record keeping need not be an elaborate procedure. Keeping a simple
logbook is sufficient.
Communities who use the Community Works Management System will find record
keeping an easier task. Community Works Management System Task Descriptions are
appended.
11/03
03/03
13-8

SMALL
SYSTEMS
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES FOR A MODIFIED
LANDFILL
13.14 REVIEW
13
1. What are the main areas of a solid waste management site?
2. Describe how a dump can be operated as a modified landfill.
3. What should you do if your solid waste management site catches on fire?
4. How do you keep water away from a site?
5. What are hazardous wastes in your community?
11/03
03/03
13-9

SMALL
SYSTEMS
MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES FOR A MODIFIED
LANDFILL
13
Notes
11/03
03/03
13-10
10

ADDENDUM A
MATH TOPICS

APPENDIX A
INTRODUCTION
The objective of this unit is to introduce the operator to the application of mathematics in solving problems
related to the field of water treatment and to prepare him or her for further course work in the water treatment
field.
We will discuss the theoretical concepts of mathematics which form the basis for solving problems
encountered in the operator's day to day work. Examples were written with the objective of showing by
example how a typical problem is solved. To assist the student, a number of practice problems follow each
section. For each question on the exercise sheet there is a corresponding example and practice problem for
the operator to refer to for assistance in completing each lesson.
For those students who are not comfortable with metric measurements, a brief explanation of the system and
a set of conversion tables have been provided.
A short review of basic geometry has also been included.
It should be remembered and emphasized that the intent of this course is to allow the operator the
opportunity to apply mathematical computations in solving water treatment problems and to improve his skills
in mathematics.

METRICS:
Scientists and many other people throughout the world measure lengths, distance, area, volumes, weight,
temperature and other values by a standard method called the metric system. There are two major systems
of measurement in use, both related to one another. The English System and the Metric System.
The English system of measurement developed from man's need to measure size and distances and were
based on units that were a part of his body. For example, a "cubit" was the length of a man's forearm from
his elbow to the tip of his middle finger. The Romans used the uncia for the width of a thumb and the English
inch comes from this method. Twelve uncia equaled roughly the length of a man's foot and a man's foot was
used to measure distance. The foot at first was the length of any man's foot. In some countries it was the
length of the 'kings' foot. Measuring units based on a man's size failed because not all men were the same
size, and as a result measurements varied from man to man. However, there was little need for
standardization until man began to travel and trade with other men and some form of 'standard units' became
necessary. Today one still finds different units in-use from one country to another. An example is the volume
of a "gallon" by definition between Canada and the United states: 1.0 Imperial gallons = 1.2 U.S. gallons.
Out of such confusion there developed a need for a simple standard system of measurement. In 1670 a
French priest, Gabriel Mouton, developed a system of measurement using the decimal system. In 1790 the
French National Assembly appointed a commission to study the measurement situation. This commission of
French scientists proposed the metric system and in 1799 France adopted it as the legal system of weights
and measures. In 1875 the "Treaty of the Metre" was signed to establish the General Conference on Weights
and Measures which meets to determine the official definitions for units used in metric countries. In 1960 the
present form was adopted and named the Systeme International d'Units or International System of Units
more commonly known as SI. Since the early 1970' s both Canada and the United states have been working
towards a changeover to the metric system.
The popularity of the metric system stems from two characteristics, its simplicity and standardization. The
metric system did not develop haphazardly nor did it use parts of the human body as units. In the metric
system all units have a uniform scale based on the decimal system. The principal unit is the metre which is
comparable to the yard as a unit of length. One meter is 39.37 inches or 1.093 yards long. Before 1960 the
standard for the meter was a platinum- iridium meter bar, but the metre is now defined world-wide to be
1,650,763.73 wavelengths of the orange-red light from the spectrum of krypton-86 measured in a vacuum.
The reason: the length never varies and this measurement can be duplicated in the laboratory.
There are seven basic units which form the foundation of the metric system. The followlng four are involved
with most everday use:
1. length or distance with the base unit being the metre
2. weight or mass when measured on earth is the kilogram
3. the base unit of time is the second
4. temperature units are expressed in the Kelvin scale but most people when measuring in metrics use the
Celsius scale as 1 o Kelvin equals 1 o Celsius.
The other three units have more specialized uses by the scientist.
5. the ampere is the base unit for electrical measurements.
6. the mole is the base unit involved in chemical reactions.
7. the candela is the base unit for measuring light.

The scientists who desiqned the metric system developed it to fit their needs and they made it logical and
exact. The metric system is simple to use for two reasons. First, it follows the decimal number system, that
is, units increase or decrease in size by lO's. Secondly, it is made up of only seven basic units of
measurement.
The scale of multiples and subdivisions of the meter is ten and all other units can be represented by the
product of ten. An example of the decimal scale using meters:
10 millimetres = 1 centimetre
10 centimetres = 1 decimetre
10 decimetres = 1 metre
10 metres = 1 decametre
10 decametres = 1 hectometre
10 hectometres = 1 kilometre
or
Name or Symbol
millimetre (mm)
centimetre (cm)
decimetre (dm)
metre (m)
decametre (dam)
hectometre (hm)
kilometre (km)
Measurement: meters
1/1000 m or 10 -3 m
1/100 m or 10 -2 m
1/10 m or 10 -1 m
1 m or 10 0 m
10 m or 10 1 m
100 m or 10 2 m
1 000 m or 10 3 m
This same system applies to the other units, the liter and the gram. Ten litres equals one decaliter and 10
decigrams equals one gram. This uniform system of names is one of the advantages of the metric system.
With the chief units of measure being tenths, hundredths and thousandths, the various units of measure get
their names by adding Latin and Greek prefixes. For example: by adding Latin prefixes deci means one
tenth, centi means one hundredth and milli means one-thousandth: by adding Greek prefixes, deca means
tens, hecto means hundreds and kilo means thousands.

CONVERSION TABLE:
when you know multiply by to find
inches 25.40 millimetres
feet 30.48 centimetres
yards 0.91 metres
miles 1.61 kilometres
millimetres 0.04 inches
centimeters 0.39 inches
metres 1.09 yards
kilometres 0.62 miles
square inches 6.45 square centimetres
square feet 0.09 square metres
square yards 0.84 square meters
square miles 2.59 square kilometres
acres 0.41 hectares
square centimetres 0.16 square inches
square metres 1.20 square yards
square kilometres 0.39 square miles
hectares 2.47 acres
fluid ounces US 29.57 millilitres
fluid ounces Imperial 35.49 millilitres
pints US 0.47 litres
pints Imperial 0.57 litres
quarts US 0.95 litres
quarts Imperlal 1.14 litres
gallons US 3.78 litres
gallons Imperial 4.54 litres
millilitres 0.034 ounces fluld US
millilitres 0.028 ounces fluid Imperial
litres 2.11 pints US
litres 1.76 pints Imperial
litres 1.06 quarts US
litres 0.88 quarts Imperial
litres 0.26 gallons US
litres 0.22 gallons Imperial
ounces (dry) 28.35 grams
pounds 0.45 kilograms
grams 0.035 ounces (dry)
kilograms 2.20 pounds
short tons 0.91 metric tons
metric tons 1.1 short tons
0
Fahrenheit 5/9 after subtracting 32 o Celsius
o
Celsius
9/5 then add 32 o Fahrenheit
p.s.i. (water) 2.31 pressure head in feet
TDH (feet) 0.43 pressure in p.s.i.

METRIC SUMMARY:
Length: 1 metre = 100 cm = 1000 mm
Area: 1 square metre = 10 000 cm 2 = 1 000 000 mm 2
Volume: 1 m 3 = 1000 L = 1 000 000 mL = 1 000 000 cm 3
Mass: 1 kg = 1000 g = 1 000 000 mg
Pressure: 1 pascal = 1 newton per square metre
Note: i) 1 kilogram of water has a volume of 1 litre
ii) A force of 9.81 newtons is required to hold up 1 kilogram of mass
Length:
1 inch = 2.54 cm
1 foot = 30.48 cm
1 metre = 39.37 inches
Areas: 1 square inch = 6.45 cm 2
1 square foot = 929 cm 2
Volume:
Mass:
Force:
1 cubic foot = 28.32 litres
1 gallon Imperial = 4.54 litres
1 gallon US = 3.785 litres
1 pound = 453.6 grams
1 kilogram = 2.2 pounds
1 pound (lb) = 4.45 newtons (N)
Pressure: 1 psi = 6900 newtons/m 2 (N/m 2 )
= 6900 pascals (Pa)
= 6.9 kilopascals (kPa)
= 2.31 feet of head
1 pascal = 1 newton/square metre
1 atmosphere = 14.5 psi = 1 Bar = 100 kPa
Water Pressure:1 meter of water = 9.8 kilo pascals (kPa)
1 foot of water = 3.0 kPa

EXAMPLE CALCULATIONS FOR WATER
TREATMENT OPERATORS
RATE OF FLOW CALCULATIONS
These calculations are important as they provide data that is necessary in determining the cost of treatment
and the efficiency of the process control equipment. The accuracy of the flowmeters and pumping capacities
can be checked and the measurement of flows, contributed by various sources, such as ground water run-off
or industrial wastes, can be estimated with some degree of accuracy. Rates of flow must be determined for
proper sizing of clarifiers, aeration tanks, grit chambers, filters etc.
EXAMPLE 1
A channel 2 m wide has a water flowing to a depth of 0.5 m. What is the daily FLOW in the channel if the
velocity of the water is 0.75 m/s?
RATE OF FLOW = WIDTH x DEPTH x VELOCITY
= (2 m) (0.5m) (0.75 m/s)
= 0.75 m 3 /s
However, we are asked to find the daily flow.
Daily Flow = rate of flow x 60 s/min x 1440 min/d
= (0.75 m 3 /s) (60 s/min) (1440 min/d)
= 64 800 m 3 /d
EXAMPLE 2
What is the daily FLOW in a 300 mm diameter pipe that is flowing 75% full if the velocity is 40 m/min?

Volume of flow = Cross sectional area x Velocity
= (0.75) (ðr2) (40 m/min)
= (0.75) (3.14) (.15 m) (.15m) (40 m/min)
= 2.1 m 3 /min
We need to convert 2.1 m 3 /min to a standard expression of flow rate. Either L/s or m 3 /d are correct, and we
are asked to put the answer in terms of daily flow (m 3 /d).
Daily flow = Volume of Flow x 1440 min/d
= (2.1 m 3 /min) (1440 min/d)
= 3 024 m 3 /d

PERCENT
EXAMPLE 1
A lime solution having a mass of 80 kg contains 85% water and the remainder is lime. What is the mass of
the lime?
SOLUTION
The total mass of the solution is 80 kg which represents 100%. If the water represents 85%, then the lime
represents:
(Total Mass) - (Mass of Water) = (Mass of Lime)
100% - 85% = 15%
Mass of lime = 15% x 80 kg
= 0.15 x 80 kg
= 12 kg
EXAMPLE 2
An alum solution having a mass of 200 kg contains 176 kg of water and the rest is alum.
a) What percentage of the mixture is water?
b) What percentage of the mixture is Alum?
SOLUTION
a) In the above question we are told the total mass of the mixture is 200 kg or 100%. The mass of the water
is 176 kg.
To find the percentage of water:
% of water = 176 kg x 100%
200 kg
% of water = 88%
b) If 88% of the mixture is water then;
Total Mass - Mass of Water = Mass of Alum
100% - 88% = 12%
DETENTION TIME
The concept of detention time is used in conjunction with many treatment plant processes. "DETENTION
TIME" refers to the length of time a drop of water or a suspended particle remains in a tank or chamber.
Detention time may also be thought of as the number of minutes or hours required for each tank to fill and
overflow. The mental image might be one of the flow from the time water enters the tank until it leaves the

tank completely , as shown in the following figure. This process is also known as "plug flow".
EXAMPLE
A sedimentation tank has a capacity of 132 m 3 . If the hourly flow to the clarifier is 47 m 3 /h, what is the
detention time?
Since the flow rate is expressed in hours, the detention time calculated is also in hours:
Detention time = Volume of tank
Flow rate
= 132 m 3
47 m 3 /h
= 2.8 h
WEIR OVERFLOW RATE
The calculation of WEIR OVERFLOW RATE is important in detecting high velocities near the weir, which
adversely affect the efficiency of the sedimentation process. With excessively high velocities, the settling
solids are pulled over the weirs and into the effluent troughs.
In calculating the weir overflow rate, you will be concerned with the litres per second flowing over each metre
of weir length. The following figures can be associated with weir overflow rate in rectangular and circular
sedimentation basins.
Since weir overflow rate is L/s flow over each m of weir length, the corresponding mathematical equation is:
Weir overflow rate = flow (L/s)
weir length (m)
EXAMPLE 1
If a sedimentation tank has a total of 27 m of weir over which the water flows, what is the weir overflow rate
when the flow is 90 L/s?

Weir overflow rate = flow (L/s) weir length (m)
= 90 L/s
27 m
= 3.3 L/s
m
EXAMPLE 2
A circular clarifier receives a flow of 16 416 m 3 /d. If the diameter is 24 m, what is the weir overflow rate?
Before you can calculate the weir overflow rate, you must know the total length of the weir. The relationship
of the diameter and circumference of a circle is the key to determining this problem.
Circumference = 3.14 x Diameter
In this problem, the diameter is 24 m. Therefore, the length of weir (circumference) is
Circumference = (ð) (Diameter)
= (3.14) (24 m)
= 75.4 m
We now must convert m 3 /d to L/s by the following:
m 3 /d x 1 000 L = L/s
s/d m 3
16 416 m 3 /d x 1 000 L = 190 L/s
86 400 s/d m 3
Now solve for the weir overflow rate:
Weir overflow rate = flow (L/s)
weir length (m)
= 190 L/s
75.4 m

= 2.5 L/s
m
PUMPING RATES
The rate of flow produced by a pump is expressed as the volume of water pumped during a given period of
time. The mathematical equation used in pumping rate problems can usually be determined from the verbal
statement of the problem.
VERBAL: What is the pumping rate in m 3 per day?
MATH: pumping rate = m
VERBAL: What is the pumping rate in litres per second?
MATH: pumping rate = L
The volume pumped during a period can be determined either by a flowmeter or by measuring the volume
being pumped into or out of a tank.
Most pumping rate problems will ask you to give an answer in one form (L/s) and will give you the information
in another form (m/d). At first the conversion between these two expressions looks difficult, but once you
become familiar with their relationship to each other, converting is simple. Here is the proof.
m 3 /d = m 3 x 1 000 L = L or L/s
86 400 s/d s m 3 s
or conversely
L - 1 000 L = m 3 x 86 400s = m 3 or m 3 /d
s m 3 sd d
EXAMPLE
An empty rectangular tank 8 m long and 6 m wide can hold water to a depth of 2 m. If this tank is filled by a
pump in 55 min. What is the pumping rate in litres per second?
In this example, the entire tank was filled during the 55 min pumping test. Therefore the total volume pumped
is equal to the capacity of the tank in m .
Volume of Tank = Area of Rectangle x Depth
= (8 m) (6 m) (2 m)
= 96 m 3
To find L/s we convert 96 m 3 to litres and 55 min to seconds.
96 m 3 x 1 000 L = 96 000 L
m 3
55 min x 60 s = 3 300 s
min

Then we divide:
96 000 L = 29.1 L/s
3 300 s
29.1 L/S is the answer to the first part of the question. To find the answer to the second part, we must convert
L/s to m /d.
29.1 L - 1 000 L x 86 400 s = 2 514 m 3 /d
s m 3 d
2 514 m 3 /d is the answer to the second part of the question.
DENSITY
For scientific and technical purposes, the DENSITY of a body of material is precisely defined as the mass
PER UNIT OF VOLUME. The density of dry materials, such as sand, activated carbon, lime and liquids such
as water, liquid alum or liquid chlorine can be expressed as g/cm 3 . The density of gases, such as air,
chlorine, methane or carbon dioxide is normally expressed in g/L.
The density of a substance CHANGES SLIGHTLY AS THE TEMPERATURE OF THE SUBSTANCE
CHANGES. This happens because substances usually increase in volume as they become warmer, as
illustrated in Figure 1. Because of the expansion with warming, the mass is spread over a larger volume, so
the density is less when a substance is warm than when it is cold.
Similarly, a change in pressure will change the volume occupied by a substance. As a result, DENSITY
VARIES WITH PRESSURE, increasing as pressure increases and decreasing as pressure decreases
(Figure 2).
The effects of pressure and temperature on solids and liquids, are very small and are usually ignored.
However, temperature and pressure have a significant effect on the density of gases and whenever the
density of a gas is given, then the temperature and pressure at that density are usually also given.

Figure 1.
Figure 2.
RELATIVE DENSITY (Specific Gravity)
Although there may be many numbers that express the density of the same substance (depending on the
unit used) there is only one relative density associated with each substance (for one particular temperature
and pressure). The relative density of a substance is compared against a "Standard" density.
RELATIVE DENSITY OF SOLIDS & LIQUIDS
The standard density used for solids and liquids is that of water, which is one g/cm at 4 degrees C and a
pressure of 101.3 kN/m or kilopascals (kPa), the pressure of the atmosphere at sea level. Therefore, the
relative density of a solid or liquid is the density of that solid or liquid COMPARED TO THE DENSITY OF
WATER. It is the ratio of the density of that substance to the density of water. Let's look at an example. The
density of SAE 30 motor oil is
Relative Density = oil 0.9 g/cm 3
water 1.0 g/cm 3
= 0.90
In other words, relative density in this example tells you that oil is only 9/10 as dense as water. Because a
cm 3 of oil has a mass less than a cm 3 of water, oil floats on the surface of water.
Relative Density of Gases
The relative density of a gas is usually determined by comparing the density of the gas with the density of air,
which is 1.2 g/L at a temperature of 20 degrees C and a pressure of 101.3 (kN/m) or kilopascals (kPa) the
pressure of the atmosphere at sea level. For example, the density of chlorine gas is 2.99 g/L . Its relative
density would be calculated as follows:
Relative Density = Cl 2 2.99 g/L = 2.49
air 1.2 g/L

This tells you that chlorine gas is approximately 2.5 times as dense as air. Therefore, when chlorine gas is
introduced into a room it will concentrate at the bottom of the room. This is important to know since chlorine
is a deadly toxic gas.
DOSAGE CALCULATIONS
It is most necessary for a plant operator to know how to calculate the dosages of the various chemicals used
in water treatment. It is important to be accurate when calculating dosages as too little chemical may be
ineffective and too much a waste of money. In process control the exact dose of chemical must be
determined through calculation for the purposes of efficient operation and economy.
EXAMPLE 1
The chlorine dosage of an effluent is 15 mg/L. How many kilograms of chlorine will be required to dose a flow
of 8 500 m 3 /d?
In this question, it will be necessary to utilize your knowledge of the metric system.
1 mg/L = 1 kg/l 000 m 3
For every 1 000 m 3 of water of flow, we will need to use 15 kg chlorine.
15 kg Cl 2 x 8 500 m 3 /d = 127.5 kg C1 2 /d
1 000 m 3
Above we expressed 15 mg/L as 15 kg Cl 2 /1 000 m 3 and multiplied it by the flow to obtain the answer
expressed as 127.5 kg C1 2 /d
EXAMPLE 2:
A chlorinator is set to feed a 94.8 kg/d of chlorine. If the average daily flow through the plant is 7 900 m3/d,
what is the DAILY AVERAGE CHLORINE DOSAGE IN MG/L?
We know that 1 mg/L =
1 000 m 3
1 kg
We are told we use 94.8 kg chlorine for every 7900 m 3 water.
94.8 kg Cl 2/d = 12 kg Cl 2 = 12 mg/L
7.9 x 1 000 m 3 /d 1 000 m 3
Above we divided the mass of chlorine used per day by the flow expressed in 1 000 m per day and found we
used 12 kg Cl 2 for every
1 000 m of flow or 12 mg/L.

HYPOCHLORINATION CALCULATIONS
Definition -Hypochlorination is the application of hypochlorite ( a compound of chlorine and another
chemical), usually in the form of solution, for disinfection purposes.
EXAMPLE 1
The treated product at a water treatment plant requires a chlorine dosage of 98 kg/d for disinfection
purposes. If we are using a solution of hypochlorite containing 60% available chlorine, how many kg/d
hypochlorite will be required?
SOLUTION
We are told in the problem that 60% of the hypochlorite is available chlorine which is the portion of the
solution capable of disinfecting. Solving the equation we have;
kg/d hypochlorite = 98 kg/d of chlorine needed
0.6 available chlorine in sol'n
= 163.3 kg/d hypochlorite solution
EXAMPLE 2
A hypochlorite solution contains 5% available chlorine. If 4 kg of available chlorine are needed to disinfect a
watermain, how much 5% solution would be required?
We are told 4 kg of chlorine will do the job of disinfection. By a 5% solution we mean that 5% by mass of the
solution is to be made up of chlorine. So 100 kg of 5% hypochlorite solution will contain 5 kg chlorine.
Using the formula for ratios A = C
B D
we substitute:
5 kg chlorine = 4 kg chlorine required
100 kg sol'n ? kg sol'n required
Since D = C x B = 4 kg x 100 kg = 80 kg solution
A 5 kg

CHEMICAL FEEDING
Solution Preparation - Jar Tests
Jar tests are used to determine correct chemical dosages for such chemicals as alum, ferric chloride and
polymers. These are chemicals utilized in water treatment facilities for coagulation and flocculation of colloidal
particles. The jar test simulates, on a small scale, the activities going on in various sections of the full scale
treatment process. Varying amounts of the chemicals are compared against each other to find out which
chemical and dosage best accomplishes the desired results.
Stock solutions of coagulants, coagulant aids and other chemicals, should be prepared at concentrations
such that quantities suitable for use in the jar tests can be measured accurately and conveniently. If one is
dealing with dry chemicals the preparation of these stock solutions is straight forward. For example to
prepare a 1 g/L stock solution using dry chemicals, 1 gram of the chemical is made up to 1 000 mL with
water. However, with concentrated liquid solutions a dilution step is required. Any dilution step must take into
account the relative density of the solution being diluted. For example, if one has a 48.5% alum solution with
a relative density of 1.35 and wishes to make up a 1 g/L stock solution the following procedure should be
followed:
1 mL 48.5% liquid alum has a mass of 1.35 g
1 mL contains 1.35 g x 48.5 = 0.65 g alum
100
so 1.54 mL of the sol'n will contain 1 g Alum
Therefore, add 1.54 mL liquid alum to water and make up to 1 000 mL for a 1 g/L stock solution. 1 g/L
solutions are easy to use because 1 mL of solution has a mass of 1 mg.
After jar tests have been carried out the type of chemical dosage and point of application best suited to the
characteristics of the water or sewage to be treated should easily be established. The next step is to feed the
chemical to be used at the dosage determined in the jar tests into the full scale treatment facility. The
operator is faced with using a dry or liquid chemical which will be fed into the process by means of a dry or
liquid chemical feeder. If feeding dry chemicals, the feeder will be calibrated, most likely, in grams per
minute or, if liquid chemicals are being utilized, in millilitres per minute. Following is a detailed approach to
establishing feed rates for chemicals.
EXAMPLE
Given a daily flow rate of 16 000 m 3 /d and an alum dosage of 13 mg/L, what is the alum flow rate in g/min?
Step 1: Determine kg/d of Alum required.
1. Alum dosage of 13 mg/L = 13 kg
1 000 m 3

2. Feed Rate = Dosage x Flow
= 13 kg x 16 000 m 3
1 000 m 3 d
= 208 kg/d of alum
Step 2 We are asked to give the flow rate in g/min
1.Convert kg/d to g/d. Since 1 kg = 1 000 g
208 kg = 208 000 g
d d
2.Convert kg/d to g/min. Since 1 day is equivalent to 1 440 min (24 h x 60 min)
208 000g/d = 144.4 g/min
1 440 min/d
EXERCISE 1
1. Calculate the surface area of a rectangular settling tank 18 m long and 4m wide.
2. Calculate the surface area of a circular sand filter with a diameter of 15m.
3. Calculate the volume of a raw water intake crib 8 m long, 3 m wide and 6m deep.
4. What is the volume of a circular storage tank that is 7 m in diameter and 15m high?
5. What is the volume of water contained in 84 m of pipe with an inside diameter of 10 cm:
a) in m 3 ?
b) in L?
6. If a pump delivers 1.44 m3 in 20 minutes, what is the pumping rate in:
a) L/s?
b) m 3 /d?
7. How many m 3 of water will a 5 L/s pump deliver in 5 minutes?
8. A 12 m 3 storage tank supplies alum for coagulation at a rate of 330 mL/min. How often will the tank need
to be refilled?
9. The prechlorination chamber at a water treatment plant has a volume of 225m 3 . If the flow rate from the

tank is 11 L/s, what is the average detention time in hours?
10. How many kg of chlorine are required to treat 18 000 m 3 of water per day with chlorine at 5.0 mg/L?
11. A gas chlorinator treats 2 700 m 3 with 2 kg of chlorine per day. Calculate the dosage rate. The residual is
measured at 0.27 mg/L. What is the chlorine demand:
a) in mg/L?
b) in kg/d?
12. In the chart below determine the mass of chemical in kg that will be required to feed at the rate indicated
along the top of the chart in relationship to the volume of water flowing as indicated down the side.

13. In the chart below determine the dosage in mg/L that will coincide with the flow indicated on the vertical
scale and the mass of alum on the horizontal scale.
14. A liquid solution with a total mass of 97 kg contains 84 kg of water and the remainder is alum.
a) What percentage of the solution is water?
b) What percentage of the solution is alum?
15. A mixture of water and powdered carbon is to be 85% water. If the total volume required is 3.6 m 3 , what
is the mass of the carbon?
16. A hypochlorite solution contains 12% available chlorine. If 3 kg of available chlorine are needed to
disinfect a main:
a) how many kg of solution are required?
b) how many litres of solution are required?

FILTER LOADING RATE
The "filter loading rate" is expressed as L or m 3 of water applied to each m 2 of surface area. This could also
be described as the amount of water flowing down through each m 2 of filter surface. Filter design loading
rates are expressed as L/s/m 2 .
Filter loading rate = m 3 /d Flow
m 2 Filter Area d
x 24 h
NOTE:Design loading rates for filters are expressed in US gals at present. Using conversion factors
to obtain S.I. units is necessary when studying American designed filters. Typical
loading rates are shown below:
Rapid sand filter = 1.36 L/s/m 2 , (2 US gpm/ft 2 )
Dual Media = 0.136 - 0.272 L/s/m 2 , (0.2 - 0.4 US gpm/ft 2 )
Multi Media = 3.41 - 6.82 L/s/m 2 , (5 - 10 US gpm/ft 2 )
EXAMPLE
A rapid sand filter is 10 m wide and 15 m long. If the flow through the filter is 17 630 m 3 /d what is the filter
loading rate in L/s/m 2 ?
First, convert the flow to L/s
17 630 m 3 x 1 000 L ) 86 400 s = 204 L
d m d s
Then express the filter loading rate mathematically as:
Filter loading rate = flow
filter area
= 204 Ls
150 m 2
= 1.36 L/s/m 2
FILTER BACKWASH RATE
There are two methods that may be used to calculate the filter backwash rate.
a) Filter Backwash Rate= flow L/s
filter area m 2
b) Filter Backwash Rate= meters of water rise
hour

NOTE: As with filter loading rates, filter backwash rates are also expressed in U.S. gals at present. Rates are
shown below:
Minimum = 10.2 L/s/m 2 , (15 US gpm/ft 2 )
Maximum = 15.3 L/ms/m 2 , (22.5 US gpm/ft 2 )
This is equivalent to a rise in the water level of 36.67 m/h (2 ft/min) to 55.0 m/h (3 ft/min).
EXAMPLE 1
A rapid sand filter is 10 m wide and 12 m long. If backwash water is flowing upward at a rate of 1.56 m /s,
what is the backwash rate in L/s/m 2 ?
Flow = 1.56 m 3
x 1 000 L
s m 2
= 1 560 L/s
Therefore, there are 1 560 L/s flowing upward through a filter with a surface area of 120 m . This can be
written mathematically as:
Filter backwash rate
filter area
= flow
= 1 560 L/s
120 m 2
= 13 L/s/m 2
EXAMPLE 2
A mixed-media filter is 8 m wide and 11 m long. If the filter receives a backwash flow of 84 000 m 3 /d, what is
the filter backwash flow rate in L/s/m 2 ?
As in the last example, first convert the backwash flow to L/s.
84 000 m 3 x 1 000 L ) 86 400 s = 972.22 L
d m 3 d s
Filter backwash rate = flow filter area
= 972.22 L/s
(8 m) (11 m)
=972.2 L/s
88 m 2
=11.05 L/s/m 2

Filter backwash rates, as noted earlier, are sometimes expressed in terms of vertical rise of water in a time
interval measured in hours, for example, metres per hour (m/h). The units of measure are directly related to
each other as shown by the following proof:
= 11.05 L/m x 3 600 s ) 1 000 L
s h m 3
= 39.672 m 3 /m 2
h
= 39.672 m/h
For simplification, a conversion factor can be extracted from the above proof.
3 600 s ) 1 000 L
h m 3
= 3.6 s/m 3 /h/L
Then by substitution back into the proof:
11.05 L/m 2 x 3.6 s/m 3 = 39.672 m 3 /m 2
s h/L h
EXERCISE 2
= 39.672 m/h
1. A rapid sand filter is 5 m wide and 10 m long. If the backwash water flow rate is 55 600 m 3 , determine the
filter backwash rate in m/h?
2. What is the filter backwash rate in L/s/m 2 corresponding to a filter backwash rate of 37 m/h?
3. During the operation of a multi media sand filter, the operator measured the flow rate to be 14.4 m/h.
Express this flow rate in L/s/m 2 ?

4. A rapid sand filter system is 4 m wide and 7 m long. If the flow through the filter is 3 300 m 3 /d what is the
filter loading rate:
a) in L/s/m 2 ?
b) in m/h?
Chemical Feeding & Preparation of Stock Solutions
SOLUTIONS
A solution consists of two components, a solvent which is the dissolving medium and a solute which is the
substance dissolved. The solute is dispersed as molecules and ions and the distribution of the solute is
homogenous throughout the solution. A common example of solvent and solute is water and sugar.
A concentrated solution is one which contains a relatively large amount of solute per unit volume of solution.
A dilute solution is one which contains a relatively small amount of solute per unit volume of solution. The
words "strong" and "weak" should not be used when referring to the concentration of a solution. Strong and
weak are terms that are more properly used to describe the chemical activity of a substance.
Solution Preparation - Jar Tests
Jar tests are used to determine correct chemical dosages for such chemicals as alum or polymers. These
chemicals are utilized in water treatment for coagulation and flocculation of colloidal particles. The jar test
simulates, on a small scale, the activities going on in the full scale treatment process. Varying amounts of the
chemicals are compared to each other to see which chemical and dosage, best accomplishes the desired
results.
Stock solutions of coagulants, coagulant aids and other chemicals, should be prepared at concentrations
such that quantities suitable for use in the jar tests can be measured accurately and conveniently.
When making stock solutions from dry chemicals, a very straight forward approach is used. Dissolve 1 gram
of solute in 1 litre of water to obtain a 1 g/L solution. Using the solution is easy because 1 gram of solute is
contained in 1 litre solvent; therefore 1 mg of solute is contained in 1 mL of solvent. When a jar test requires
dosages of solution, simply fill a pipet to the required dosage and the proper mass of chemical will be present
in the contained volume of the solution.
EXAMPLE:
One gram of soda ash is contained in one litre of distilled water. We now have a 1 g/L solution of soda ash. A
jar test requires dosages of 5 mg/L, 10 mg/L, 15 mg/L, 20 mg/L, 25 mg/L and one jar is a blank. How many
mL of soda ash solution are required for each dosage?
1 g/L soda ash solution = 1 mg of soda ash/mL of solution
5 mg of soda ash / 5 mL of solution

Req'd dosages
mL of solution
= 5 mg/L, 10 mg/L 15 mg/L, 20 mg/L, 25 mg/L
= 5 mL, 10 mL, 15mL, 20 mL, 25 mL
Remember that the dosage is being added to 1 litre of raw water so now the dosage is expressed as 5 mg of
soda ash/L of raw water. Conveniently 5 mg/L, and so on for each of the other required dosages.
When preparing solutions from liquid concentrates, the amount of chemical present in the solution needs to
be known as well as the relative density of the original solution. The concentration and relative density are
usually found on the product label.
A concentrated alum solution contains 48.5% alum and has a relative density of 1.35. To prepare a 1 g/L
solution from the concentrated alum, we need to find out how many mL of concentrate contains 1 gram of
pure alum.
1 mL of concentrated = 1.35 x 0.485 g of alum solution contains
= 0.65 g of alum
Then the volume occupied of 1 g of alum is:
= 1 g
0.65 g/mL
= 1.54 mL
1.54 mL of concentrated alum contains 1 gram of alum. To make a 1 g/L solution of alum simply dilute l.54
mL of concentrated solution to one litre with distilled water. Dosages can now be applied to jar tests as
described earlier.
EXAMPLE
A water plant with a daily flow of 1 700 m 3 doses at 55 mg/L with a 48.5% liquid alum solution. What is the
feed rate in mL/min?
Data: Flow 1.7 x 1000 m 3 /d
48.5% alum by mass as active ingredient
1.34 g/cm 3 relative density
mass of sol'n req'd = (55 kg/l 000 m 3 ) (1.7 x 1000 m 3 /d)
0.485
= 192.8 kg/d
volume of sol'n = 192.8 kg/d
1.34 kg/L
= 143.9 L/d

Flow Rate = 143.9 L x 1 000 mL ) 1 440 min
d L d
= 99.9 mL/min
It is important to mention that feed rates are properly expressed as mL/s but using mL/min is convenient to
calibrate and measure. To obtain mL/s simply divide mL/min by 60 s/min as shown with the above example.
Flow rate
= 99.9 mL - 60 s
min min
= 1.665 mL/s
CALCULATION OF FEED RATES USING A FORMULA
An alternate method of calculating feed rates in mL/min is through the use of a formula that takes into
account all variables such as chemical concentrations, optimum dosages, plant flow, etc.
Below is a mathematical method for determining feed rates of chemical addition in millilitres per minute
(mL/min), the normal units found on most liquid chemical feeders. These units of feed rate are utilized as
they provide a convenient volume and time scale for calibration and accurate feeding of highly expensive and
sometimes hazardous chemicals.
The formula takes into account variations in concentrations of chemicals and their relative densities. Once
proper dosage has been established through jar tests and daily flows from the flow chart and the variations in
the chemical's composition from the delivery tag this formula will provide the correct feed rate in millilitres per
minute.
FEED RATE FORMULA (mL/min)
mL/min = (Dosage mg/L) (flow/l 000 m 3 /d) (1 000 mL/L)
% active chemical x relative x 1 400 min/d
as decimal fraction density
This formula contains conversion factors that are constants. These are indicated by the boxes in the formula.
For ease of calculation, we can reduce the two conversion factors to one. The constant would be:
1 000 mL/L = 0.694
1 440 min/d
As a result, we can simplify the feed rate formula. Using the previous example, determination of the alum
feed rate, the calculation can be shown as:

mL/min = (Dosage mg/L) (Flow/l 000 m 3 /d) (0.694)
% active chemical x Relative
as a decimal fraction Density
= (55 mg/L) (1.7 x 1 000 m 3 /d) (0.694)
(0.485) (1.34 kg/L)
= 99.8 mL/min

EXERCISE 3
1. How many mL of alum are needed to prepare 1 000 mL of 1 g/L solution of alum if the concentrated
solution is 42.3% by mass and the relative density is 1.42?
2. How many mL of alum are required to make up 1 L of a 1 g/L solution for jar tests if the alum is 48% by
mass and the relative density is 1.34?
3. In a water treatment plant both alum and activated silica are being used in the coagulation stage to help
precipitate the colloidal suspensions. Jar tests indicated that 50 mg/L alum and 5.5 mg/L activated silica
is the optimum dosage. Calculate, using the formula, the feed rate needed for each chemical in mL/min.
DATA: Flow 1 000 m 3 /d
Liquid Alum Relative Density 1.35 kg/L
Liquid Alum contains 48.5% Al 2 (SO 4 ) 3 B14 H 2 O
Activated Silica Rel. Dens. 1 kg/L
Activated Silica contains 1% solution
4. The dry alum dosage rate is 12 mg/L at a water treatment plant. The flow rate at this plant is 13 500 m 3 /d.
How many kilograms per day of alum are required?

ADDENDUM B
ABC NEED-TO-KNOW

ADDENDUM C
SAMPLE O&M MANUAL

ADDENDUM D
GUIDELINES FOR CANADIAN
DRINKING WATER QUALITY

ADDENDUM E
NWT PUBLIC HEALTH ACT

PUBLIC HEALTH ACT
CONSOLIDATION OF PUBLIC WATER
SUPPLY REGULATIONS
R.R.N.W.T. 1990,c.P-23
LOI SUR LA SANTÉ PUBLIQUE
CODIFICATION ADMINISTRATIVE
DU RÈGLEMENT SUR LE SERVICE
D'EAU PUBLIC
R.R.T.N.-O. 1990, ch. P-23
AS AMENDED BY
MODIFIÉ PAR
This consolidation is not an official statement of the law.
It is an office consolidation prepared by Legislation
Division, Department of Justice, for convenience of
reference only. The authoritative text of regulations can
be ascertained from the Revised Regulations of the
Northwest Territories, 1990 and the monthly publication
of Part II of the Northwest Territories Gazette.
Copies of this consolidation and other Government of
the Northwest Territories publications can be obtained
at the following address:
Canarctic Graphics
5102-50th Street
P.O. Box 2758
Yellowknife NT X1A 2R1
Telephone: (867) 873-5924
Fax: (867) 920-4371
Télécopieur : (867) 920-4371
La présente codification administrative ne constitue pas
le texte officiel de la loi; elle n'est établie qu'à titre
documentaire par les Affaires législatives du ministère
de la Justice. Seuls les règlements contenus dans les
Règlements révisés des Territoires du Nord-Ouest
(1990) et dans les parutions mensuelles de la Partie II de
la Gazette des Territoires du Nord-Ouest ont force de
loi.
On peut également obtenir des copies de la présente
codification et d'autres publications du gouvernement
des Territoires du Nord-Ouest en communiquant avec :
Canarctic Graphics
5102, 50 e Rue
C.P. 2758
Yellowknife NT X1A 2R1
Téléphone : (867) 873-5924

PUBLIC HEALTH ACT
PUBLIC WATER SUPPLY
REGULATIONS
1. In these regulations,
INTERPRETATION
"Act" means the Public Health Act;(Loi)
"approval" or "approved" means approval or approved
in writing by the Chief Medical Health Officer or his or
her authorized representative; (approbation et
approuvé)
"finished water" means water that in the opinion of the
Chief Medical Health Officer is treated and ready for
human consumption; (eau finie)
"Health Officer" means a person who is appointed
under the Act to act as a Health Officer; (agent de la
santé)
"Medical Health Officer" means the Medical Health
Officer for the area in which the water supply is located;
(médecin-hygiéniste)
"operator" means the operator or owner of any public
water supply; (exploitant)
"public water supply" means any water supply system
which serves or supplies water, by any means
whatsoever, either exclusively or partly for human
consumption to more than five customers and includes
the plant for the treatment of water; (service d'eau
public)
"raw water" means untreated water; (eau brute)
"surface water source" includes all tributary streams,
drainage basins, lakes and reservoirs above a water
supply intake which may affect a public water supply;
(source d'eaux de surface)
"utilidor" means a boxing which contains more than one
of the following: water pipes, sewers and hot water or
steam heating pipes; (coffrage d'un réseau de
distribution aérien)
"water haulage tank" means a tank that is mounted on a
vehicle for haulage and delivery of water for domestic
LOI SUR LA SANTÉ PUBLIQUE
RÈGLEMENT SUR LE
SERVICE D'EAU PUBLIC
DÉFINITIONS
1. Les définitions qui suivent s'appliquent au présent
règlement.
*agent de la santé+ La personne nommée à ce titre en
vertudelaLoi.(Health Officer)
*approbation+ Approbation écrite du médecinhygiéniste
en chef ou son représentant autorisé. (approval)
Approuvé par écrit par le médecinhygiéniste
en chef ou son représentant autorisé.
*approuvé+
(approved)
*citerne de d'eau+
transport Citerne montée sur un
véhicule et servant au transport et à la livraison d'eau
destinée aux besoins domestiques. (water haulage tank)
*coffrage d'un réseau de distribution aérien+ Coffrage
ou compartiment dans lequel sont acheminées au moins
deux des conduites suivantes : conduites d'eau,
canalisations d'égouts et tuyauteries de chauffage à eau
chaude ou à vapeur. (utilidor)
*eau brute+ Eau non traitée. (raw water)
*eau finie+ Eau qui a été traitée et qui est propre à la
consommation, de l'avis du médecin-hygiéniste en chef.
(finished water)
L'exploitant ou le propriétaire de tout
*exploitant+
service d'eau public. (operator)
*Loi+ La Loi sur la santé publique.(Act)
*médecin-hygiéniste+ Lapersonnenomméeàcetitreen
vertudelaLoi.(Medical Health Officer)
*service public+
d'eau Tout système d'aqueduc dont
l'eau est destinée exclusivement ou en partie à
l'alimentation humaine et qui dessert plus de cinq
clients, y compris les installations de traitement de l'eau.
(public water supply)
*source d'eaux de surface+ S'entend notamment de tout
2

purposes. (citerne de transport d'eau)
PART I
APPLICATION, APPROVAL AND INSPECTION
Application
2. (1) Subject to subsection (2), these regulations
apply to every public water supply.
(2) These regulations do not apply to a water
supply system that was constructed before the
establishment of these regulations, but these regulations
apply where
(a) in the opinion of a Medical Health Officer
such a system becomes a health hazard; or
(b) changes or repairs are required to such
public water supply.
(3) Nothing in these regulations shall be deemed to
revoke anything contained in a building code or
regulation applicable to a public water supply in any
area of the Territories, but where there is a conflict
between these regulations and a building code or
regulation, these regulations shall apply.
Approval
3. No person shall construct, make a structural
alteration or add to a public water supply system unless
approval has first been obtained in accordance with
these regulations.
Inspection
tributaire, bassin hydrographique, lac ou réservoir dont
le niveau est plus élevé que celui d'une prise d'eau, et
qui peut affecter le service d'eau public. (surface water
source)
PARTIE I
APPLICATION, APPROBATION ET
INSPECTION
Application
2. (1) Sous réserve du paragraphe (2), le présent
règlement s'applique à tout service d'eau public.
(2) Est soustrait à l'application du présent
règlement le système d'aqueduc construit avant l'entrée
en vigueur du présent règlement sauf si, selon le cas :
a) de l'avis d'un médecin-hygiéniste, ce
système présente un danger pour la santé;
b) des modifications ou des réparations
doivent y être apportées.
(3) Le présent règlement n'a pas pour effet de
révoquer toute disposition d'un code du bâtiment ou
d'un règlement applicable aux services d'eau publics de
tout secteur des territoires. Cependant, en cas
d'incompatibilité entre le présent règlement et un code
du bâtiment ou un autre règlement, le présent règlement
a préséance.
Approbation
3. Il est interdit de construire un système d'aqueduc,
d'en modifier la structure ou d'en ajouter une partie sans
obtenir une approbation préalable en conformité avec le
présent règlement.
Inspection
4. (1) The Medical Health Officer or a Health Officer
may, at any reasonable time, enter any premises of a
public water supply and examine the premises and
anything in the premises that is used in connection with
the operation of the public water supply.
4. (1) Le médecin-hygiéniste ou l'agent de la santé
peut, à toute heure raisonnable, pénétrer dans tout local
d'un service d'eau public et inspecter le local ainsi que
tout objet dans le local servant à l'exploitation du service
d'eau public. (2)Where, in the opinion of the Medical
Health Officer or a Health Officer, any provision of
(2) Lorsque, de l'avis du médecin-hygiéniste ou de
l'agent de la santé, une disposition du présent règlement
n'est pas respectée, il peut faire les recommandations ou
donner les directives à l'exploitant qu'il juge nécessaires
à cet égard.
3

these regulations is not being observed, he or she may
make such recommendations or issue such directives to
the operator as he or she deems to be necessary in that
connection.
(3) Where the operation of a public water supply
does not comply with these regulations, the Medical
Health Officer or Health Officer shall make a report to
the Chief Medical Health Officer and shall furnish a
copy of the report to the operator, specifying the
violation or violations of these regulations together with
recommendations for their correction.
Closure and Appeal
5. (1) Where, in the opinion of the Chief Medical
Health Officer, the water is dangerous to the health of
the consumers, he or she may order closure of the public
water supply.
(2) The operator may appeal in writing to the
Commissioner within 48 hours after receiving a closure
order under subsection (1) and the Commissioner shall
either revoke or confirm the order.
PART II
WATER SOURCES, WATER TREATMENT,
CHLORINATION AND FLUORIDATION
Surface Water Sources
6. No surface water source shall be approved for use
in a public water supply unless
(a) the quantity of water is sufficient to permit
reasonable quality control of the water
having regard to the estimated demand
that the source is required to fill;
(b) it is practicable to convert the water from
the source into finished water having
regard to natural and man-made conditions
affecting the quality of water.
7. (1) The quantity of water available in a surface
water source shall be adequate to supply the water
demand, including the fire demand, of the community
using the surface water source, including a reasonable
surplus for anticipated growth.
(3) Lorsqu'un service d'eau public n'est pas
exploité en conformité avec le présent règlement, le
médecin-hygiéniste ou l'agent de la santé présente au
médecin-hygiéniste en chef un rapport faisant état des
infractions relevées et des dispositions correctives
recommandées et remet une copie du rapport à
l'exploitant.
Fermeture et appel
5. (1) Le médecin-hygiéniste en chef peut ordonner
la fermeture d'un service d'eau public s'il estime que
l'eau fournie présente un danger pour la santé des
consommateurs.
(2) Dans les 48 heures suivant la réception de
l'ordre de fermeture visée au paragraphe (1), l'exploitant
peut en appeler par écrit devant le commissaire. Celui-ci
peut révoquer ou confirmer l'ordre.
PARTIE II
SOURCES D'EAU, TRAITEMENT DE L'EAU,
CHLORATION ET FLUORATION
Sources d'eaux de surface
6. L'utilisation d'une source d'eaux de surface dans un
service d'eau public n'est approuvée que si :
a) l'eau existe en quantité suffisante pour
permettre un contrôle raisonnable de la
qualité de l'eau, compte tenu de la
demande;
b) il est possible de transformer l'eau de cette
source en eau finie, compte tenu des
conditions naturelles ou artificielles de la
source pouvant affecter la qualité de l'eau.
7. (1) La quantité d'eau disponible dans une source
d'eaux de surface doit être suffisante pour combler les
besoins de la collectivité visée, y compris les besoins en
eau d'incendie. Il est également tenu compte d'un
surplus raisonnable en prévision de l'accroissement de
la population.
(2) Where a surface water source is impounded
and when it is necessary to estimate the quantity of
(2) Lorsqu'une source d'eaux de surface est retenue
et qu'il faut évaluer la quantité d'eau qui répond à la
4

water to meet the demand of a community, required
allowance shall be made for all losses including water
released, losses due to evaporation and seepage, loss of
capacity due to siltation and ice and unavailable water
stored below the bottom intake opening.
8. Where a surface water source is approved for use in
a public water supply nothing which may adversely
affect the quality of the raw water may be done on the
watershed without approval by the Chief Medical
Health Officer.
Water Quality
Bacteriological Characteristics
9. Samples of water shall be submitted to a laboratory
for bacteriological analysis as directed by the Medical
Health Officer. Where practical, it is desirable that there
should be a minimum number of samples of treated
water a month submitted for bacteriological examination
according to the following table:
demande de la collectivité, il faut notamment tenir
compte des pertes causées par les déversements,
l'évaporation, l'infiltration, l'envasement et la formation
de glace ainsi que l'eau non disponible qui se situe sous
le niveau de l'ouverture de la prise d'eau.
8. Lorsque l'utilisation d'une source d'eaux de surface
est approuvée aux fins d'un service d'eau public, toute
intervention sur le bassin hydrographique susceptible
d'affecter la qualité de l'eau reçoit préalablement
l'approbation du médecin-hygiéniste en chef.
Caractéristiques bactériologiques
et qualité de l'eau
9. Selon les directives du médecin-hygiéniste, des
échantillons d'eau sont soumis en laboratoire à des
analyses bactériologiques. Si cela est pratique, un
minimum d'échantillons d'eau traitée est soumis à des
analyses bactériologiques à tous les mois, en conformité
avec le tableau suivant :
Population
up to 500
501 to 2500
2501 to 3500
3501 to 4000
4001 to 4800
4801 to 5500
5501 to 6500
Number of samples
a month
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Population
jusqu'à 500
de 501 à 2500
de 2501 à 3500
de 3501 à 4000
de 4001 à 4800
de 4801 à 5500
de 5501 à 6500
Nombre d'échantillons
par mois
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
10. (1) Where the multitube fermentation technique is
used, the arithmetical mean of the most probable
numbers of coliforms for all standard samples examined
a month shall not exceed 1 for each 100 ml. When the
membrance filter technique is used, the arithmetical
mean coliform density of all standard samples shall not
exceed 1 for each 100 ml.
(2) If the most probable number of coliforms when
the multitube fermentation technique is used, or the
coliform density when the membrance filter technique
is used, is nine or greater, then additional samples shall
be taken. These should be submitted one after another as
soon as reasonably possible in view of the logistics of
transportation and the laboratory facilities until the
results obtained from at least two consecutive samples
show the water to be of satisfactory quality.
10. (1) Dans le cas où la technique de fermentation en
tubes multiples est utilisée, la moyenne arithmétique du
nombre le plus probable de coliformes dans tous les
échantillons analysés ne peut dépasser un coliforme par
100 ml. Dans le cas où la technique de la membrane
filtrante est utilisée, la moyenne arithmétique des
concentrations de coliformes de tous les échantillons ne
peut dépasser un coliforme par 100 ml.
(2) Si le nombre le plus probable de coliformes,
dans le cas de la technique de fermentation en tubes
multiples, ou la concentration de coliformes, dans le cas
de la technique de la membrane filtrante, est de neuf ou
plus, des échantillons supplémentaires sont prélevés.
Ces derniers sont acheminés aux fins d'analyses l'un
après l'autre, aussitôt que raisonnablement possible
compte tenu des moyens de transport et de la
disponibilité des laboratoires, jusqu'à ce que les résultats
obtenus sur deux échantillons consécutifs démontrent
une qualité d'eau satisfaisante.
5

Physical Characteristics
11. (1) The frequency and manner of sampling shall be
determined by the Chief Medical Health Officer. Under
normal circumstances, samples should be collected daily
by the operator who should record the results.
(2) Drinking water should contain no impurity
which would cause offence to the sense of sight, taste or
smell. The following limits should not be exceeded:
Turbidity
5 units
Colour
15 units
Threshold odour number 3
Chemical Characteristics
12. (1) The frequency and manner of sampling shall be
determined by the Chief Medical Health Officer. Under
normal circumstances, analyses for substances listed
below need be made no more often than once in two
years.
(2) Drinking water shall not contain impurities in
concentrations which may be hazardous to the public
health. It should not be excessively corrosive to the
water supply system. Substances used in its treatment
shall not remain in the water in concentrations greater
than required by good practice.
Caractéristiques physiques
11. (1) La fréquence et la méthode d'échantillonnage
sont fixées par le médecin-hygiéniste en chef. Dans les
circonstances normales, les échantillons sont prélevés
quotidiennement par l'exploitant et les résultats obtenus
sont consignés dans un registre.
(2) L'eau potable ne devrait pas contenir
d'impuretés susceptibles d'en troubler la limpidité ou de
lui donner un goût ou une odeur désagréable. Les
limites suivantes ne devraient pas être dépassées :
turbidité 5 unités
couleur
15 unités
seuil de perception olfactive 3
Caractéristiques chimiques
12. (1) La fréquence et la méthode d'échantillonnage
sont fixées par le médecin-hygiéniste en chef. Dans les
circonstances normales, les analyses pour mesurer le
dosage dans l'eau des substances chimiques
mentionnées ci-après ne sont nécessaires qu'une fois
tous les deux ans.
(2) L'eau potable ne doit pas contenir d'impuretés
en concentrations susceptibles de présenter un danger
pour la santé du public. Elle ne devrait pas présenter un
risque de corrosion excessive du système d'aqueduc.
Les concentrations dans l'eau potable de substances
utilisées pour le traitement de celle-ci ne doivent pas être
supérieures à celles recommandées en pratique.
(3) Substances which may have deleterious
physiological effect, or for which physiological effects
are not known, shall not be introduced onto the system
in a manner which would permit them to reach the
consumer. The following chemical substances should
not be present in a water supply in excess of the listed
concentrations where, in the judgment of the Chief
Medical Health Officer, other more suitable supplies are
or can be made available:
(3) Les substances pouvant avoir des effets nocifs
sur la santé ou dont les effets sur la santé sont inconnus
ne doivent pas être introduits dans le système d'aqueduc
de manière à ce qu'elles atteignent le consommateur. Les
substances chimiques suivantes ne devraient pas être
présentes dans une réserve d'eau en concentrations
supérieures à celles indiquées dans le tableau ci-après si,
de l'avis du médecin-hygiéniste en chef, d'autres sources
d'approvisionnement plus convenables peuvent être
disponibles :
Substances
Maximum
concentration - mg/l
Alkyl benzene
sulfonate (ABS) 0.5
Substances
Concentration
maximale-mg/l
Alkyl benzène sulfonale (ABS) 0,5
Arsenic (As) 0,05
6

Arsenic (As) 0.05
Chloride (Cl) 250
Copper (Cu) 1
Carbon chloroform
extract (CCE) 0.2
Cyanide (CN) 0.01
Fluoride (F) 1.7
Iron (Fe) 0.3
Manganese (Mn) 0.05
Nitrate (NO 3
) 45
Phenols 0.001
Sulfate (SO 4
) 250
Total dissolved solids 500
Zinc (Zn) 5
Barium (Ba) 1
Cadmium (Cd) 0.01
Chromium
(hexovalent) (Cr 6 ) 0.05
Lead (Pb) 0.05
Selenium (Se) 0.01
Silver (Ag) 0.05.
Radioactive Characteristics
13. (1) The frequency of sampling and analysis for
radioactivity shall be determined by the Chief Medical
Health Officer in consultation with the Radiation
Protection Bureau of the Department of National Health
and Welfare, or its successors, after consideration of the
likelihood of significant amounts being present.
(2) The effects of human radiation exposure are
viewed as harmful and any unnecessary exposure to
ionizing radiation should be avoided. Approval of
water supplies containing radioactive materials shall be
based upon the judgment that the radioactivity intake
from such water supplies when added to that from all
other sources is not likely to result in an intake greater
than the radiation protection guidance recommended by
the Radiation Protection Division of the Department of
National Health and Welfare, or its successors.
Water Treatment Plants
14. (1) The design of water treatment plants shall be
adequate to provide the treatment of the raw water
which is required to produce finished water.
(2) Filters shall be of the gravity type unless
otherwise approved by the Chief Medical Health
Officer.
Chlorures (Cl) 250
Cuivre (Cu) 1
Produit d'une extraction
chloroformique sur charbon (ECC) 0,2
Cyanures (CN) 0,01
Fluorures (F) 1,7
Fer (Fe) 0,3
Manganèse (Mn) 0,05
Nitrate (NO 3
) 45
Phénols 0,001
Sulfate (SO 4
) 250
Matières totales dissoutes 500
Zinc (Zn) 5
Barym (Ba) 1
Cadmium (Cd) 0,01
Chrome (hexavalent)(Cr 6 ) 0,05
Plomb (Pb) 0,05
Sélénium (Se) 0,01
Argent (Ag) 0,05 .
Radioactivité
13. (1) La fréquence de l'échantillonnage et des
analyses aux fins de déterminer le taux de radioactivité
est fixée par le médecin-hygéniste en chef après avoir
consulté le Bureau de la radioprotection du ministère de
la Santé nationale et du Bien-être social, ou le service
qui lui aura succédé, après avoir considéré les
probabilités d'une irradiation importante de l'eau.
(2) Les effets dus à l'irradiation des personnes sont
considérés comme nocifs et toute exposition inutile à un
rayonnement ionisant devrait être évitée. L'approbation
d'une réserve d'eau contenant des substances
radioactives est basée sur la radio-concentration de l'eau
qui, une fois ajoutée à celle des autres sources d'eau, ne
doit pas atteindre un total supérieur à la norme établie
par la Division de la radioprotection du ministère de la
Santé nationale et du Bien-être social, ou le service qui
lui aura succédé.
Installations de traitement de l'eau
14. (1) Les installations de traitement de l'eau sont
conçues de façon à pouvoir fournir à l'eau brute le
traitement nécessaire pour la transformer en eau finie.
(2) Les filtres utilisés sont des filtres à gravité sauf
si le médecin-hygiéniste en chef approuve un autre
genre de filtre.
7

(3) Heating facilities of a safe type should be
provided in buildings which will be occupied by
personnel, and should be adequate for comfort, as well
as for protection of the equipment.
(4) The buildings shall be well-ventilated by
means of windows and doors, roof ventilators or other
means. All rooms, compartments, pits and other
enclosures below the grade floor, which must be entered
and in which an unsafe atmosphere may develop, or
where excessive heat may be built up by equipment,
shall have adequate forced ventilation. The equipment
should be capable of producing at least six complete
turnovers of air an hour. Rooms containing equipment
or piping should be adequately heated, ventilated and, if
necessary, dehumidified to prevent injurious
condensation. Where practicable, ventilation should be
supplemented by insulation of the building, equipment
and piping. Switches which control the forced
ventilation shall be located in order to be conveniently
manipulated from outside such compartments.
(5) Buildings shall be adequately lighted
throughout by means of natural light or by artificial
lighting facilities, or both. Control switches, where
needed, shall be conveniently placed at the entrance to
each room or compartment. All electric wiring and
equipment shall be of a type listed by the Canadian
Standards Association Testing Laboratories and
installed in accordance with the CSA Standard C22.1 -
1986 Canadian Electrical Code - Part I - Safety Standard
for Electrical Installation and those of the Government
of the Northwest Territories and local government
authorities.
(6) Where lavatory and toilet facilities are
provided at the water treatment plant, wastes shall be
safely disposed of, without danger of contaminating the
water and preferably they shall be discharged directly
into an approved sewer.
Chlorination
15. (1) Drinking water shall be chlorinated or receive
other bactericidal treatment as approved by the Chief
Medical Health Officer in all cases when the supply is
obtained from a surface source, and in the case of a
(3) Dans les bâtiments abritant du personnel, des
installations de chauffage sécuritaires devraient être
fournies afin d'assurer le confort des occupants et la
protection de l'équipement.
(4) Les bâtiments sont largement ventilés au
moyen de fenêtres, de portes, de ventilateurs de toit ou
autrement. Les locaux, compartiments, fosses et autres
enceintes accessibles situés sous le niveau du rez-dechaussée
et où une atmosphère malsaine peut se former
ou encore où une quantité excessive de chaleur produite
par l'équipement peut s'accumuler doivent être desservis
par un système adéquat de ventilation par air pulsé.
L'équipement devrait pouvoir effectuer au moins six
renouvellements d'air complets par heure. Les locaux
abritant de l'équipement ou de la tuyauterie devraient
être chauffés, aérés et, au besoin, déshumidifiés pour
empêcher la condensation nuisible. Si possible, la
ventilation devrait être complétée par l'isolation du
bâtiment, de l'équipement et de la tuyauterie. Les
interrupteurs de commande du système de ventilation
par air pulsé sont placés de manière à pouvoir être
facilement manœuvrés depuis l'extérieur des
compartiments desservis.
(5) Les bâtiments sont adéquatement et
complètement éclairés au moyen d'un éclairage naturel,
d'installations d'éclairage artificiel, ou des deux. Les
interrupteurs de commande nécessaires sont placés à un
endroit pratique, à l'entrée de chaque local ou
compartiment. Le câblage et l'équipement électriques
doivent être d'un genre approuvé par les laboratoires
d'essai de l'Association canadienne de normalisation et
installés en conformité avec la norme de l'ACNOR
numéro C22.1, Code canadien de l'électricité 1986,
partie I, Norme de sécurité relative aux installations
électriques et les normes fixées par le gouvernement des
Territoires du Nord-Ouest ou les administrations
locales.
(6) Lorsque des installations sanitaires sont
aménagées dans une station de traitement de l'eau, les
eaux usées sont évacuées d'une manière ne présentant
aucun danger de contamination de l'eau et, de
préférence, elles sont évacuées directement dans un
égout approuvé.
Chloration
15. (1) Lorsque l'approvisionnement provient d'une
source d'eaux de surface, l'eau potable est chlorée ou
autrement traitée avec des substances bactéricides suite
à l'approbation du médecin-hygiéniste en chef. Dans le
8

groundwater source if the water may be subject to
contamination in the well or in storage reservoirs or
mains. Additional chlorination may be required if there
is reasonable possibility for contamination subsequent
to the original disinfection.
(2) Chlorination equipment shall have a maximum
feed capacity at least 50% greater than the highest
dosage required to provide a free chlorine residual.
(3) Dependable feed equipment, either of the gas
feed or positive displacement solution feed type, shall
be used for adding chlorine. Automatic proportioning
of the chlorine dosage to the rate of flow of the water
treated shall be provided at all treatment plants where
the rate of flow varies without manual adjustment of
pumping rates. In the selection and design of
equipment, care should be taken to ensure that there is
sufficient dilution of chlorine in the water whenever
there is contact with piping, valves or fittings which are
corrodible.
(4) All chlorination equipment should be installed
in duplicate, in order to provide standby units for
ensuring uninterrupted operation. In addition, spare
parts consisting of at least the commonly expendable
parts such as glassware, rubber fittings, hose clamps,
and gaskets should be provided for effecting emergency
repairs. In some cases, satisfactory emergency
chlorinators may consist of discontinued equipment if it
is operable and adequately sized.
(5) Where gas feed chlorinators are employed, a
scale shall be provided for weighing the chlorine
cylinders serving each operating chlorinator.
Preferably, weigh scales for 68 kg cylinders should be
recessed in the floor, and the recess provided with a
drain.
(6) Where a powdered hypochlorite is used,
solutions should be prepared in a separate tank. The
clear liquid should be siphoned to the solution storage
tank from which it is drawn by the hypochlorinator. A
second tank is not required when chlorine is supplied as
a solution.
cas d'une source d'eau souterraine, ces traitements sont
requis si l'eau est susceptible d'être contaminée dans les
puits, les réservoirs de retenue ou dans les conduites
d'amenée. S'il existe une possibilité raisonnable que
l'eau soit contaminée après une première désinfection, il
peut être nécessaire de procéder à une seconde
chloration.
(2) L'équipement de chloration a une capacité
maximale d'alimentation au moins 50 % supérieure à la
dose maximale requise pour obtenir un résidu de chlore
libre.
(3) Des appareils fiables, soit du type à
alimentation du chlore à l'état gazeux ou du type à
alimentation du chlore en solution à l'aide de pompes
volumétriques, sont utilisés pour l'ajout du chlore. Dans
le cas des installations de traitement dont le débit d'eau
varie sans que le taux de pompage ne puisse être réglé
manuellement, des appareils permettant le dosage
automatique proportionnel au débit d'eau sont utilisés.
Lorsque l'eau chlorée doit entrer en contact avec des
tuyaux, des soupapes ou des raccords susceptibles de se
corroder, les appareils choisis ou conçus devraient
permettre une dilution suffisante du chlore dans l'eau.
(4) Tout équipement de chloration devrait être
installé en double de façon à ce que des installations de
secours puissent assurer un fonctionnement
ininterrompu. De plus, des pièces de rechange pour les
pièces généralement non réutilisables tels la verrerie, les
raccords en caoutchouc, les colliers de serrage et les
joints d'étanchéité statiques devraient être prévues pour
les réparations d'urgence. Dans certains cas, des
chlorateurs désuets, mais en bon état et de taille
appropriée peuvent être utilisés comme appareils de
secours.
(5) Lorsque des chloronomes sont utilisés, une
balance permet de peser les bouteilles de chlore reliées
à chaque chloronome. Les balances pour bouteilles de
68 kg sont de préférence encastrées dans le plancher et
les cavités sont munies d'un tuyau d'écoulement.
(6) Lorsque de l'hypochlorite en poudre est utilisé,
la solution devrait être préparée dans un réservoir
distinct. La solution devrait être siphonnée à un
réservoir de stockage et ensuite aspirée par le chlorateur.
Un second réservoir n'est pas requis lorsque le chlore est
fourni sous forme de solution.
(7) Where gas chlorine is used, there shall be a (7) Lorsque du chlore à l'état gazeaux est utilisé,
9

canister-type respirator with a full face mask in a
location handy to the operator. The canister shall be
specifically designed to protect against chlorine and a
new one should be obtained each time one is used.
(8) Safety chains should be used to retain 68 kg
cylinders of chlorine gas, either in storage or on weigh
scales, in a safe upright position.
(9) Gas chlorine equipment, including
chlorinators, weigh scales and chlorine cylinders, shall
be located in an isolated building, room or rooms. In
larger installations, the storage and scale facilities
should be in a room separated from the chlorinators.
The construction of the room or rooms should be of fire
resistant material and have concrete floors.
(10)Areas containing chlorine or chlorinator
equipment shall be clearly marked "DANGER!
CHLORINE STORAGE" or "DANGER! CHLORINE
FEED EQUIPMENT" as applicable.
(11)There should be two or more exits if the
distance of travel to the nearest exit exceeds 4.5 m.
(12)There should be continuous mechanical
ventilation at the rate of three air changes an hour.
Alternatively there should be screened openings to the
outdoors with a size of 0.02% of the floor area
(a) within 150 mm of the floor, and
(b) near the ceiling.
(13)In addition, there should be emergency
mechanical ventilation sufficient to produce 30 air
changes an hour taking suction at floor level. The
switch for the emergency fan should be located outside
the chlorinator room. It should be posted with a sign
warning that 10 minutes should elapse after starting the
fan before entering the room.
(14)The temperature in the storage and scale room
should never be higher and preferably slightly lower
than that in the chlorinator room. The gas lines between
the scales, chlorinators and injectors should not be
located on an outside wall or in a location where low
temperatures may be encountered.
un respirateur à boîte filtrante muni d'un masque
complet est placé à la portée de l'opérateur. La boîte
filtrante est spécialement conçue pour assurer une
protection contre le chlore et devrait être remplacée
après chaque utilisation.
(8) Des chaînes de sécurité devraient être utilisées
pour retenir les bouteilles de chlore de 68 kg en position
verticale, tant en entrepôt que sur les balances.
(9) L'équipement de chloration au chlore gazeux,
y compris les chloronomes, les balances et les bouteilles
de chlore, est situé dans un bâtiment isolé ou dans un ou
plusieurs locaux détachés, de préférence construits en
matériaux qui résistent au feu et dotés d'un plancher en
béton. Dans les installations plus importantes, l'entrepôt
et les balances devraient se situer dans un local séparé
des chloronomes.
(10)Dans les aires renfermant du chlore ou de
l'équipement de chloration, sont visiblement affichés les
messages suivants : *DANGER! ENTREPOSAGE DE
ou *DANGER! ÉQUIPEMENT DE
CHLORE+
CHLORATION+.
(11)Il devrait y avoir deux sorties ou plus afin que
la distance à franchir pour se rendre jusqu'à la sortie la
plus rapprochée ne soit jamais supérieur à 4,5 m.
(12)Il devrait y avoir un système de ventilation
mécanique assurant trois renouvellements d'air par
heure. À défaut d'une telle installation, il devrait y avoir
des ouvertures grillagées donnant à l'extérieur, d'une
superficie correspondant à 0,02 % de celle du plancher,
et situées aux endroits suivants :
a) à au plus 150 mm du plancher;
b) près du plafond.
(13)Il devrait également y avoir un système de
ventilation mécanique de secours, à aspiration au niveau
du plancher, capable d'assurer 30 renouvellements d'air
par heure. L'interrupteur de commande du ventilateur de
secours devrait être situé à l'extérieur du local des
chlorateurs et être surmonté d'un avis indiquant
d'attendre 10 minutes après la mise en marche du
ventilateur avant d'entrer dans le local.
(14)La température dans la salle d'entreposage et
des balances ne devrait jamais être supérieure à celle qui
prévaut dans la salle des chlorinateurs; elle devrait, de
préférence, être légèrement inférieure à cette dernière.
Les conduites de gaz entre les balances, les chlorinateurs
et les injecteurs ne devraient pas être acheminées le long
10

d'un mur extérieur ou à un endroit où règne une basse
température.
16. (1) The application of chlorine shall be sufficient
to provide 0.2 mg/l of residual free chlorine after a
thorough mixing of the chlorine and water and 20
minutes of contact time after the mixing.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Chief Medical
Health Officer may decide on another chlorine residual
for particular local circumstances.
(2) The chlorine residual test is performed on a
sample of the plant or pipeline effluent, after it has been
held for 20 minutes, unless it is certain that there has
already been a chlorine contact time of 20 minutes.
(3) Where bacterial counts in the distribution
system are high, the minimum requirements for chlorine
residual should be increased.
(4) Where possible, a chlorine residual should be
maintained in all active parts of the distribution system.
(5) There shall be a minimum total chlorine
contact period of 20 minutes in the pipeline and
reservoirs, before the first consumption by any person
of the treated water.
(6) There shall be a permanent standard chlorine
residual comparator test kit at each water plant where
chlorination is undertaken.
(7) Whenever it is necessary to pump
unchlorinated water which might not be potable into the
distribution system the Chief Medical Health Officer or
in his or her absence a responsible Health Officer, shall
be notified immediately. After the emergency, the water
mains and service lines shall be disinfected as stated in
section 22.
Fluoridation
17. (1) Fluoridation is recommended for community
water supplies. Before the equipment is ordered, the
fluorides concentration in the raw water shall be
checked to be sure of the need for fluorides.
16. (1) La quantité de chlore à ajouter dans l'eau doit
être suffisante pour que la concentration de résidu de
chlore libre, après un parfait mélange du chlore et de
l'eau et un temps de contact de 20 minutes suivant ce
mélange, soit de 0,2 mg/l. Malgré ce qui précède, le
médecin-hygiéniste en chef peut modifier cette exigence
en cas de circonstances locales particulières.
(2) La détermination du taux de chlore résiduel est
effectuée sur un échantillon d'un effluent de la station de
traitement ou d'une canalisation après une période
d'attente de 20 minutes, à moins qu'il ne soit établi qu'il
y ait déjà eu un temps de contact de 20 minutes.
(3) Lorsque la numération bactérienne dans le
réseau de distribution est élevée, la concentration de
chlore résiduel minimale devrait être augmentée.
(4) Si possible, une certaine concentration de
chlore résiduel devrait être maintenue dans toutes les
parties actives du réseau de distribution.
(5) Il doit y avoir un temps de contact total de
chlore de 20 minutes dans les canalisations et les
réservoirs avant que toute personne puisse consommer
l'eau traitée.
(6) Toute station de traitement de d'eau qui
effectue la chloration est dotée en permanence d'une
trousse standard du type comparateur pour effectuer les
dosages de chlore résiduel.
(7) Lorsqu'il est nécessaire d'acheminer dans un
réseau de distribution de l'eau non chlorée et
possiblement non potable, le médecin-hygiéniste en chef
ou, en son absence, un agent de la santé compétent, en
est immédiatement avisé. Une fois l'urgence satisfaite,
les conduites principales et les conduites de
branchement sont désinfectées de la manière prévue à
l'article 22.
Fluoruration
17. (1) Il est recommandé de procéder à la fluoruration
des réserves d'eau d'une collectivité. Avant de
commander l'équipement, une vérification de la
concentration de fluorures dans l'eau est effectuée pour
s'assurer de la nécessité de la fluoruration.
11

(2) The fluorides feed rate shall be proportioned to
the water flow rate. Where a pump supplies water at
approximately a constant rate, a suitable fluoridator is a
type which operates simultaneously with the pump. The
pumping variation should be less than 10% from the
mean.
(3) The sampling point should be a tap located on
a line before the point where interfering substances
(alum, chlorine, polyphosphates and other such
substances) are added. The application point for the
fluorides should be far enough ahead of this to ensure
thorough mixing. Usually a distance equivalent to 10
pipe diameters would be sufficient for this purpose.
(4) If such an arrangement is not practical in view
of the existing plant layout, then accurate tests may be
made following neutralization in the case of chlorine
and removal by distillation in the case of aluminum
(from alum) and phosphates. The operator should make
appropriate adjustments in the readings of his or her
tests.
(5) The concentration of fluorides in the finished
water shall be within the range of 1.2 and 1.6 mg/l. The
optimum proportion is 1.4 mg/l.
(6) The following control procedures are required
and all results should be recorded:
(a) the operator should make daily tests to
determine the fluorides concentration in
the treated water. In some installations
there will be instantaneous variations in
the fluorides concentration at the sampling
tap due to the briefly intermittent
discharge characteristics of some fluorides
feeders. To compensate for these
variations a large bottle of water should be
drawn as the source of samples for testing;
(b) on a weekly basis duplicate samples of the
water to be tested should be submitted to a
laboratory designated by the Chief
Medical Health Officer. The laboratory
analyses will establish the accuracy of the
plant operator's field tests and his or her
ability to properly control the treatment.
When this criteria has been attained,
duplicate samples should be submitted on
a monthly basis only;
(c) as a daily routine, the chemical dosage
should be calculated based on the
(2) Le taux d'alimentation en fluorures est
proportionnel au débit d'eau. Lorsque le débit d'eau
fourni par la pompe est à peu près constant, le fluorateur
idéal est celui qui agit selon le fonctionnement de la
pompe. Le débit d'eau fourni par la pompe ne devrait
pas s'écarter de plus de 10 % de la moyenne.
(3) Le point d'échantillonnage devrait se trouver en
amont de l'endroit où sont ajoutées certaines substances
(alum, chlore, phosphates et autres substances du genre)
venant modifier la composition de l'eau. Le point
d'introduction des fluorures dans le réseau devrait être
encore plus en amont pour que les fluorures puissent
être parfaitement dispersés dans l'eau. À cette fin, une
distance équivalant à 10 diamètres de conduite est
habituellement suffisante.
(4) Si un tel aménagement n'est pas pratique en
raison de la disposition actuelle des lieux, des essais
précis peuvent être menés après neutralisation du chlore
et enlèvement par distillation de l'alum et des
phosphates. Les ajustements nécessaires devraient alors
être apportés à la lumière des résultats de tels essais.
(5) La concentration de fluorures dans l'eau finie
se situe entre 1,2 et 1,6 mg/l, la concentration optimale
étant de 1,4 mg/l.
(6) Les mécanismes de contrôle ci-après décrits
sont obligatoires et les résultats devraient être consignés
dans un registre :
a) des essais quotidiens sont faits pour
déterminer la concentration de fluorures
dans l'eau traitée. Dans certaines
installations, des variations instantanées
dans la concentration de fluorures peuvent
être décelées à la prise d'échantillon, en
raison des brèves interruptions de débit
des fluorateurs à fonctionnement
intermittent. Pour éviter que les résultats
de l'essai ne soient faussés, une grosse
bouteille d'eau devrait être prélevée
comme échantillon;
b) chaque semaine, un double de chaque
échantillon d'eau prélevé aux fins
d'analyses devrait être soumis à un
laboratoire désigné par le médecinhygiéniste
en chef pour que puissent être
vérifiées la précision des essais faits à la
station et l'aptitude de l'exploitant à
contrôler adéquatement le traitement de
l'eau. Une fois cette précision et cette
12

consumption of fluorides and volume of
water treated.
(7) Protection to the skin and lungs of the operator
handling the fluoride chemical shall be maintained as
follows:
(a) if the equipment is not of a type which
prevents the dust entering the air when the
fluorides chemical is being replaced, then
the equipment should be in a separate
room with suitable exhaust venting from
the floor level to the outside atmosphere.
A vacuum cleaner in which disposable
bags are used would be a suitable
alternative, and it could also be used in
cleaning the room. The bags should be
either buried at the nuisance grounds or
washed out in the sewer;
(b) respirator, cloth cap, rubber gloves, rubber
apron and goggles should be used at all
times when handling the dry chemical, and
these should be stored outside the
fluoridation room;
(c) the operator should not smoke while
handling the dry powder;
(d) instructions should be posted instructing
the staff to observe the points contained in
this section.
PART III
PUMPING STATIONS, RESERVOIRS
AND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS
Pumping Stations
18. (1) The design of pumping stations shall be based
on the provision to ensure maintenance of the sanitary
quality of the water pumped through it, and to facilitate
cleanliness, continuity and ease of operation.
Subsurface pits, subterranean piping and connections
and inaccessible installations should be avoided.
aptitude établies, le double des
échantillons ne devrait être soumis qu'une
fois par mois;
c) tous les jours, le dosage de fluorures est
calculé sur la base de la quantité de
fluorures utilisée par rapport au volume
d'eau traitée.
(7) La protection de la peau et des poumons de la
personne qui manipule les fluorures est assurée par le
respect des directives suivantes :
a) si l'équipement ne permet pas d'empêcher
la dispersion des particules chimiques dans
l'air au moment de la remise en place des
fluorures, l'équipement devrait être installé
dans une salle distincte desservie par un
ventilateur d'extraction convenable,
aspirant l'air au niveau du sol et l'évacuant
à l'extérieur. Une bonne solution de
rechange serait un aspirateur avec sacs
jetables, lequel pourrait également être
utilisé pour l'entretien de la salle. Les sacs
usés devraient être enfouis à un endroit
prévu à cette fin ou leur contenu chassé
dans l'égout;
b) lors de la manipulation de la poudre
chimique, le respirateur, la casquette de
toile, les gants, le tablier de caoutchouc
ainsi que les lunettes de sécurité devraient
être utilisés en tout temps et devraient être
entreposés à l'extérieur de la salle de
fluoration;
c) la personne qui manipule la poudre sèche
ne devrait pas fumer;
d) des directives portant sur les points traités
au présent article devraient être affichées.
PARTIE III
STATIONS DE POMPAGE, RÉSERVOIRS
ET RÉSEAUX DE DISTRIBUTION
Stations de pompage
18. (1) Les stations de pompage sont conçues de
manière à préserver la qualité de l'eau qui y est pompée
et à favoriser l'entretient ainsi que la simplicité et la
continuité de son fonctionnement. Elle devrait
comporter le moins possible de fosses et de
canalisations souterraines ainsi que d'installations
inaccessibles.
(2) The location should be chosen so that there will (2) L'emplacement devrait être choisi en fonction
13

e adequate control over every external factor (such as
usage of surrounding areas) which might contribute to
the impairment of the sanitary quality of the water.
(3) The wet wells and pump reservoirs which are
part of pumping stations shall conform with section 19.
Equalizing Reservoirs, Elevated Tanks,
Standpipes and Pressure Tanks for Finished Water
19. (1) The most up-to-date standards should be
followed where applicable in the design of reservoirs
and other tanks.
(2) The locations, size and type of reservoir, tank
or standpipe should be integrated with the distribution
system, ground elevations and effective pressures, type
and capacity of supply, economics of pumping and
construction, consumer use and terrain. The design to
be desired should give uniform pressures during the day
with no pressure drop below 140 kPa.
(3) Reservoirs shall have watertight covers or
roofs which exclude birds, animals, insects and
excessive dust.
(4) There shall be locks on access manholes,
fencing and other precautions in order to prevent
trespassing, vandalism or sabotage.
(5) Steps should be taken to prevent an excessive
build-up of ice which would damage the reservoir.
(6) There shall be consideration of public health
safety in the location of ground level reservoirs. The
bottom should be above the groundwater table and
preferably above any possible flooding.
(7) Where the bottom of a reservoir is below the
normal ground surface, separation from possible
sources of contamination shall be provided as follows:
(a) 46 m from any septic tank, sewage lift
station, sewage disposal point, sewage
de la possibilité de contrôler convenablement les
facteurs externes (telle l'utilisation faite des secteurs
attenants) pouvant contribuer à la dégradation de la
qualité de l'eau.
(3) Les bâches d'aspiration et les réservoirs qui
font partie intégrante des stations de pompage sont
conformes à l'article 19.
Réservoirs d'équilibre, châteaux d'eau,
réservoirs au sol et réservoirs sous pression
pour l'eau finie
19. (1) Les normes applicables les plus récentes sont
respectées dans la conception des réservoirs et des
citernes.
(2) L'emplacement, la dimension et la sorte de
réservoir, de citerne ou de réservoir au sol devraient être
déterminés en fonction de l'utilisation de l'eau, du réseau
de distribution, des accidents de terrain, de la contrainte
effective, du type et de la capacité de la réserve d'eau, de
la rentabilité d'une installation de pompage et sa
construction ainsi que du genre de terrain. Les
réservoirs devraient être conçus pour permettre de
maintenir des pressions constantes durant la journée,
sans chutes sous les 140 kPa.
(3) Les réservoirs doivent être munis d'un
couvercle ou d'un toit étanche qui empêche les oiseaux,
les animaux, les insectes et la poussière de pénétrer à
l'intérieur.
(4) Des serrures sont installées sur les trous
d'homme d'accès, ainsi que sur les clôtures et d'autres
mesures sont prises pour décourager les intrusions, ainsi
que les actes de vandalisme et de sabotage.
(5) Des mesures devraient être prises pour
empêcher l'accumulation excessive de glace pouvant
endommager les réservoirs.
(6) L'emplacement des réservoirs au niveau du sol
est déterminé en tenant compte de la santé et de la
sécurité du public. Le fond des réservoirs devrait se
situer au-dessus de la nappe phréatique et, de
préférence, au dessus de tout niveau possible de crue.
(7) Les réservoirs dont le fond se trouve au-dessus
du niveau normal du sol doivent être installés à une
certaine distance de toute source de contamination
possible, à savoir, selon le cas :
a) à une distance de 46 m d'une fosse
14

disposal field or other similar source of
contamination;
(b) 8 m from any sewer pipe and preferably
30 m;
(c) for all other sources of contamination as
far as appears to be reasonable in view of
local conditions and the type of
construction.
(8) Tops of ground level reservoirs shall be not
less than 600 mm above the normal ground surface, and
shall be a minimum of 1.2 m above any possible flood
level.
(9) The area surrounding ground level reservoirs
shall be graded to prevent surface water from standing
against the structure.
(10)There shall be footing drains around the
reservoir, which should be drained by gravity if
possible. There should be a means of observing the
volume of flow from the footing drains.
(11)The maximum variation of working levels in
storage reservoirs which float on a distribution system
should not exceed 9 m.
(12)Water level controls or telemetering equipment
should be provided in reservoirs on the distribution
system where there is an appreciable variation in level.
(13)Water level control switches or telemetering
equipment should be provided, with warning or alarms
in appropriate places about the community, so that high
and low water levels may be immediately reported.
(14)Overflows on structures shall have free fall
discharges that are in plain view, and should be
designed so that they will not freeze.
(15)A manhole on a reservoir or tank shall be
framedsothatthereisaraisedliparoundtheedge. The
lip shall be at least 100 mm high, and preferably 150
mm, and the join between the lip and the roof shall be
watertight. It shall be fitted with a watertight cover
which overlaps the lip of the manhole and extends down
around the frame at least 50 mm. The cover shall be
hinged at one side and shall be provided with a locking
device.
septique, d'une station de relevage des
eaux usées, d'un point de rejet des eaux
usées, d'un champ d'épuration ou de toute
autre source de contamination similaire;
b) à une distance de 8 m et de préférence
30 m de toute conduite d'égout;
c) à une distance raisonnable de toute autre
source de contamination, compte tenu des
conditions locales et du type de
construction.
(8) Le dessus des réservoirs au niveau du sol est
situé à au moins 600 mm au-dessus du niveau normal
du sol et à au moins 1,2 m au-dessus de tout niveau de
crue possible.
(9) Autour des réservoirs au niveau du sol, le
terrain est régalé en pente pour empêcher que les eaux
de surface ne stagnent contre les réservoirs.
(10)Des drains de semelle, si possible à écoulement
par gravité, sont posés autour des réservoirs. Un
dispositif devrait être prévu pour observer le débit d'eau
dans les drains.
(11)La variation maximale du niveau utile des
réservoirs de stockage incorporés à un réseau de
distribution ne devrait pas être supérieure à 9 m.
(12)Lorsque la variation du niveau est importante,
les réservoirs devraient être munis de régulateurs de
niveau d'eau ou d'équipement de télémesure.
(13)Des interrupteurs reliés aux régulateurs de
niveau ou d'équipement de télémesure sont prévus, avec
avertisseurs ou signaux d'alarme placés à des endroits
stratégiques de la collectivité, afin que les niveaux d'eau
trop hauts ou trop bas soient signalés immédiatement.
(14)Les déversoirs des réservoirs sont du type à
déversement libre et sont à l'épreuve du gel.
(15)Le contour des trous d'homme sur les
réservoirs ou les citernes est muni d'un collet. Le collet
mesure 100 mm et de préférence 150 mm de haut, et le
joint entre le collet et le toit est étanche. Un couvercle
étanche recouvre complètement le collet et est muni d'un
rebord d'au moins 50 mm qui tombe sur les parois du
réservoir.
15

(16)The roof of the structure should be well
drained. The downspout pipes of the roof drain shall
not enter the reservoir or connect to the overflow from
the reservoir. There shall be no parapets or construction
which will tend to pool the water or snow on the roof.
(17)Valve stems or similar projections through the
roof shall be designed with a wall sleeve, elevated at
least 100 mm above the roof top, set in a curbed
opening, or welded to the cover plate. The opening
must be covered by an overlapping, turned-down hood,
welded to the valve stem.
(18)Vents, overflows, finial decorations and
warning lights shall be so constructed as to exclude
dust, birds, animals and insects. There shall be no direct
connection between an overflow and any drain or
sewer. A ground level vent must terminate in an
inverted U construction, the opening of which is at least
600 mm above the ground surface.
(19)Unsafe water shall not be stored adjacent to a
finished water compartment when only a single wall
separates the two.
(20)Reservoirs should be drainable to the ground
surface in such a manner as to preclude contamination
by surface water and access by animals. There shall be
no direct connection to a sewer or storm. Alternatively,
a reservoir should be drained by pumping from a sump
at a lower level than the bottom. A manhole should be
located directly above the sump, to permit servicing of
the pump intake and to allow dewatering with a portable
pump.
(21)Interior surfaces of all steel reservoirs shall be
protected by paints or other protective coatings or
cathodic protection according to practices recommended
by the American Water Works Association or the
Canadian Standards Association.
(22)There should be periodical disinfection in order
to ensure a continued source of finished water.
(16)Le toit des réservoirs devrait être muni des
éléments nécessaires à l'écoulement des eaux de pluie.
Les tuyaux de descente reliés à l'avaloir ne sont pas
acheminés à l'intérieur des réservoirs ni raccordés au
déversoir. Le toit ne doit pas être muni de parapets ou
d'autres constructions pouvant causer l'accumulation de
l'eau ou de la neige.
(17)Les tiges de soupape ou les autre éléments
faisant sailli sur le toit des réservoirs sont protégés par
un manchon s'élevant à une hauteur d'au moins 100 mm
au-dessus du toit. Les manchons sont soudés au
couvercle ou passent par une ouverture à collet. Les
ouvertures sont recouvertes d'un capuchon rabattu qui
chevauche la tige en saillie et qui est soudé à celle-ci.
(18)Les évents, les déversoirs, les éléments
décoratifs et les feux avertisseurs sont construits de
manière à empêcher l'introduction de la poussière, des
oiseaux, des animaux et des insectes. Les déversoirs ne
sont pas directement raccordés aux drains ou aux
canalisations d'égout. Tout évent situé près du sol doit
se terminer en forme de U renversé, l'ouverture placée
à une hauteur d'au moins 600 mm au-dessus du niveau
du sol.
(19)L'eau de mauvaise qualité ne doit pas être
stockée dans un compartiment voisin d'un compartiment
d'eau finie lorsqu'une seule paroi sépare les deux
compartiments.
(20)Le contenu des réservoirs devraient être évacué
à la surface du sol sans qu'il y ait risque d'intrusion
d'animaux ou risque de contamination par des eaux de
surface. Les réservoirs ne sont pas directement
raccordés à un égout sanitaire ou pluvial. À défaut, ils
devraient être vidés au moyen d'une pompe installée
dans un puisard situé à un niveau inférieur à celui du
fond du réservoir. Le puisard devrait être muni d'un trou
d'homme pour permettre l'entretien de la prise et
l'assèchement du puissard au moyen d'une pompe
portative.
(21)Les parois intérieures des réservoirs en acier
sont protégées par une peinture ou d'autres revêtements
de protection ou encore une protection cathodique en
conformité avec les pratiques recommandées par
l'American Water Works Association ou l'Association
canadienne de normalisation.
(22)Afin que l'alimentation en eau finie soit
continue, les réservoirs devraient être désinfectés
périodiquement.
16

Water Mains
Conduites d'eau principales
20. (1) Pipes and pipe packing and jointing materials
shall have been manufactured in conformity with the
latest standard specifications issued by the American
Water Works Association or the Canadian Standards
Association. Plastic pipe shall be approved by and bear
the seal of the Canadian Standards Association.
Selection of the pipe material and design shall be made
after giving consideration to the possible deleterious
action of the soils and water which will be surrounding
the pipe, the water to be distributed and possible
electrolytic action on the metal parts.
20. (1) Les tuyaux ainsi que les matériaux de
jointement et d'obturation utilisés doivent être fabriqués
en conformité avec les normes récentes prescrites par
l'American Water Works Association ou l'Association
canadienne de normalisation. Les tuyaux en plastique
sont approuvés par l'Association canadienne de
normalisation et en portent l'étiquette. La conception et
les matériaux de fabrication des tuyaux sont choisis en
tenant compte de l'effet possiblement nuisible du sol et
de l'eau qui entoureront le tuyau, de l'eau qui est
distribuée et de la possibilité d'une réaction
électrolytique avec les pièces métalliques.
(3) The minimum working pressure during the
flow in outlying parts of the distribution system should
be 140 kPa.
(4) If water hydrants are installed, the supply of
water shall be adequate to provide water for the fire
pumps and regular use, and at the same time maintain
adequate positive pressure in all parts of the system.
(5) The dead-end of a main should have a fire
hydrant or blow-off connected for flushing purposes.
No flushing device shall be connected directly to any
sewer.
(6) Water mains shall be laid a minimum of 3 m
from sewers which run in the same direction. Where it
is clearly very difficult to comply with this regulation,
then
(a) the bottom of the water main shall be at
least 450 mm higher than the top of the
sewer, and
(b) the water main shall rest on undisturbed
soil.
(2) Les conduites d'eau principales devraient être
protégées contre le gel.
(3) La pression de service minimale dans les
parties périphériques du réseau de distribution devrait
être de 140 kPa.
(4) Si le réseau de distribution comporte des prises
d'eau, la réserve d'eau est suffisante pour répondre à la
demande régulière et à une demande ponctuelle en eau
d'incendie, et pour maintenir une pression positive
adéquate dans toutes les parties du réseau.
(5) L'impasse d'une conduite principale devrait être
raccordée à un poteau d'incendie ou à un robinet
d'évacuation aux fins de rinçage. Aucun dispositif de
rinçage n'est raccordé directement à un égout.
(6) Les conduites d'eau principales sont installées
à une distance d'au moins 3 m de toute canalisation
d'égout parrallèle. S'il est trop difficile de se conformer
à cette règle, les règles suivantes s'appliquent :
a) la partie inférieure d'une conduite d'eau
principale doit se situer à au moins
450 mm de la partie supérieure d'une
canalisation d'égout située au-dessous;
b) la conduite d'eau principale repose sur un
sol non remanié.
17

(7) When a water main must cross a sewer, the
bottom of the water main shall be laid at least 450 mm
above the top of the sewer. The vertical separation shall
be maintained for that portion of the water main located
within 3 m of the sewer, the 3 m to be measured as the
normal distance from the water main to the sewer.
(8) When it is impossible to achieve the condition
as stated in subsections (6) and (7) then both the water
main and the sewer shall be constructed of Class 150
pressure-type pipes. There shall be adequate support on
each side of the crossing for both pipes so that there will
be no stresses in either pipe caused by one pipe settling
on the other. Pipe sections shall be centred at the
crossing so that there is a maximum distance from the
crossing to all joints. Both pipes shall be pressure tested
to assure that there are no leaks.
(9) Where water and sewer pipes are contained in
a utilidor, there shall be adequate provision for drainage
in order to prevent contamination of the water supply
during repairs and breakdowns.
(10)Water mains which run below the surface of a
stream or other surface water body shall be of special
construction with flexible watertight joints. Valves shall
be provided at both ends of the water crossing so that
the section can be isolated for test or repair. The valves
shall be easily accessible and not subject to flooding.
Taps shall be made for testing and locating leaks.
(11)Water mains which cross under railways shall
conform to the standards and requirements of those
regulations established by the National Transportation
Agency cited as Pipe Crossings Under Railways
Regulations.
(12)Drains from hydrant barrels shall not be
connected to sanitary sewers or storm drains. Where
practicable hydrant barrels should be drained to the
ground surface, or to dry wells provided exclusively for
that purpose and a means provided for pumping out.
(7) Lorsqu'une conduite d'eau principale croise une
canalisation d'égout, la partie inférieure de la conduite
d'eau doit se situer à au moins 450 mm de la partie
supérieure de la canalisation d'égout qui se situe audessous.
Cette distance s'applique pour toute partie de la
conduite d'eau comprise dans un rayon de 3 m de la
canalisation d'égout, cette distance de 3 m étant la
distance normale entre la conduite d'eau et la
canalisation d'égout.
(8) S'il est impossible de respecter les dispositions
des paragraphes (6) et (7), alors la conduite d'eau
principale et la canalisation d'égout sont fabriquées de
tuyaux sous pression de catégorie 150. Chacune des
deux canalisations est soutenue de part et d'autre du
croisement afin qu'aucune des deux n'exerce une
pression sur l'autre. Les sections des tuyaux sont
centrées de manière à ce que les joints de chacune des
canalisations se situent à égale distance de part et d'autre
du point d'intersection entre les deux canalisations.
L'étanchéité des canalisations est vérifiée au moyen d'un
essai sous pression.
(9) Lorsque des canalisations d'eau et d'égout sont
acheminées dans le coffrage d'un réseau de distribution
aérien, des dispositions sont prises pour l'évacuation du
coffrage afin d'éviter les risques de contamination des
réserves d'eau lors d'un bris ou d'une réparation.
(10)Les conduites d'eau principales qui passent
sous un ruisseau ou tout cours d'eau de surface sont de
construction particulière et munies de joints flexibles et
étanches. Des robinets sont installés aux deux extrémités
du tronçon qui se retrouve sous le cours d'eau afin qu'il
soit possible d'isoler ce dernier aux fins d'essai ou de
réparation. Les robinets sont faciles d'accès et ne sont
pas susceptibles d'être submergés. Des prises d'essai
sont prévues pour la détection des fuites.
(11)Les conduites d'eau principales qui passent
sous un chemin de fer sont conformes aux normes et
exigences du Règlement sur le passage de conduits sous
les chemins de fer de l'Office nationale des transports.
(12)Les tuyaux d'écoulement des poteaux
d'incendie ne sont pas raccordés directement à un égout
sanitaire ou à un collecteur d'eaux pluviales. Si possible,
les poteaux d'incendie devraient être évacués à la
surface du sol ou dans un puits sec prévu à cette seule
fin muni d'un dispositif de pompage.
18

(13)There shall be no physical connections
between the distribution system and any pipes, pumps
ortankswhichareconnectedtoasewersystemorstorm
drain or are supplied from any source that is not
approved.
Water Haulage Tanks
21. (1) Water haulage tanks should be constructed so
as to exclude birds, animals, insects and dust.
(2) There shall be a manhole cover on a tank,
conveniently located for entering for purposes of
cleaning the interior. The opening shall be made so that
there is a water-tight raised lip around the edge, a
minimum of 50 mm high. It shall be fitted with a watertight
cover.
(3) There shall be a drain opening in the bottom of
a tank so that the tank may be drained completely and
flushed easily.
(4) Each tank shall be provided with convenient
clean storage space for the hoses, and the ends of the
hoses shall be protected from contamination.
Disinfection of New or Repaired Works
22. (1) Before disinfection is attempted, all surfaces
should be thoroughly cleaned. Pipelines should be
flushed with potable water until turbidity-free water is
obtained at all ends. Reservoirs should be flushed with
water and brushed if necessary to obtain clean surfaces.
(2) New, repaired or altered waterworks and
pipelines shall be disinfected according to the American
Water Works Association Standards, or as follows:
(a) all surfaces should be in contact with
chlorine solution with a final strength of
10 or 50 mg/l of available chlorine after a
contact period of 24 or two hours
respectively. The higher value may be
tested using chlorine testing papers;
(b) if it is necessary to conserve water and
chemical, reservoirs may be disinfected by
spraying all surfaces with a chlorine
solution having a starting strength of
250 mg/l available chlorine. Special
protective clothing and self contained or
(13)Les conduites, les pompes et les réservoirs
raccordés à un réseau d'égouts ou à un collecteur d'eaux
pluviales ou alimentés à partir d'une source non
approuvée ne sont raccordés d'aucune manière au réseau
de distribution.
Citernes de transport d'eau
21. (1) Les citernes de transport d'eau sont construites
de manière à empêcher l'introduction des oiseaux, des
animaux, des insectes et de la poussière.
(2) Les citernes sont munies d'un trou d'homme
avec couvercle étanche, placé de manière à faciliter
l'accès à l'intérieur aux fins de nettoyage. L'étanchéité
est assurée par un collet d'au moins 50 mm de hauteur
sur le contour du trou d'homme.
(3) Un trou d'évacuation est pratiqué au fond des
citernes afin qu'elles puissent être vidées complètement
et rincées facilement.
(4) Chaque citerne comporte un espace de
rangement pour tuyaux souples qui est propre et
convenable. Les extrémités des tuyaux souples qui y
sont rangées sont protégées contre toute contamination.
Désinfection des ouvrages neufs ou remis en état
22. (1) La désinfection devrait être précédée d'un
nettoyage à fond de toutes les surfaces des ouvrages
visés. Les canalisations devraient être rincées avec de
l'eau potable jusqu'à ce que de l'eau parfaitement
limpide en ressorte aux extrémités. Les réservoirs
devraient être rincés avec de l'eau et leurs surfaces
brossées au besoin.
(2) Les canalisations et autres ouvrages
d'adduction et de distribution d'eau, nouveaux, modifiés,
ou remis en état, sont désinfectés en conformité avec les
normesdel'AmericanWaterWorksAssociationoules
exigences suivantes :
a) toutes les surfaces devraient être mises en
contact avec une solution de chlore
présentant une concentration finale de
chlore actif de 10 ou 50 mg/l pour une
période de 24 ou de 2 heures,
respectivement. La valeur la plus élevée
peut être vérifiée au moyen d'un papier
détecteur de chlore;
b) s'il est nécessaire d'économiser l'eau et les
produits chimiques, les réservoirs peuvent
19

air-supplied type respirators should be
used by personnel performing the spray
procedure; or
(c) when surface conditions are not ideal, such
as may be encountered in used works,
special disinfection procedures will be
required. This could include the
maintenance of a chlorine residual for an
extended period of time.
Records
23. (1) Accurate records shall be maintained of raw
water quality, finished water quality and amounts of
chemicals used.
(2) As-built construction plans shall be maintained
and shall be amended to include additions, extensions
and renovations.
être désinfectés en pulvérisant sur toutes
ses surfaces une solution de chlore
présentant une concentration initiale de
chlore actif de 250 mg/l. Le personnel
responsable de ces travaux devrait porter
des vêtements de protection particuliers
ainsi que des respirateurs à adduction d'air
ou à alimentation en air autonome;
c) lorsque l'état des surfaces n'est pas idéal,
comme dans le cas des ouvrages usagés,
des méthodes de désinfection particulières
sont nécessaires. Ainsi, il pourrait être
nécessaire de maintenir, pour une période
prolongée, un résidu de chlore dans l'eau.
Registres
23. (1) Les données concernant la qualité de l'eau
brute, la qualité de l'eau finie et les quantités de produits
chimiques utilisés sont consignées de façon précise dans
des registres.
(2) Les ajouts, prolongements et rénovations sont
indiqués au fur et à mesure sur les dessins d'exécution
des installations en place.
Printed by
Territorial Printer, Northwest Territories
Yellowknife, N.W.T./19978
Imprimé par
l'imprimeur territorial, Territoires du Nord-Ouest
Yellowknife (T.N.-O.)/19978
20

ADDENDUM F
SAMPLE WATER LICENCE

STANDARD LICENSE CLAUSES
LEGEND
(S) = Standard (clause for all licenses)
(M) = Municipal
PART A:
SCOPE AND DEFINITIONS
1. Scope
(M)
This License entitles [enter name of Licensee] to use water and dispose of
waste for municipal undertakings at [if municipal, enter incorporated
hamlet/town/city of], [enter Lat/Long co-ordinates], Northwest Territories.
(S)
(S)
This License is issued subject to the conditions contained herein with respect to
the taking of water and the depositing of waste of any type in any waters or in
any place under any conditions where such waste or any other waste that results
from the deposits of such waste may enter any waters. Whenever new
Regulations are made or existing Regulations are amended by the Governor in
Council under the Northwest Territories Waters Act, or other statutes imposing
more stringent conditions relating to the quantity or type of waste that may be so
deposited or under which any such waste may be so deposited, this License
shall be deemed, upon promulgation of such Regulations, to be automatically
amended to conform with such Regulations.
Compliance with the terms and conditions of this License does not absolve the
Licensee from responsibility for compliance with the requirements of all
applicable Federal, Territorial and Municipal legislation.
1. Definitions
In this License: [enter License #]
(S)
(S)
“Act” means the Northwest Territories Waters Act;
“Analyst” means an Analyst designated by the Minister under Section 35(1) of
the Northwest Territories Waters Act;

(S)
(S)
(S)
(S)
(S)
(S)
(S)
(S)
(S)
(S)
(S)
(S)
(S)
“Regulations” means Regulations proclaimed pursuant to Section 33 of the
Northwest Territories Waters Act;
“Minister” means the Minister of Indian Affairs and Northern Development;
“Board” means the Mackenzie Valley Land and Water Board established
under Part 4 of the Mackenzie Valley Resource Management Act;;
“Inspector” means an Inspector designated by the Minister under Section
35(1) of the Northwest Territories Waters Act;
“Licensee” means the holder of this License:
“Waste” means waste as defined by Section 2 of the Northwest Territories
Waters Act;
“Sewage” means all toilet wastes and greywater;
“Average Concentration For Faecal Coliforms” means the running
geometric mean of any four consecutive analytical results submitted to the
Board in accordance with the sampling and analysis requirements specified in
the “Surveillance Network Program”;
“Average Concentration” means the discrete average of four consecutive
analytical results, or if less than four analytical results collected during a batch
decant, and as submitted to the Board in accordance with the sampling and
analysis requirements specified in the “Surveillance Network Program”;
“Water Supply Facilities” comprises the area and associated intake
infrastructure as identified in Drawing Number , titled “ ”, and dated ;
“Sewage Disposal Facilities” comprises the area and engineered structures
designed to contain sewage as identified in Drawing Number , titled “ ”,
and dated ;
“Solid Waste Disposal Facilities” comprises the area and associated
structures designed to contain solid wastes as described in Drawing Number
, titled “ ”, and dated ;
“Freeboard” means the vertical distance between water line and the lowest
elevation of the effective water containment crest on a dam or dyke’s upstream
slope;

(M)
“Waste Disposal Facilities” mean all facilities designated for the disposal of
waste, and includes the Sewage Disposal Facilities, Solid Waste Disposal
Facilities, and Bagged Toilet Wastes Disposal Facilities;
(S) ___ “Waste Disposal Facilities” mean all facilities designated for the disposal of
Waste.
(M)
(M)
(M)
(M)
(M)
(S)
“Bagged Toilet Waste Disposal Facilities” comprises the area and
associated structures designed to contain bagged toilet wastes (honey bags)
as described in Drawing Number , titled “ ”, and dated ;
“Toilet Wastes” means all human excreta and associated products, but does
not include greywater;
“Commercial Waste Water” means water and associated waste generated
by the operation of a commercial enterprise, but does not include toilet water or
greywater;
“Greywater” means all liquid wastes from showers, baths, sinks, kitchens and
domestic washing facilities, but does not include toilet wastes;
“Pumpout Sewage” means all toilet wastes an/or greywater collected by
means of a vacuum truck for disposal at an approved facility;
“Modification” means an alteration to a physical work that introduces a new
structure or eliminates an existing structure and does not alter the purpose or
function of the work, but does not include an expansion.
(S) ___ “Water Use Fee” means a fee for the use of Water as defined by Section 33 of
the Northwest Territories Waters Act.
(S) ___ “Waters” means any Waters as defined by Section 2 of the Northwest
Territories Waters Act.
PART B:
GENERAL CONDITIONS
(S)
The Water Use Fee shall be paid annually in advance. (except municipal)
(S) Prior to the use of water for undertakings or the disposal of waste, the
Licensee shall have posted and shall maintain a security deposit in the amount
of $ , pursuant to Section 17(1) of the Act and Section 12 of the Regulations.
The security deposit shall be maintained until such time as it is fully or in part

efunded by the Minister pursuant to Section 17 of the Act. This clause shall
survive the expiry of this License.
(S)
The Licensee shall file an Annual Report with the Board not later than *March
31 st of the year following the calendar year reported which shall contain the
following information: (*submission date may be changed for “B” Licenses
issued for less that 1 year)
(S) the monthly and annual quantities in cubic metres of fresh water obtained from
all sources;
(S) the monthly and annual quantities in cubic metres of each and all waste
discharged;
(S) a summary of modifications and/or major maintenance work carried out on the
Water Supply and Waste Disposal Facilities, including all associated
structures;
(S) tabular summaries of all data generated under the “Surveillance Network
Program”;
(S) a list of unauthorized discharges;
(S) an outline of any spill training and communications exercises carried out;
(S) a summary of any abandonment and restoration work completed during the
year and an outline of any work anticipated for the next year;
(S) a summary of any studies requested by the Board that relate to waste disposal,
water use or reclamation, and a brief description of any future studies
planned;
(S) any other details on water use or waste disposal requested by the Board by
November 1 st of the year being reported;
(S) any revisions to the approved Contingency Plan;
(S) any revisions to the approved Abandonment and Restoration Plan; (except
municipal)
(M)
(M)
the monthly and annual quantities of solid waste removed from the
sewage facilities for disposal; and
updates or revisions to the approved Operation and Maintenance Plans;

(S)
The Licensee shall comply with the “Surveillance Network Program” annexed to
this License, and any amendment to the said “Surveillance Network Program”
as may be made from time to time, pursuant to the conditions of this License.
(S)
The “Surveillance Network Program” and compliance dates specified in the
License may be modified at the discretion of the Board.
(S)
Meters, devices or other such methods used for measuring the volumes of water
used and waste discharged shall be installed, operated and maintained by the
Licensee to the satisfaction of an Inspector.
(S)
(M)
The Licensee shall, within sixty (60) days of the issuance of this License, post
the necessary signs, where possible, to identify the stations of the “Surveillance
Network Program”. All postings shall be located and maintained to the
satisfaction of an Inspector.
The Licensee shall, within sixty (60) days of issuance of this License, post signs
in the appropriate areas to inform the public of Water Supply and Waste
Disposal Facilities. All postings shall be located and maintained to the
satisfaction of an Inspector.
(M)
The Licensee shall immediately report to the 24 Hour Spill Report Line
(867 920-8130) any spills of Waste, which are reported to or observed by the
Licensee, within the municipal boundaries or in the areas of the Water Supply or
Waste Disposal Facilities.
(S)
The Licensee shall ensure a copy of this License is maintained at the site of
operation at all times. (except municipal)
(M)
The Licensee shall ensure a copy of this License is maintained at the municipal
office at all times.
PART C:
CONDITIONS APPLYING TO WATER USE

(S) The Licensee shall obtain all water for from using the Water Supply
Facilities or as otherwise approved by the Board.
(S) The Licensee may obtain water from for use on an emergency basis upon
approval of the Board, when it is not possible to obtain water from as stated
in Part C, Item .
(S)
The annual / monthly / daily quantity of water used for all purposes shall not
exceed cubic metres.
(S)
The water intake hose used on the water pumps shall be equipped with a
screen with a mesh size sufficient to ensure no entrainment of fish.
PART D:
(M)
CONDITIONS APPLYING TO WASTE DISPOSAL
The Licensee shall direct all piped and pumpout Sewage to the Sewage
Disposal Facilities or as otherwise approved by the Board.
(M)
All Sewage effluent discharged from the Sewage Disposal Facilities at
“Surveillance Network Program” Station Number shall meet the following
effluent quality standards:
PARAMETER
Suspended Solids
Oil and Grease
BOD 5
Faecal Coliforms
MAXIMUM AVERAGE
CONCENTRATION
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
CFU/100mL
The Waste discharged shall have a pH between 6 and 9, and no visible sheen
of oil and grease.
(M)
A Freeboard limit of 1.0 metre, or as recommended by a qualified geotechnical
engineer and as approved by the Board, shall be maintained al all dykes and
earthfill structures associated with the Sewage Disposal Facilities.
(M)
All bagged toilet wastes (honey bags) shall be disposed of at the Bagged Toilet
Waste Disposal Facilities to the satisfaction of an Inspector.

(M)
The Licensee shall advise an Inspector at least ten (10) days prior to initiating
the decant of the sewage lagoon.
(M)
The sewage lagoon shall be maintained and operated in such a manner as to
prevent structural failure.
(M)
The Licensee shall maintain the Sewage Disposal Facilities to the satisfaction
of an Inspector.
(M)
The Licensee shall dispose of all solid wastes at the Solid Waste Disposal
Facilities or as otherwise approved by the Board.
(S)
The Licensee shall ensure that any unauthorized wastes associated with the “B”
undertaking do not enter any waters.
PART E:
CONDITIONS APPLYING TO MODIFICATIONS
(S)
The Licensee may, without written approval from the Board, carry out
modifications to the Water Supply and Waste Disposal Facilities provided that
such modifications are consistent with the terms of this License and the
following requirements are met:
1) the Licensee has notified the Board in writing of such proposed
modifications at least sixty (60) days prior to beginning the
modifications;
2) such modifications do not place the Licensee in contravention of either
the License or the Act;
3) the Board has not, during the sixty (60) days following notification of the
proposed modifications, informed the Licensee that review of the
proposal will require more than sixty (60) days; and
4) the Board has not rejected the proposed modifications.

(S) Modifications for which all of the conditions referred to in Part E, Item have
not been met may be carried out only with written approval from the Board.
(S)
The Licensee shall provide to the Board as-built plans and drawings of the
modifications referred to in this License within ninety (90) days of completion of
the modifications. (except municipal)
(M)
The Licensee shall provide to the Board site plans of the modifications referred
to in this License within ninety (90) days of completion of the modifications.
(S)
For “B” Licenses:
The Licensee may carry out modifications to the planned undertakings:
1) without written approval from the Board, provided that such modifications
are consistent with the terms of this License and the Licensee has
notified the Board in writing of such modifications at least five (5) days
prior to beginning the modifications; or
2) with the written approval of the Board and under such conditions decided
by the Board.
PART F:
CONDITIONS APPLYING TO CONTINGENCY PLANNING
For smaller “B” Licenses
(S)
If during the period of this License, an unauthorized discharge of waste occurs,
or if such a discharge is foreseeable, the Licensee shall:
1) advise an Inspector immediately via the 24 Hour NWT Spill Report Line
(867) 920-8130; and
2) submit to an Inspector, a detailed report on each occurrence not later
than thirty (30) days after initially reporting the event.
PART G:
CONDITIONS APPLYING TO ABANDONMENT AND RESTORATION

(S)*
The Licensee shall address the following when completing or revising the
Abandonment and Restoration Plan:
(S) the water intake facilities;
(S) the water treatment and waste disposal sites and facilities
(S) the petroleum and chemical storage areas;
(S) any site affected by waste spills;
(S) the natural runoff waters from the development site;
(S) the restoration of natural drainage and the restoration of stream banks at the
operation site(s);
(S) the potential for groundwater contamination;
(S) any facilities or areas which may have been affected by development such that
potential pollution problems exist;
(S) a phased approach and implementation schedule;
(S) maps delineating all disturbed areas, borrow material locations and site
facilities;
(S) a proposal identifying measures by which restoration costs will be financed by
the Licensee upon abandonment;
(S)* The Licensee shall revise the Plan referred to in Part G, Item if not approved.
The revised Plan shall be submitted to the Board for approval within six (6)
months of receiving notification of the Board’s decision.
(S)*
Notwithstanding the time schedule referred to in the Abandonment and
Restoration Plan, the Licensee shall endeavour to carry out progressive
restoration of areas which are abandoned prior to closure of operations.
(S)*
The Licensee shall complete the restoration work within the time schedule
specified in the Plan, or as subsequently revised and approved by the Board.
(S)*
The Licensee shall review the Abandonment and Restoration Plan annually and
shall modify the Plan as necessary to reflect changes in operation, technology,
and results of reclamation and/or other studies. The proposed modifications

shall be submitted to the Board for approval.
(S)*
Upon implementation of the Abandonment and Restoration Plan, the Licensee
shall provide to the Board updates of all abandonment and restoration activities
by March 31 st and October 31 st of each year.
(S)*
(M)
Compliance with the Abandonment and Restoration Plan specified in this
License does not limit the legal liability of the Licensee, other than liability
arising from provisions of the Act and its Regulations.
The Licensee shall submit to the Board for approval an Abandonment and
Restoration Plan at least six (6) months prior to abandoning any sewage or
solid waste facilities. The Plan shall include, but not be limited to:
1) contaminated site remediation;
2) leachate prevention;
3) an implementation schedule
4) maps delineating all disturbed areas, borrow material locations, and site
facilities;
5) consideration of altered drainage patterns;
6) type and source of cover materials;
7) future area use; and
8) hazardous wastes.
(M) The Licensee shall implement the Plan specified in Part G, Item as and
when approved by the Board.
PART H:
CONDITIONS APPLYING TO CONSTRUCTION
*For all but Placer mining
(S)*
Prior to construction of any dams, dykes or structures intended to contain,
withhold, divert or retain water or wastes other than as contemplated in the
Contingency Plan, the Licensee shall submit to the Board for approval design

drawings stamped by a qualified engineer registered in the Northwest
Territories. (except municipal)
(S)*
(S)*
Construction of designed structures shall be carried out as approved by the
Board.
As-built drawings of any changes from the original design, including rationale for
the changes to any of the dams, dykes or structures referred to in Part __, Item
__ shall be stamped by a Geotechnical Engineer and submitted to the Board
within ninety (90) days of completion of the facility (ies). (except municipal)
(S)* Fill materials used for must be obtained from an approved source, be clean
and free of contaminants.
PART I:
CONDITIONS APPLYING TO OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE
(M)
The Licensee shall, within six (6) months of the issuance of this License, submit
to the Board for approval, a plan for the Operation and Maintenance of the
Sewage and Solid Waste Disposal Facilities. The plan shall include but not be
limited to the following:
1) frequency of inspection of dams, dykes and drainage courses;
2) removal of floating materials from the Sewage Disposal Facilities;
3) controlling effluent discharge quality;
4) runoff and drainage control within and around the facility, and restoration
of erosion;
5) treatment of contaminated drainage;
6) prevention of windblown debris;
7) managing hazardous waste;
8) segregation of domestic, metal and recyclable waste materials;
9) method and frequency of site maintenance, including burning where
permitted; and

10) alternatives designed to reduce burning.
(M) The Licensee shall implement the plan specified in Part I, Item as and when
approved by the Board.
MACKENZIE VALLEY LAND AND WATER BOARD
Witness
Chair

LICENSEE:
LICENSE NUMBER:
EFFECTIVE DATE OF LICENSE:
EFFECTIVE DATE OF SURVEILLANCE
NETWORK PROGRAM (SNP):
SURVEILLANCE NETWORK PROGRAM
1. Location of Surveillance Stations
Station Number
Description
-1 .
-2 .
-3 .
-4 .
etc.
2. Sampling and Analysis Requirements
(S) Water at Station Number shall be sampled daily / weekly / monthly, etc.
during open water / periods of flow / periods of accumulation and analysed for
the following parameters:
(S)
More frequent sample collection may be required at the request of an Inspector.
(S) Water at Station Number Shall be sampled at the request of an Inspector,
and analysed for the following parameters:

(S)
(S)
All sampling, sample preservation and analyses shall be conducted in
accordance with methods prescribed in the current edition of “Standards
Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater”, or by such other
methods approved by an Analyst.
All analyses shall be performed in a laboratory approved by an Analyst.
(S)
A quality assurance/quality control plan which includes both field and laboratory
requirements shall be submitted to an Analyst for approval not less than days
in advance of any sampling conducted. (except municipal)
(S) The plan referred to in Part , Item , (above) shall be implemented as
approved by an Analyst. (except municipal).
3. Flow and Volume Measurement Requirements
(S)
(M)
The (daily, monthly) and annual quantities of water pumped from Surveillance
Network Program Station Number for purposes shall be measured and
recorded in cubic metres.
The monthly and annual quantities of sewage solids removed from the sewage
disposal facility shall be measured and recorded.
4. Reports
(S) The Licensee shall within days following the month being reported, submit to
the Board all data and information required by the “Surveillance Network
Program” including the results of the approved quality assurance plan. (except
municipal).
(S)
The Licensee shall, unless otherwise requested by an Inspector, include all of
the data and information required by the “Surveillance Network Program”
including the results of the approved quality assurance/quality control program in
the Licensee’s Annual Report, which Report shall be submitted to the Board on
or before March 31 st of the year following the calendar year being reported.

PART A:
SCOPE AND DEFINITIONS
1. Scope
a) This License entitles the City of Yellowknife to use water and dispose of waste for municipal purposes
at the City of Yellowknife, Northwest Territories, located at: 62 o 28’N. 114 o 26’W.;
b) This License is issued subject to the conditions contained herein with respect to the taking of
water and the depositing of waste of any type in any waters or in any place under any conditions
where such waste or any other waste that results from the deposits of such waste may enter any
waters. Whenever new Regulations are made or existing Regulations are amended by the
Governor in Council under the Northwest Territories Waters Act, or other statutes imposing
more stringent conditions relating to the quantity or type of waste that may be so deposited or
under which any such waste may be so deposited this License shall be deemed, upon
promulgation of such Regulations, to be automatically amended to conform with such
Regulations; and
c) Compliance with the terms and conditions of this License does not absolve the Licensee from
responsibility for compliance with the requirements of all applicable Federal, Territorial and
Municipal legislation.
2. Definitions
In this License:
N1L3-0032
"Act" means the Northwest Territories Waters Act;
"Analyst" means an Analyst designated by the Minister under Section 35(1) of the Northwest
Territories Waters Act;
“Board” means the Mackenzie Valley Land and Water Board established under Part 4 of the
Mackenzie Valley Resource Management Act;
"Inspector" means an Inspector designated by the Minister under Section 35(1) of the Northwest
Territories Waters Act;
"Licensee" means the holder of this License;
"Minister" means the Minister of Indian Affairs and Northern Development;
"Regulations" means Regulations proclaimed pursuant to Section 33 of the Northwest Territories
Waters Act;
"Waste" means waste as defined by Section 2 of the Northwest Territories Waters Act;
"Average Concentration" means the discrete average of four consecutive analytical results, or if less
1

than four analytical results, the discrete average of the analytical results collected during a batch decant,
and as submitted to the Board in accordance with the sampling and analysis requirements specified in
the “Surveillance Network Program”;
"Average Concentration For Faecal Coliform" means the running arithmetic metric mean of any four
consecutive analytical results submitted to the Board in accordance with the sampling and analysis
requirements specified in the “Surveillance Network Program”;
"Bagged Toilet Waste Disposal Facilities" comprises the area and associated structures designed to
contain bagged toilet wastes (honeybags) as described in a drawing titled “Fiddler’s Lagoon, Honey Bag
Cells” dated July 13, 1993;
"Freeboard" means the vertical distance between water line and the lowest elevation of the effective water
containment crest on a dam or dyke’s upstream slope;
“Geotechnical Engineer” means a professional engineer registered with the Association of Professional
Engineers, Geologists, and Geophysicists of the Northwest Territories and whose principal field of
specialization is the design and construction of earthworks in a permafrost environment.
"Greywater" means all liquid wastes from showers, baths, sinks, kitchens and domestic washing
facilities, but does not include toilet wastes;
“Modification” means an alteration to a physical work that introduces a new structure or eliminates an existing
structure and does not alter the purpose or function of the work, but does not include an expansion.
"Pumpout Sewage" means all toilet wastes and/or greywater collected by means of a vacuum truck for
disposal at an approved facility;
“Sewage” means all toilet wastes and greywater;
"Sewage Disposal Facilities” comprises Lakes F3 to F8 inclusive and all
flooded areas surrounding these lakes as identified in Drawing Number 1,
titled “City of Yellowknife Wastewater Treatment Lagoon Performance and
Treatment Strategies”, dated April, 1990;
“Solid Waste Disposal Facilities" comprises the area and associated structures designed to contain
solid wastes;
“Toilet Wastes” means all human excreta and associated products, but does not include greywater;
“Waste Disposal Facilities” means all facilities designated for the disposal of waste, and includes the
Sewage Disposal Facilities, Solid Waste Disposal Facilities, and Bagged Toilet Wastes Disposal
Facilities; and
"Water Supply Facilities” comprises the area and associated intake infrastructure as identified in
Drawing Number 110-005 titled “City of Yellowknife, Northwest Territories”, dated December 15,
1972.
2

PART B:
GENERAL CONDITIONS
1. The Licensee shall file an Annual Report with the Board not later than March
31st of the year following the calendar year reported which shall contain the following
information:
a) the monthly and annual quantities in cubic metres of fresh water obtained from all
sources;
b) the monthly and annual quantities in cubic metres of each and all waste discharged;
c) the monthly and annual quantities of solid waste removed from the Sewage Disposal
Facilities for disposal;
d) updates or revisions to the approved Waste Disposal Facilities Operation and
Maintenance Plans;
e) updates or revisions to the approved Spill Contingency Plan;
f) a summary of modifications and/or major maintenance work carried out on the Water
Supply and Waste Disposal Facilities, including all associated structures;
g) tabular summaries of all data generated under the “Surveillance Network Program”;
h) a summary of any abandonment and restoration work completed during the year and an
outline of any work anticipated for the next year;
i) a summary of any studies requested by the Board that relate to waste disposal, water use
or reclamation, and a brief description of any future studies planned;
j) a list of unauthorized discharges; and
k) any other details on water use or waste disposal requested by the Board by November 1st
of the year being reported.
2. The Licensee shall comply with the “Surveillance Network Program” annexed to this License,
and any amendment to the said “Surveillance Network Program” as may be made from time to
time, pursuant to the conditions of this License.
3. The “Surveillance Network Program” and compliance dates specified in the License may be
modified at the discretion of the Board.
4. Meters, devices or other such methods used for measuring the volumes of water used and waste
discharged shall be installed, operated and maintained by the Licensee to the satisfaction of an
Inspector.
3

5. The Licensee shall maintain all signs posted to identify the stations of the "Surveillance Network
Program" to the satisfaction of an Inspector.
6. The Licensee shall post the necessary signs, to the satisfaction of an Inspector, to identify any
new "Surveillance Network Program" stations that might be required during the time of this
license.
7. The Licensee shall maintain all signs posted to inform the public of Water Supply and Waste
Disposal Facilities, and shall post any additional signage as required, to the satisfaction of an
Inspector.
8. The Licensee shall immediately report to the 24 Hour Spill Report Line (867-920-8130) any
spills of waste, which are reported to or observed by the Licensee, within the City boundaries or
in the areas of the Water Supply or Waste Disposal Facilities.
9. The Licensee shall ensure a copy of this License is maintained at the City of Yellowknife
office(s) at all times.
PART C:
CONDITIONS APPLYING TO WATER USE
1. The Licensee shall obtain all fresh water from the Yellowknife River using the Water Supply
Facilities or as otherwise approved by the Board.
2. The Licensee may obtain water from Yellowknife Bay of Great Slave Lake for use on an
emergency basis at Pumphouse No. 1.
3. The annual quantity of water used for all purposes shall not exceed 5,500,000 cubic metres.
4. The maximum quantity of water obtained shall not exceed 575,000 cubic metres per month.
5. The water intakes shall be equipped with a screen having a mesh size in accordance with
Department of Fisheries and Oceans Guidelines.
PART D:
CONDITIONS APPLYING TO WASTE DISPOSAL
1. The Licensee shall direct all piped and pumpout sewage to the Sewage Disposal Facilities or as
otherwise approved by the Board.
2. All sewage effluent discharged from the Sewage Disposal Facility at “Surveillance Network
Program” Station Number 0032-F3 shall meet the following effluent quality standards:
Parameter Maximum Average Concentration Maximum Grab Sample
Faecal Coliform 1000 FC per 100 ml 2000 FC per 100 ml
BOD 5 20mg/L 30mg/L
Total Suspended Solids 20mg/L 40mg/L
Oil and Grease
no visible sheen
Toxicity Acute-Rainbow Trout: 100% survival of all organisms
Toxicity Acute-Daphnia magna: 100% survival of all organisms
The waste discharged shall have a pH between 6 and 9.
4

3. The Licensee shall advise an Inspector at least ten (10) days prior to initiating the decant of the
sewage lagoon.
4. The Licensee shall maintain the Sewage Disposal Facilities to the satisfaction of an Inspector.
5. A freeboard limit of 1.0 meter shall be maintained at all times at all constructed berms, dykes,
and dams within the Sewage Disposal Facilities or as recommended by a qualified geotechnical
engineer and approved by the Board.
6. All bagged toilet wastes (honey bags) shall be disposed of at the Bagged Toilet Waste Disposal
Facilities to the satisfaction of an Inspector.
7. The Licensee shall dispose of all solid wastes at the Solid Waste Disposal Facilities or as
otherwise approved by the Board.
8. The Licensee shall maintain all dams, berms, dykes, and control structures associated with waste
disposal and water supply facilities shall be maintained to the satisfaction of a geotechnical
engineer.
9. The Licensee shall submit a plan, acceptable to the Board, outlining areas currently used or to be
utilized for snow disposal.
10. The Licensee shall within fifteen (15) months of the issuance of this license, submit to the Board
for approval, a Stormwater Management Plan. The Plan shall identify, but not necessarily be
limited to the following: all discharge points, storm drain monitoring and treatment plan
including treatment and management options to reduce nutrients, faecal coliforms (FC), metals,
total suspended solids, litter and other contaminant levels in all stormwater discharges.
11. The Licensee shall within eighteen (18) months of the issuance of this license, submit to the
Board for approval, a Fiddlers Lake Treatment System Plan evaluating the Licensee’s present
management of flows within the system, assessment of predicted increase flow over the next ten
(10) years, and any other methods to ensure that the Fiddlers Lake Treatment System can achieve
the best possible treatment level. The Plan shall include treatment options to reduce nutrient
loadings to Great Slave Lake to the average level of 1.0 mg/L total phosphorus (maximum of 2.0
mg/L), 5 mg/L for total ammonia (maximum 10 mg/L) and 200 FC average concentration per
100 ml (maximum 400 FC per 100 ml) within a 5-year period (by 2008).
12. The Licensee shall within twenty-four (24) months of the issuance of this license, submit to the
Board for approval, a report assessing the hydrogeology and geochemistry of the subsurface
seepage and surface runoff of the drainage basin of the Solid Waste Disposal Facility.
PART E:
CONDITIONS APPLYING TO MODIFICATIONS
1. The Licensee may, without written consent from the Board, carry out modifications to the Water
Supply and Waste Disposal Facilities provided that such modifications are consistent with the
terms of this License and the following requirements are met:
a) the Licensee has notified the Board in writing of such proposed modifications at least
sixty (60) days prior to beginning the modifications;
5

) such modifications do not place the Licensee in contravention of either the License or the
Act;
c) the Board has not, during the sixty (60) days following notification of the proposed
modifications, informed the Licensee that review of the proposal will require more than
sixty (60) days; and
d) the Board has not rejected the proposed modifications.
2. Modifications for which all of the conditions referred to in Part E, Item 1, have not been met, can
be carried out only with written approval from the Board.
3. The Licensee shall provide to the Board as-built plans and drawings of the modifications referred
to in Part E, Item 1 within ninety (90) days of completion of the modifications.
PART F:
CONDITIONS APPLYING TO ABANDONMENT AND RESTORATION
1. The Licensee shall submit to the Board for approval an Abandonment and Restoration Plan at
least six (6) months prior to abandoning any Waste Disposal Facilities. The Plan shall include,
but not be limited to:
a) contaminated site remediation;
b) leachate prevention;
c) an implementation schedule;
d) maps delineating all disturbed areas, borrow material locations, and site facilities;
e) consideration of altered drainage patterns;
f) type and source of cover materials;
g) future area use; and
h) hazardous wastes.
2. The Licensee shall implement the Plan specified in Part F, Item 1 as and when approved by the
Board.
PART G:
CONDITIONS APPLYING TO CONSTRUCTION
1. Prior to construction of any dams, dykes or control structures intended to contain, withhold,
divert or retain water or wastes, the Licensee shall submit to the Board for approval, design
drawings stamped by a qualified geotechnical engineer.
2. Construction of designed structures shall be carried out as approved by the Board.
3. The Licensee shall provide to the Board as-built plans and drawings of the constructed facilities
referred to in Part G, Item 1 within ninety (90) days of completion of the facilities stamped by a
qualified geotechnical engineer registered in the Northwest Territories.
6

PART H:
CONDITIONS APPLYING TO OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE
1. The Licensee shall, within six (6) months of the issuance of this License, submit to the Board for
approval, a updated plan for the Operation and Maintenance of the Waste Disposal Facilities.
The Plan shall include but not be limited to the following:
a) frequency of inspection of dams, dykes and drainage courses;
b) removal of floating materials from the Sewage Disposal Facilities;
c) optimizing effluent discharge quality;
d) runoff and drainage control within and around the facilities, and restoration of erosion;
e) treatment of contaminated drainage;
f) prevention of windblown debris;
g) managing hazardous waste;
h) segregation of domestic, metal and recyclable waste materials;
i) method and frequency of site maintenance, including burning where permitted; and
j) a quality assurance/quality control plan for “Surveillance Network Program” sampling.
2. The Licensee shall implement the updated Plan specified in Part H, Item 1 as and when approved
by the Board.
3. The Licensee shall annually review the updated Operations and Maintenance Plan and shall
modify the Plan to identify changes in operations, technology, and results from research and
other studies. All proposed modifications to the Plan shall be submitted to the Board for
approval.
PART I:
CONDITIONS APPLYING TO SPILL CONTINGENCY PLANNING
1. The Licensee shall have a Spill Contingency Plan in accordance with the Board’s “Guidelines for
Contingency Planning, January 1987”.
2. The Licensee shall review the Spill Contingency Plan annually and modify Plan as necessary to
reflect changes in operation, technology and staffing. Any proposed modifications shall be
submitted to the Board for approval.
3. If, during the period of this License, an unauthorized discharge of waste occurs, or if such a
discharge is foreseeable, the Licensee shall:
a) employ the Spill Contingency Plan;
b) report the incident immediately via the 24 Hour Spill Reporting Line at (867) 920-8130;
and
e) submit to an Inspector a detailed report on each occurrence not later than thirty (30) days
7

after initially reporting the event.
MACKENZIE VALLEY LAND AND WATER BOARD
Witness
Chair
8

MACKENZIE VALLEY LAND AND WATER BOARD
Witness
Chair

ADDENDUM G
CWMS WATER DISTRIBUTION
SHEETS

Community Works Management System
Technical Specifications
APPENDIX 1: WATER SUPPLY AND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
General Remarks
The major objectives for Community Water Supply System maintenance are:
1. To provide the community with water that conforms to the Guidelines for Canadian Drinking
Water Quality and Department of Health Regulations on potable water quality.
2. To provide an adequate water supply for fire protection purposes as directed by Government
of the NWT, Municipal and Community Affairs and the Office of the Fire Marshal.
3. To keep the system functioning reliably and operating efficiently.
4. To protect the capital investment.
5. To minimize annual operations and maintenance costs.
6. To ensure that there will be no cross-connections or back flow conditions permitted in the
system.
The maintenance of the Community Water Supply System shall meet the most current issue of all
applicable Federal, Territorial, and Municipal codes and regulations, such as:
1. The community’s Water Licence (issued by the applicable Water Board).
2. Public Health Act, Consolidation of Public Water Supply Regulations, RRNWT 1990, c.p-23.
3. Safety Act, General Safety Regulations.
4. Safety Act, Consolidation of Work Site Hazardous Materials Information System Regulations,
RRNWT 1990, c.S-2.
5. Community Bylaws.
6. Guidelines for Canadian Drinking Water Quality, Health and Welfare Canada.
7. National Fire Code of Canada, Canadian Commission on Building and Fire Codes, National
Research Council of Canada, AWWA Standards for public water systems.
NOTE: The maintenance of specific components of a particular section of the system shall meet the
requirements and objectives hereafter specified. However, all procedures outlined in an Operation
and Maintenance Manual (O&M) for the facility should be followed in addition to the requirements of
this CWMS Manual.
Open Reservoirs (Raw Water)
1. Synthetic liners shall be maintained to prevent leakage from or infiltration into the reservoir and
shall be of a material approved for potable water.
2. Water shall be free of polluting material (e.g. garbage).
3. Reservoirs shall maintain adequate capacity.
4. Organic growth (algae, grass, weeds or trees) in reservoirs shall be controlled. Herbicides
must not be allowed to enter the reservoir unless they are approved for potable water. It is
recommended that vegetation be controlled by mechanical/ hand means only.
5. Reservoir shall be completely fenced to prevent unauthorized entry and possible deliberate or
accidental contamination of water supply.
6. Subdrain systems shall be maintained to prevent groundwater from seeping into reservoir,
reduce hydrostatic pressure in the berms and prevent ponding in areas adjacent to the berms.
7. Public motorized vehicles (boats/snowmobiles) shall not be allowed on the reservoir.
8. Reservoirs should be checked twice a year for animal burrows. Burrows must not be permitted

Community Works Management System
Technical Specifications
in an earthen dyke.
9. Landscaping shall be kept attractive.
10. Freeze protection systems for piping shall be maintained in good operating condition. If a heat
transfer fluid is used for freeze protection, it must be non-toxic and fail-safe isolated from
potable water.
11. Pump inlet screens and reservoir overflows shall be kept clean and free of blockages.
12. Periodic inspection by divers should be scheduled.
Treated Water Storage
1. Water storage tanks will be constructed of or lined with a material approved for potable water.
2. Water storage facilities shall not leak.
3. Water reservoirs, tanks and standpipes shall be kept free of organic growth, corrosion and
sludge.
4. Exterior surfaces shall be kept clean and attractive and free of rust, scale or peeling and
chipped paint.
5. Water-level controls shall be maintained and kept free of rust, dirt, scale, etc.
6. Structural integrity shall be maintained.
7. Landscaping shall be kept attractive and shall not cover or hide any of the tank unless the tank
is specifically designed to allow for landscape cover or partial cover.
8. Integrity of all insulation shall be maintained.
9. Positive drainage away from storage facility shall be maintained to prevent ponding in areas
adjacent to the tank.
10. Freeze protection systems for piping shall be maintained in good operating condition.
11. Pump inlet screens and tank overflows shall be kept clean and free of blockages.
12. Tank vent screens shall be kept clean and free from blockages and ice and/or frost formation.
Intake Structures
1. Intake structures, wet wells, and screens shall be kept free of sludge, growths and debris.
2. Water intakes shall be maintained in a physical condition compatible with the original
installations.
3. Intakes shall be protected from ice blockage, damage and freezing.
4. Periodic diving inspection of intakes should be scheduled.
Wells
1. Well water quality shall be checked for changes in water chemistry or new contaminants.
2. Freeze protection systems and procedures for wells and supply lines shall be maintained.
3. Well structures and surrounding area shall be maintained to ensure positive drainage away
from the well.
4. Each well shall be used regularly to prevent stagnant water and the growth of organic’s in the
water.
5. The electrical system for the well pumps shall be maintained.
6. Well water shall be analyzed for chemical water quality.
7. The well head shall be sealed at all times.

Community Works Management System
Technical Specifications
Water Treatment
1. Water treatment plant operators should be trained and certified to the required level.
2. Water quality shall meet or exceed the requirements of the Public Health Act, the Water
Licence, and the Guidelines for Canadian Drinking Water Quality.
3. Raw and treated water shall be tested regularly in accordance with the Public Health Act, the
Water License and the facility O&M Manual.
4. Water treatment equipment shall be capable of controlled and accurate addition of chemicals.
5. Any contamination from chemical solutions shall be removed from the equipment and work
area in a safe manner.
6. WHMIS regulations for chemical use, handling, storage and disposal shall be posted in a
conspicuous location and followed.
7. First aid kits shall be maintained and restocked in accordance with the Safety Act, General
Safety Regulations.
8. Test equipment shall be maintained in good condition.
9. The operators shall read and understand available water treatment equipment manufacturers
data on proper operation and maintenance located in the O&M Manual.
10. Water treatment and associated equipment shall be regularly inspected and maintained in
good, efficient operating condition in accordance with the O&M Manual and manufacturer’s
recommendations.
11. All equipment shall be kept clear of corrosion, organic growth, scaling or sludge buildups.
12. Treatment equipment should generally not be left full of water and inactive for any extended
period of time as this may result in bacterial growth in the equipment.
13. Disposal of sludge and backwash wastewater shall be in accordance with all environmental,
public health and local bylaw regulations.
14. Freeze protection and water tempering systems shall be maintained.
15. Sufficient spare parts shall be maintained to prevent extended interruptions in the supply of
treated water.
16. Duplicate chlorination devices shall be maintained at all times, in accordance with the Public
Water Supply Regulations, in order to ensure that water is treated with out interruption.
17. Water test results, instrument readings, equipment maintenance and chemical usage shall be
recorded in accordance with the Public Health Act, the Water License and the facility O&M
Manual.
Heating Systems
1. Water heating systems shall be maintained and operated to prevent freezing of the water
systems and for optimal water treatment.
2. Building heating systems shall be maintained to keep building above freezing when
unoccupied and at a comfortable temperature when personnel are working in the building.
3. Heating systems shall be maintained to operate safely and efficiently at minimum costs.
4. An adequate fuel supply shall be maintained.
5. Building ventilation systems shall be maintained for a safe working environment. Adequate
combustion air for fuel burning equipment and humidity control shall be maintained.
6. Filters shall be maintained to maximize the efficiency of heating and ventilation equipment.
7. Fuel supply systems shall be maintained leak free to prevent contamination of the water supply
and the environment. Secondary containment storage should be used exclusively.
8. Alarm systems shall be maintained to warn of equipment failures which could result in system
freeze ups or overheating.

Community Works Management System
Technical Specifications
9. Oil burning equipment shall be maintained in accordance with applicable CWMS Building
Services Standards.
Water Mains
1. Water mains shall be kept clean, disinfected and free of potential sources of contamination.
2. Water mains shall maintain acceptable water tightness.
3. Note: For various pipe materials and pressures there are established allowable leakages for newly installed
mains. It is assumed that this allowance has not been exceeded in the original installation. An acceptable degree
of water tightness shall therefore not exceed the original leakage allowance by more than 20 per cent. Refer to
the system O&M Manual and obtain manufacturer’s recommendations on allowable leakage rates for specific
piping materials.
4. Water mains shall be capable of delivering the fire flows which satisfy the recommendations of
NWT Fire Code while maintaining a minimum working pressure of 140 kPa (Public Health Act)
throughout the entire system. Pressure should be monitored regularly.
5. Water mains shall not degrade the quality of water by adding rust, organic matter or
undesirable odours, tastes and colour.
6. Water mains will be constructed and maintained separated from sewerage lines and in all
other respects be in accordance with the Public Water Supply regulations.
7. For recirculating flow type water main systems, a minimum flow shall be maintained to prevent
freeze-up during low water demand periods. Minimum flow is established as part of the
system design but may be field adjusted due to changes in pipe insulation, water temperature,
exterior temperature, ground temperature, and demand.
8. The use of water main systems using bleeders into the sewer main system (at access vaults)
for freeze protection of non-circulating type water main systems are discouraged, however,
where utilized ensure that system is not a source of potential contamination of the water
system through accidental or intentional acts. Air gaps and/or backflow preventer must be
incorporated into bleeders and must be maintained.
9. For non-recirculating type water main systems using bleeders into the sewer main system,
bleeder control valves shall be field set to maintain the minimum flow to prevent freeze-up
during low water demand periods and backflow preventer valves maintained to prevent
contamination of the water main.
10. All water control and monitoring systems shall be maintained for proper operation of the water
main system.
11. Water main temperatures shall be monitored.
12. Free residual Cl 2 will be maintained for disinfection purposes (Health regulations).
13. Daily sampling shall be done to ensure adequate level of Cl 2 .
Buried Valves
1. Valves shall be maintained to be fully operational.
2. Valve indicators shall be clean and easily visible.
3. Valve boxes shall be clean and set at proper grade and angle.
4. Valves shall be protected from freezing and physical damage.
Water Pumps

Community Works Management System
Technical Specifications
1. Water pumps, piping and fittings shall not leak.
2. Pumping equipment shall be fastened securely to solid bases to prevent vibration. Checks
must be done for vibration which can cause serious damage to the pump.
3. Pumps not located in a heated building shall be protected against freezing.
4. Pump failure alarms shall be maintained.
5. Electric motors shall be maintained and/or serviced so that they operate at or near their
original efficiency and motor amperage draw condition.
6. Pumps shall be maintained and/or serviced so that they operate at or near their original
efficiency. This shall include inspection and adjustment of stuffing boxes and glands,
scheduled lubrication, and proper adjustment of water seals.
Loading Arms
1. Piping, fittings and seals shall be maintained leak free.
2. Water spillage shall be minimized.
3. Adequate lighting shall be maintained.
4. Site drainage away from truck-fill area shall be maintained.
5. Operation of truck-fill system and alarms shall be maintained.
6. Pipe insulation and jacket shall be maintained securely attached to the piping.
7. Arm heat trace systems shall be checked for operation and maintained in working order.
Access Vaults
1. Access vaults shall be kept clean and in good repair, including access seals and insulation.
2. Access vaults shall be kept dry.
3. Infiltration shall be minimized. Water buildup shall be removed immediately to reduce the risk
of contaminating the water mains. Freezing of water within the access vault may cause
damage to the vault or piping within, or prevent operation of the water or sewer piping.
4. Access vault inspection plates must be kept closed. Any piping leaks must be repaired
immediately.
5. Bollards to protect the access vaults shall be maintained to prevent damage to the vaults.
Hydrants
1. Fire hydrants shall be kept in good operating condition in accordance with the National Fire
Code of Canada.
2. Freeze protective measures such as the filling of hydrant cavities with food grade glycol shall
be maintained.
3. Proper hydrant flow and pressure shall be maintained.
4. Hydrants shall be maintained to an acceptable finish and appearance standard.
5. Location of hydrants shall be clearly marked year round.
Standby Generators
1. Standby electrical generating systems shall be maintained and tested to provide a reliable
power supply if line power is lost.
2. An adequate fuel supply shall be maintained.

Community Works Management System
Technical Specifications
3. Fuel Supply systems shall be maintained leak free to prevent contamination of the water
supply and the environment. Secondary containment storage should be used exclusively.
4. Control and alarm systems shall be maintained for reliable operation and to prevent
damage to equipment.
Water-Trucked Delivery
1. Water trucks and water mounted tanks shall be maintained to be functional on demand.
2. Water tanks shall not alter water quality.
3. Water tanks shall be free from structural damage.
4. Water tank plumbing shall operate in the manner intended.
6. 7 deliveries per week (water barrels), 3 deliveries per week (0 - 1400 litre tanks), 3 - 2
deliveries per week (1400 litre tanks and larger)
7. A scheduled water delivery should be implemented and maintained.
Water-Fire Protection
1. Water trucks shall accompany Fire Trucks to all fires.
2. The driver will be under the direction of the fire chief.
Recreation
1. Water will be required by the Recreation Department to flood ice hockey and curling
surfaces.
2. Water will be required for the swimming pool.
3. Maintain accurate water tickets for quantity of treated water used.
Meter-Insp./Replace/Repair
1. Truck water meters should be tested for accuracy once a year, simply by filling a water
tank to desired level and checking meter reading to tank level.
2. Truck water meters should be maintained, replaced as per manufacture’s specification.

Community Works Management System
Technical Specifications
APPENDIX 1: WATER SUPPLY AND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
Activity
Code:
Activity Description
Activity
Code:
Activity Description
x101 Water Trucked Delivery o109 Hydrants
o102 Water Sampling o110 Water Tempering (includes boilers, etc.)
o103 Water Treatment o111 Meter Inspection/Replacement/
Repair
o104 Water Reservoir o112 Water Meter Reading
o105 Water Intake o113 Water Fire Protection
o106 Pumps O&M Pumping Equipment o114 Water Recreation
o107 Water Mains o115 Water – Other
o108 Water Access Vaults
1. Facility: truck service
2. Crew Size:
1 – Light Equipment
Operator
3. Equipment:
1 – Water Truck
4. Materials:
Water
5. Activities to complete
50 deliveries per day
6. Time to Complete each Activity
9 minutes per delivery
7. Quality Standard:
1 – 7 deliveries per week (water barrels)
2 - 3 deliveries per week (0 - 1400 litre tanks)
3 - 2 deliveries per week (1400 litre tanks and larger)
8. Work Method:
1. Using scheduled routes, water will be delivered in an efficient and cost effective manner.
2. Each delivery, including amount delivered will be recorded on the form provided.
3. The water truck will be returned to the parking garage full at the end of each shift.

Community Works Management System
Technical Specifications
APPENDIX 1: WATER SUPPLY AND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
Activity
Code:
Activity Description
Activity
Code:
Activity Description
o101 Water Trucked Delivery o109 Hydrants
x102 Water Sampling o110 Water Tempering (includes boilers, etc.)
o103 Water Treatment o111 Meter Inspection/Replacement/
Repair
o104 Water Reservoir o112 Water Meter Reading
o105 Water Intake o113 Water Fire Protection
o106 Pumps O&M Pumping Equipment o114 Water Recreation
o107 Water Mains o115 Water – Other
o108 Water Access Vaults
1. Facility: truck or piped
2. Crew Size:
1 – Water Treatment
Plant Operator or CW
Foreman
3. Equipment:
Water sample Kit
4. Materials:
Water
5. Activities to complete
As required
6. Time to Complete each Activity
7. Quality Standard:
The frequency of sampling and the number of samples required each time samples are taken
will vary depending on the population, water quality history, integrity of the system, complexity
of the system and laboratory services available. Contact the Regional Environmental Health
Officer to establish a sampling protocol for your community.
8. Work Method: Samples for bacteriological testing
1. Flame the faucet rim or pump spout with a match or lighter.
2. Let the water run for two minutes.
3. Remove the top from the STERILE sample bottle, fill until nearly full, and replace top tightly.
DO NOT RINSE THE BOTTLE FIRST. DO NOT LET ANYTHING TOUCH THE LIP
OF THE BOTTLE OR THE INSIDE OF THE BOTTLE CAP.
4. Fill out the sample form as instructed by the Regional Environmental Health Officer.
5. Send the sample to the laboratory as designated by the Regional Environmental Health
Officer.
6. Follow shipping instructions exactly.

Community Works Management System
Technical Specifications
APPENDIX 1: WATER SUPPLY AND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
Activity
Code:
Activity Description
Activity
Code:
Activity Description
o101 Water Trucked Delivery o109 Hydrants
o102 Water Sampling o110 Water Tempering (includes boilers, etc.)
x103 Water Treatment o111 Meter Inspection/Replacement/
Repair
o104 Water Reservoir o112 Water Meter Reading
o105 Water Intake o113 Water Fire Protection
o106 Pumps O&M Pumping Equipment o114 Water Recreation
o107 Water Mains o115 Water – Other
o108 Water Access Vaults
1. Facility: Water Treatment Plant
2. Crew Size:
1 – Water Treatment
Plant Operator or CW
Foreman
3. Equipment:
Safety equipment and
practices, disinfectant, record
forms and pen/pencils,
camera, hand tools, water
sample kit
4. Materials:
5. Activities to complete
Daily
Weekly
Monthly
Semi-Annual
Annual
7. Quality Standard:
See O & M Manual
6. Time to Complete each Activity
D 4.0 hrs
W 4.0 hrs
M 20.0 hrs
S/A 6.0 hrs
A 10.0 hrs
8. Work Method:
Prior to performing any maintenance ensure equipment is in a safe condition for this work.
This may include:
- Disconnecting power source and ensure it cannot be reconnected accidentally.
- Equipment is isolated from pressure sources then depressurized.
- Harmful chemicals are removed and flushed from equipment.
- Protective shields are in place.
- Fire extinguishers are available.
- Sources of ignition are removed from the area or turned off.
- Personnel safety equipment and clothing is at the site and used appropriately in accordance with
WHIMS and the GNWT Safety Act and General Safety Regulations.
- All safety procedures in the GNWT Safety Act and General Safety Regulations and O&M manual or
manufacturer’s instructions are followed.
Follow O&M manual and equipment manufacturer’s recommended procedures where manuals exist.

Community Works Management System
Technical Specifications
Work Method Continued:
General
D 1. Perform walk through of entire facility, check operation of all equipment, note any
problems, initiate corrective action as required.
D 2. Check all equipment for leaks and clean up any spilled fluid.
D 3. Check temperature of raw water into the building (when raw water pump is running).
Record results.
D 4. Check reading of meter for raw water entering the facility. Record results.
D 5. Check reading of meter for treated water leaving facility. Record results.
D 6. Check wet well level.
D 7. Check all pressure gauges and site gauges, and record all readings.
D 8. Check control panels for alarms and perform lamp test for all lamps.
D 9. Test treated water for total and free chlorine residual and record readings.
D 10. Check all water treatment chemical feed systems, including flexible chemical injection
tubing, connections and injectors, for leaks, blockages and proper operation. Clean
or repair as required.
D 11. Maintain water test equipment in clean operable condition in accordance with
manufacturer’s instructions.
D 12. Check and record levels in chemical solution tanks and prepare more solution as
required.
D 13. Check that building is secure and locked.
D 14. Check all floor and equipment drains.
D 15. Check chlorine system injection rate (pulse and stroke for liquid solution type; gas is
by unit volume); record readings and chemical solution strengths.
D 16. Check all chemical feed pumps for proper operation. Service when required. Record
pump settings and reasons for changing settings.
W 17. Check automatic control systems, ensure proper operation of all equipment.
W 18. Check all alarms for proper operation.
W 19. Check all safety guards are securely in place.
W 20. Check operation of pump control valves, air relief valves, pressure gauges, etc.
M 21. Clean chlorine chemical mixing tank.
M 22. Clean chemical pump heads by flushing with clean, warm water.
M 23. Check all gauges, sensors, control switches and recording devices for proper
operation.
M 24. Check all flow control systems (electronic, mechanical, hydraulic, pneumatic) for
proper operation.
M 25. Wash floor and clean equipment, piping and tanks, etc.
M 26. Service all control valves in accordance with manufacturer=s maintenance
procedures.
M 27. Check and replace all burned out lights.

Community Works Management System
Technical Specifications
Work Method Continued:
M 28. Check valves to ensure they are in the proper position - normally open, normally
closed, or modulating properly (use a check list and record positions).
M 29. Check, service and operate all valves (isolation, modulation, flow control) for proper
operation.
M 30. Check for proper storage of treatment chemicals.
M 31. Check that WHMIS sheets are available for all chemicals, are complete and are in a
visible location.
S/A 32. Clean deposits from orifices, valves and strainers. Inspect and repair injectors.
S/A 33. Check safety equipment, note expiry date, and replace as necessary.
A/R 34. Sample treated water and submit to approved laboratory for testing of the
substances listed in the water licence.
A/R 35. Verify stock of essential replacement parts.
A/R 36. Re-order chemicals. Record on log sheet.
A/R 37. Check and restock first aid kit and keep in visible location.
A/R 38. Notify the Water Board, in writing, of any changes to the water treatment system
which would affect the community’s water licence.
A/R 39. Perform general outside clean-up and maintenance. Cut grass or remove snow
Filtration System
A/R 1. Backwash filters in accordance with the O&M manual if not done automatically.
Record day, time, flow rate, inlet and outlet pressures, and duration of backwash.
A 2. Inspect water treatment filter media and check for cracking, unevenness, sludge
buildup or mud-ball formation.
A 3. Check interior surfaces of all water treatment filters. Repair or replace as necessary.
A 4. Check filter media depth - top-up as necessary.
A 5. Clean out wastewater sump.
A/R 6. Service pumps according to manufacturer=s recommended procedure and record on
log sheet.
A/R 7. Replace filter media when required or as recommended. Backwash twice before
putting into operation.

Community Works Management System
Technical Specifications
APPENDIX 1: WATER SUPPLY AND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
Activity
Code:
Activity Description
Activity
Code:
Activity Description
o101 Water Trucked Delivery o109 Hydrants
o102 Water Sampling o110 Water Tempering (includes boilers, etc.)
o103 Water Treatment o111 Meter Inspection/Replacement/
Repair
x104 Water Reservoir o112 Water Meter Reading
o105 Water Intake o113 Water Fire Protection
o106 Pumps O&M Pumping Equipment o114 Water Recreation
o107 Water Mains o115 Water – Other
o108 Water Access Vaults
1. Facility: Water Treatment Plant
2. Crew Size:
1 – Water Treatment
Plant Operator or CW
Foreman
3. Equipment:
Safety equipment and
practices, disinfectant, record
forms and pen/pencils,
camera, water truck and hose,
tape measure or stick, hand
tools, water sample kit
4. Materials:
5. Activities to complete
Daily
Weekly
Monthly
Semi-Annual
Annual
7. Quality Standard:
See O & M Manual
6. Time to Complete each Activity
D 0.5 hrs
W 0.5 hrs
M 5.5hrs
S/A 0.5 hrs
A 30.0 hrs
8. Work Method:
D 1. Check water level as indicated by monitoring equipment. Record reading.
D 2. Check water quality as directed by the O&M Manual
D 3. Check that fence is secure and locked.
M 4. Measure water level and compare results to level monitoring equipment. Record
levels and any incidents.
M 5. Check for and remove garbage in and around reservoir. Check that
warning/information signs are in place.

Community Works Management System
Technical Specifications
Work Method Continued:
M 6. Check for animal burrows, control as necessary. Check vegetation growth in and
around reservoir. Control as necessary. Visually check for algae, disturbed sediment
and any other condition that could be increasing turbidity and creating an excessive
chlorine demand. If the problem persists contact Environmental Health Officer.
M 7. Sample raw water and submit for bacteriological analysis.
S/A 8. Check raw water quality - spring and fall.
A 9. Check subdrain system for blockages and accumulation of water.
A 10. Check freeze protection system for proper operation. Check system failure alarms -
fall.
A 11. Check exposed liners for leaks or damage.
A 12. Check drain valves, drains, pump inlet screens, reservoir overflows and piping for
damage and proper operation. Clean as required.
A 13. For liners covered with gravel or earth, check for areas of uncovered liner.
A 14. Check aerator equipment, airlines and diffusers for damage.
A 15. Check berms for signs of erosion or failure. Repair immediately.
A/R 16. Clean reservoir by flushing and cleaning exposed areas of reservoir walls. On
open reservoirs this is not usually practical but may be required in special
circumstances.
A/R 17. Note or photograph any problems and initiate corrective action as required.
Follow O&M manual procedures.
Enclosed Reservoir & Storage Tanks
A 18. Check supports and ladders for condition and safety problems.
A 19. Ensure positive drainage is maintained away from structure.
A 20. Check tanks for deformation or damage and condition of exterior coating or cover.
A 21. Check condition of concrete in concrete reservoirs.
A 22. Check drain valves, drains, pump inlet screens, tank overflows, piping, breather caps
and vents for damage and proper operation. Clean as required.
A 23. Drain, clean and inspect tank liner or interior coating and surfaces. Remove rust and
other foreign matter.
A 24. Clean tanks as per manufacturers recommendations.
A 25. Check insulation. Initiate repair as required.
A/R 26. Re-apply/repair coating if necessary.
A/R 27. Note any problems and initiate corrective action as required.

Community Works Management System
Technical Specifications
APPENDIX 1: WATER SUPPLY AND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
Activity
Code:
Activity Description
Activity
Code:
Activity Description
o101 Water Trucked Delivery o109 Hydrants
o102 Water Sampling o110 Water Tempering (includes boilers, etc.)
o103 Water Treatment o111 Meter Inspection/Replacement/
Repair
o104 Water Reservoir o112 Water Meter Reading
x105 Water Intake o113 Water Fire Protection
o106 Pumps O&M Pumping Equipment o114 Water Recreation
o107 Water Mains o115 Water – Other
o108 Water Access Vaults
1. Facility: Water Treatment Plant
2. Crew Size:
1 – Water Treatment
Plant Operator or CW
Foreman
3. Equipment:
Safety equipment and
practices, hand tools,
4. Materials:
5. Activities to complete
Daily
Monthly
Annual
7. Quality Standard:
See O & M Manual
6. Time to Complete each Activity
D
M
A
.25 hrs
8.0hrs
16.0 hrs
8. Work Method:
D 1. Check flow rates.
M 2. Backwash intake. Where feasible.
M 3. Check freeze protection systems for proper operation and check system failure
alarms.
A 4. Check intake structure, protective equipment, wet well, screen and intake valves.
Clean as required.
A 5. Check condition of intake. (May require divers).
A 6. Check intake pump and piping removal mechanism.
A 7. Check operation of level sensors, alarms and low level shut off.
A/R 8. Note any problems and initiate corrective action as required.

Community Works Management System
Technical Specifications
APPENDIX 1: WATER SUPPLY AND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
Activity
Code:
Activity Description
Activity
Code:
Activity Description
o101 Water Trucked Delivery o109 Hydrants
o102 Water Sampling o110 Water Tempering (includes boilers, etc.)
o103 Water Treatment o111 Meter Inspection/Replacement/
Repair
o104 Water Reservoir o112 Water Meter Reading
o105 Water Intake o113 Water Fire Protection
x106 Pumps O&M Pumping
o114 Water Recreation
Equipment
o107 Water Mains o115 Water – Other
o108 Water Access Vaults
1. Facility: Water Treatment Plant
2. Crew Size:
1 – Water Treatment
Plant Operator or CW
Foreman
3. Equipment:
Safety equipment and
practices, lubricants, recording
form (flow, pressure,
temperature, maintenance),
hand tools.
4. Materials:
5. Activities to complete
Daily
Weekly
Monthly
Quarterly
Annual
7. Quality Standard:
See O & M Manual
6. Time to Complete each Activity
D
W
M
Q
A
1.0 hrs
1.0 hrs
1.0 hrs
2.0 hrs
1.0 hrs
(per pumping station)
8. Work Method:
D 1. Check operation of pump(s).
D 2. Check pumps and fittings for leaks.
D 3. Listen for abnormal noise while equipment is operating.
D 4. Check flow meters, record flow, and abnormal flows.
D 5. Check pump suction and discharge pressure gauges and record results.
D 6. Check operation of all controls.
D 7. Check pump packing glands & mechanical seals for abnormal leaks & adjust as
necessary.
W 8. Check lubrication reservoir if applicable, top up as required.

Community Works Management System
Technical Specifications
Work Method Continued:
W 9. Check freeze protection devices for proper operation.
M 10. Check pump anchor bolts and pump base.
M 11. Switch primary duty (lead) and standby (lag) pump.
Q 12. Manually run standby pump(s) if the standby pumps are not regularly run as duty
pump.
Q 13. Check all electrical components and controls for operation, motor amperage draw and
voltage, and record.
Q 14. Check pump alarms.
Q 15. Clean pipeline strainers as required.
A 16. Check ancillary equipment such as foot valves, check valves, and control valves.
A/R 17. Note any problems and initiate corrective action as required

Community Works Management System
Technical Specifications
APPENDIX 1: WATER SUPPLY AND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
Activity
Code:
Activity Description
Activity
Code:
Activity Description
o101 Water Trucked Delivery o109 Hydrants
o102 Water Sampling o110 Water Tempering (includes boilers, etc.)
o103 Water Treatment o111 Meter Inspection/Replacement/
Repair
o104 Water Reservoir o112 Water Meter Reading
o105 Water Intake o113 Water Fire Protection
o106 Pumps O&M Pumping Equipment o114 Water Recreation
x107 Water Mains o115 Water – Other
o108 Water Access Vaults
1. Facility: Water Distribution System
2. Crew Size:
1 – Water Treatment
Plant Operator or CW
Foreman
3. Equipment:
Safety equipment and
practices, water main flushing
equipment, water test
equipment, water sampling kit.
4. Materials:
5. Activities to complete
Annual
Annual
7. Quality Standard:
See O & M Manual
6. Time to Complete each Activity
A 15.0 hrs
(per 100 M pipe)
A 8.0 hrs
(per 100 M pipe flush)
8. Work Method:
A 1. Check, service and exercise all valves
A 2. Check for ground settlement over mains.
A 3. Check for signs of leakage along line.
A 4. Check all supports and insulation on above ground piping.
A 5. Check all freeze protection and recovery systems including heat trace and bleeder
systems.
A 6. Check all pipe corrosion protection systems and replace when necessary.
A 7. Check condition and operation of backflow preventer valves.
A 8. Flush water mains.
A/R 9. Bleeder flows should be adjusted according to water temperatures and minimum
flows required.
A/R 10. Note any problems and initiate corrective action as required.

Community Works Management System
Technical Specifications
APPENDIX 1: WATER SUPPLY AND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
Activity
Code:
Activity Description
Activity
Code:
Activity Description
o101 Water Trucked Delivery o109 Hydrants
o102 Water Sampling o110 Water Tempering (includes boilers, etc.)
o103 Water Treatment o111 Meter Inspection/Replacement/
Repair
o104 Water Reservoir o112 Water Meter Reading
o105 Water Intake o113 Water Fire Protection
o106 Pumps O&M Pumping Equipment o114 Water Recreation
o107 Water Mains o115 Water – Other
x108 Water Access Vaults
1. Facility: Water Distribution System
2. Crew Size:
1 – Water Treatment
Plant Operator or CW
Foreman
3. Equipment:
Safety equipment and
practices, hand tools.
4. Materials:
5. Activities to complete
Weekly
Monthly
Annual
7. Quality Standard:
See O & M Manual
6. Time to Complete each Activity
W
M
A
.25 hrs
.50 hrs
.50 hrs
(per vault)
8. Work Method:
Check for water in bottom of access vaults. Remove water and fix source of leak.
W 2 Check that locking devices are securely fastened.
M 3 Check that water and sewer piping and fittings are tight and secure.
M 4 Check covers over sewer cleanouts are properly installed with gaskets in
place.
A 5 Check interior and exterior surfaces of access vaults for signs of structural
damage.
A 6 Check coatings on interior and exterior. Repair damaged coatings.
A/R 7 Note any problems and initiate corrective action as required.

Community Works Management System
Technical Specifications
APPENDIX 1: WATER SUPPLY AND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
Activity
Code:
Activity Description
Activity
Code:
Activity Description
o101 Water Trucked Delivery x109 Hydrants
o102 Water Sampling o110 Water Tempering (includes boilers, etc.)
o103 Water Treatment o111 Meter Inspection/Replacement/
Repair
o104 Water Reservoir o112 Water Meter Reading
o105 Water Intake o113 Water Fire Protection
o106 Pumps O&M Pumping Equipment o114 Water Recreation
o107 Water Mains o115 Water – Other
o108 Water Access Vaults
1. Facility: Water Distribution System
2. Crew Size:
1 – Water Treatment
Plant Operator or CW
Foreman
3. Equipment:
Safety equipment and
practices, lubricants, paint,
food grade glycol, Flow testing
equipment and documentation
forms.
4. Materials:
5. Activities to complete
Semi-Annual
Annual
Six Year
7. Quality Standard:
GNWT FIRE CODE
6. Time to Complete each Activity
SA .25 hrs
A 6.0 hrs
6yr 2.0 hrs
(per hydrant)
8. Work Method:
Check for leaks (seals, joints) and signs of damage.
SA 2 Check operating nut for wear, rounded corners and function. Lubricate threads.
SA 3 Check connection caps, threads, and chains. All caps shall be in place. Caps
with rusted, damaged or worn threads that prevent easy removal shall be
repaired or replaced. Ensure chains are in place and do not prevent cap
removal.
SA 4 Check all valves for proper operation and exercise.
SA 5 Drain to the ground or pump out hydrant barrel. For self-draining hydrants make
sure they drain completely. Repair main valve or drain valve if water is present
prior to draining or pumping out.

Community Works Management System
Technical Specifications
Work Method Continued:
SA 6 Check glycol level and concentration (for non self-draining units). Ensure glycol is
food grade. Adjust or replace as necessary.
SA 7 Check that hydrant locations are clearly identified under all conditions.
A 8 Flush hydrant with main valve and any outlet valves fully opened until water runs
clear.
A 9 Contact the Office of the Fire Marshal to confirm required fire flow requirements for
the community, fire code updates that affect hydrant maintenance, and arrange for
flow testing of fire hydrants. Record test results.
A 10 Inspect breakaway component of hydrant if possible.
A/R 11 Check for access obstructions. Remove or minimize obstruction.
A/R 12 Note any problems and initiate corrective action as required.
A/R 13 Records of inspections and tests shall be retained for examination by the Office of
the Fire Marshal.
6 YR.14 Clean and paint hydrant.

Community Works Management System
Technical Specifications
APPENDIX 1: WATER SUPPLY AND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
Activity
Code:
Activity Description
Activity
Code:
Activity Description
o101 Water Trucked Delivery o109 Hydrants
o102 Water Sampling x110 Water Tempering (includes boilers, etc.)
o103 Water Treatment o111 Meter Inspection/Replacement/
Repair
o104 Water Reservoir o112 Water Meter Reading
o105 Water Intake o113 Water Fire Protection
o106 Pumps O&M Pumping Equipment o114 Water Recreation
o107 Water Mains o115 Water – Other
o108 Water Access Vaults
1. Facility:
2. Crew Size: 3. Equipment: 4. Materials:
5. Activities to complete 6. Time to Complete each Activity
7. Quality Standard:
8. Work Method:

Community Works Management System
Technical Specifications
APPENDIX 1: WATER SUPPLY AND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
Activity
Code:
Activity Description
Activity
Code:
Activity Description
o101 Water Trucked Delivery o109 Hydrants
o102 Water Sampling o110 Water Tempering (includes boilers, etc.)
o103 Water Treatment x111 Meter Inspection/Replacement/
Repair
o104 Water Reservoir o112 Water Meter Reading
o105 Water Intake o113 Water Fire Protection
o106 Pumps O&M Pumping Equipment o114 Water Recreation
o107 Water Mains o115 Water – Other
o108 Water Access Vaults
1. Facility: Water Truck, Water Distribution System
2. Crew Size:
1-Light Equipment
Operator, Water
Treatment Plant
Operator, CW Foreman
or Mechanic
3. Equipment:
Hand tools
4. Materials:
5. Activities to complete 6. Time to Complete each Activity
7. Quality Standard:
This activity is used for any repair/replace of Truck Water Meter of House Water Meter
8. Work Method:
As per manufacture’s specifications

Community Works Management System
Technical Specifications
APPENDIX 1: WATER SUPPLY AND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
Activity
Code:
Activity Description
Activity
Code:
Activity Description
o101 Water Trucked Delivery o109 Hydrants
o102 Water Sampling o110 Water Tempering (includes boilers, etc.)
o103 Water Treatment o111 Meter Inspection/Replacement/
Repair
o104 Water Reservoir x112 Water Meter Reading
o105 Water Intake o113 Water Fire Protection
o106 Pumps O&M Pumping Equipment o114 Water Recreation
o107 Water Mains o115 Water – Other
o108 Water Access Vaults
1. Facility: Water Distribution System
2. Crew Size:
1- Water Treatment Plant
Operator, CW Foreman
or W&S Clerk
3. Equipment:
Light vehicle, Recording form
4. Materials:
5. Activities to complete
Monthly
6. Time to Complete each Activity
M .25
(meter)
7. Quality Standard:
This activity is used for monthly recordings of water meters in residential, commercial &
government buildings.
8. Work Method:
M 1 Record the reading from the Water Meter

Community Works Management System
Technical Specifications
APPENDIX 1: WATER SUPPLY AND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
Activity
Code:
Activity Description
Activity
Code:
Activity Description
o101 Water Trucked Delivery o109 Hydrants
o102 Water Sampling o110 Water Tempering (includes boilers, etc.)
o103 Water Treatment o111 Meter Inspection/Replacement/
Repair
o104 Water Reservoir o112 Water Meter Reading
o105 Water Intake x113 Water Fire Protection
o106 Pumps O&M Pumping Equipment o114 Water Recreation
o107 Water Mains o115 Water – Other
o108 Water Access Vaults
1. Facility: Truck Service
2. Crew Size:
1- Light Equipment
Operator
3. Equipment:
1 – water Truck
4. Materials:
Water
5. Activities to complete
As required
6. Time to Complete each Activity
7. Quality Standard:
8. Work Method:
1. The designated water truck(s) shall accompany Fire Pumpers to all fires for the provision
of extra water as required.
2. The water truck driver will be under the direction of the Fire Chief during this activity.
3. Water trucks will be filled up before returning to the parking garage.
** Extra care during this activity will be required.

Community Works Management System
Technical Specifications
APPENDIX 1: WATER SUPPLY AND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
Activity
Code:
Activity Description
Activity
Code:
Activity Description
o101 Water Trucked Delivery o109 Hydrants
o102 Water Sampling o110 Water Tempering (includes boilers, etc.)
o103 Water Treatment o111 Meter Inspection/Replacement/
Repair
o104 Water Reservoir o112 Water Meter Reading
o105 Water Intake o113 Water Fire Protection
o106 Pumps O&M Pumping Equipment x114 Water Recreation
o107 Water Mains o115 Water – Other
o108 Water Access Vaults
1. Facility: Truck Service
2. Crew Size:
1- Light Equipment
Operator
3. Equipment:
1 – water Truck
4. Materials:
Water
5. Activities to complete
As required
6. Time to Complete each Activity
7. Quality Standard:
8. Work Method:
1. Water will be required by the Recreation Department to flood ice hockey and curling
surfaces.
2. Water will be required for the swimming pool.
3. Water will be applied under the direction of the Recreation
Coordinator

Community Works Management System
Technical Specifications
APPENDIX 1: WATER SUPPLY AND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
Activity
Code:
Activity Description
Activity
Code:
Activity Description
o101 Water Trucked Delivery o109 Hydrants
o102 Water Sampling o110 Water Tempering (includes boilers, etc.)
o103 Water Treatment o111 Meter Inspection/Replacement/
Repair
o104 Water Reservoir o112 Water Meter Reading
o105 Water Intake o113 Water Fire Protection
o106 Pumps O&M Pumping Equipment o114 Water Recreation
o107 Water Mains x115 Water – Other
o108 Water Access Vaults
1. Facility: Truck Service or Water Distribution system
2. Crew Size: 3. Equipment: 4. Materials:
5. Activities to complete
As required
6. Time to Complete each Activity
7. Quality Standard:
8. Work Method:
Any work related to the water supply and distribution system that is not covered by other
defined activities.

ADDENDUM H
CWMS SEWAGE LAGOONS
SHEETS

Community Works Management System
Technical Specifications
APPENDIX 2: LIQUID WASTE COLLECTION & DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
General Remarks
The major objectives for Community Sewage System maintenance are:
1. To keep the system functioning and operating efficiently.
2. To protect the capital investment.
3. To minimize annual operations and maintenance costs.
4. To ensure that adequate treatment of the sewage is achieved prior to effluent being
discharged to the environment, such that it meets effluent quality standards of the
Territorial Water Board and other jurisdictions.
5. To meet the sampling, operational, maintenance and ultimate sewage discharge
requirements of the Water Board.
6. To maintain a healthy and safe working environment for workers and the public.
7. The operation and maintenance of the facilities and equipment shall meet all applicable
codes and regulatory agencies, including:
a) Northwest Territories Water Act (Dept. Of INAC). Compliance under the NWT Water Act is
judged by review of a report submitted annually by a community in addition to an annual
inspection by an Indian and Northern Affairs employee. Communities whose water use
exceeds 50m 3 /d or communities which discharge waste for greater than 50 people are
required to apply for a Water Licence under the NWT Water Act; which may stipulate
additional effluent quality conditions and applicable regulations, Northwest Territories
Water Regulation.
b) Public Health Act (NWT Dept. of Health). Compliance under the NWT Health Act may be
judged by an inspection of the Environmental Health Officer, in conjunction with
information provided as part of the water licence.
c) Northwest Territories Environmental Protection Act.
d) National Board of Fire Underwriters.
e) National Fire Code and Territorial fire standards.
f) Fisheries and Oceans Canada. Compliance with the fisheries Act may be judged by an
inspection of a Fisheries Officer, in conjunction with information provided as part of the
water licence.
g) Community Bylaws.
h) Operation and maintenance of facilities should follow applicable guidelines:
i) Guidelines for the Planning, Design, Operation and Maintenance of Wastewater Lagoon
systems in the Northwest Territories, Volume II - O&M, 1988 MACA).
j) Guidelines for the Discharge of Treated Municipal Wastewater in the Northwest
Territories, 1992 (NWT Water board)
K) Guidelines for Contingency Planning, 1987 (NWT Water Board)
NOTE: The maintenance of specific components of a particular section of the system shall
meet the requirements and objectives described in this document. However, any procedures
outlined in an O&M Manual for the component should be adhered to as well. Generally the
O&M Manual should be followed unless inadequate in comparison to this specific CWMS
Manual.

Community Works Management System
Technical Specifications
It is recommended that all operators be afforded the opportunity to obtain the training
and certification offered through the Northern Territories Water and Waste Association
(NTWWA).
Sewer Service Pipe
1. Service connections shall not protrude into the sewer main.
2. Adequate grade from the building to the main shall be maintained, with a minimum of
irregularities in the grade along the length of the service.
3. Freeze protection shall be maintained in a good operating condition.
4. Sewer service pipe exposed to the surface shall be maintained with adequate exterior
cladding, insulation and marking to prevent damage from vandalism, freezing or vehicles.
Sewage Pumpout Truck Discharge Connections
(Applies where trucked sewage is discharged into a piped system.)
1. The sewage pumpout truck discharge connection to a piped community system shall be
operated to minimize sewage spills, and shall be kept clean.
2. Any sewage spills shall must be cleaned up immediately removing all ponded water.
3. Any freeze protection utilized on the truck discharge connection shall be maintained and
repaired as required.
4. Warning signs and safety equipment shall be maintained in good condition.
Sanitary Sewer Mains
1. Approval is required for alternations or additions to system.
2. There shall be no physical connection between potable water supply systems and sewer
which would permit passage of sewage.
3. Water and sewer pipe contained in a utilidor shall have provision for drainage in order to
prevent contamination of water supply during repairs and breakdowns.
4. Sewer pipe shall be round, without any collapsed sections, and have sufficient size and
grade to provide capacity for the expected flows.
5. Where collapsing pipe is know or suspected it shall be monitored and documented to
determine the rate of deterioration.
6. Irregularities in the pipe grade are undesirable and shall be monitored when they exist and
repaired when they create a potential risk to the integrity of the sewer system.
7. Minimal groundwater shall be allowed to infiltrate into sewer pipes. Routine observation
should be done and where possible volumes should be metered and noted. Remedial
action shall be undertaken if infiltration is excessive.
8. Sanitary sewer cleanouts in access vaults shall remain sealed at all times.
9. Sewer pipes shall be free of all foreign solids and flow restrictions.
10. Deposits of silt, sludge, grease and other similar deposits shall not be allowed to
accumulate in the sewer.
11. Freeze protection and recovery provisions shall be kept in good physical and working
condition.

Community Works Management System
Technical Specifications
12. Above ground sewer mains shall be maintained with adequate cladding, insulation and
marking to prevent damage from vandalism, freezing or vehicles.
13. Any valves within the system shall be serviced and operated regularly.
Access Vaults and Manholes For Sanitary Sewers
Access vaults refer to shared sewer/water access points, and manholes refer to conventional
concrete, sewer only, access points. (Bold lettering denotes regulatory requirement.)
1. All inspections and work shall be conducted in accordance with NWT Safety regulations
and specifically the confined work space requirements.
2. The access vault and manhole structures shall not create a hazard for access or functional
operation.
3. Access vault and manhole insulation shall be maintained in good condition.
4. Access vault lid seals shall minimize the ingress of moisture or air.
5. Access vault and manhole rungs shall be in sound and safe condition.
6. Access vault and manhole walls, floors and piping within shall be clean and free of dirt,
silt, slime and sludge.
7. The tops of any access vaults or manholes which lie within the driving surface of any
roadway shall not protrude above the road surface more than necessary.
8. Access vault and manhole frames and covers shall not be broken or cracked.
9. Access vault and manhole lids shall be locked at all times where public safety is a concern
and where the lids are easily opened.
10. Infiltration into any access vault or manhole shall be minimized at all times, and any
infiltration shall be removed immediately upon identification.
11. Where infiltration into an access vault or manhole is unavoidable, then the total infiltration
shall be limited to less than 5 litres per hour.
12. For closed pipe sewer systems, the sanitary sewer cleanouts shall remain properly sealed
at all times.
Outlet Structures
1. Final disposal of effluent shall not be a health hazard.
2. Final disposal of effluent shall not create aesthetically unacceptable conditions for any
water body.
3. Sewer outlet structures shall be free flowing and protected from damage caused by
erosion, ice or vandalism.
4. Bar screens on any outlet structures shall be free of all trash and debris.
5. Locking devices on outlet structure shall be secured in place.
6. Flow through outlet structures shall not be hindered by obstructions inside or outside the
pipe.
7. Exposed sections of an outlet structure and the surrounding area shall have minimal buildup
of debris which may be considered a health hazard.
8. Outlet structures shall have sufficient erosion protection to protect the surrounding area
from erosion caused by the discharge.
9. Access to the area around outlet structures shall be restricted or signage shall be erected
to identify area as a potential public health hazard.

Community Works Management System
Technical Specifications
Sewage/Lift Stations
1. All inspections and work shall be conducted in accordance with NWT Safety
regulations and specifically the confined work space requirements.
2. All equipment shall be maintained in accordance with the equipment manufacturer’s
instructions.
3. Bearing systems within lift stations shall be operated without excessive heat or noise.
This is best documented by observations of changes with time.
4. Lift station motors or engines shall be operated efficiently and to their design capability.
Operating efficiency is documented through power or fuel consumption, and operating
capability is checked through periodic operation (including standby motors and engines)
and pressure and flow observations.
5. Pumps shall be operated without excessive noise. This is best documented by
observations of changes with time.
6. Packing glands or seals shall be maintained in accordance with the manufacturer’s
recommendations.
7. Pump impellers shall rotate freely with the pump shaft.
8. Anchor bolts for equipment must be tight.
9. All level controls shall be clean and free of all debris.
10. Pumps and motors shall be properly aligned.
11. All valves that are not consistently in use shall be tested on a regular basis.
12. All visible pumps and equipment shall be kept clean and painted.
13. All ventilation and safety equipment shall be kept in good working order.
14. The floors shall be clean and free of any parts or material in storage.
15. The wet well shall remain free of accumulations of silt, sludge or other settled solids.
Excessive accumulations (in excess of 10% of liquid storage capacity) must be removed.
16. The flap mechanism in check valves shall have free movement.
17. Electrical panels shall be accurately labelled and free of corrosion or other damage.
18. Site grading and drainage around the lift station must direct all runoff away from the lift
station.
Force Mains
1. Sewer pipe (force main) shall be round, with no collapsed sections, and properly graded
for emergency drainage.
2. Ovalling pipe shall be monitored and further deterioration documented.
3. Irregularities in the pipe grade are undesirable and shall be monitored where
they exist and repaired when creating a potential risk to the integrity of the sewer system.
4. All air release/vacuum breaker units shall operate properly.
5. Force main pipe access points shall be sealed at all times.
6. Force main outfall shall be free flowing and protected from damage by erosion, ice or
vandalism.
7. Force mains shall be free of all foreign solids and flow restrictions.
8. Silt, sludge, grease and other similar deposits in force main shall not be allowed to
accumulate.

Community Works Management System
Technical Specifications
9. Freeze protection and recovery provisions shall be kept in good physical and working
condition.
10. Above ground force mains shall be protected to minimize vandalism and marked to protect
against damage from vehicles.
Mechanical Waste Water Treatment Facilities
1. All inspections and work shall be conducted in accordance with NWT Safety regulations
and specifically the confined work space requirements.
2. The building and grounds of a sewage treatment system shall be kept neat, tidy and
attractive.
3. No offensive odours shall be allowed to emanate from the buildings or grounds.
4. No sewage shall be allowed to bypass the Sewage treatment plant.
5. All electrical equipment in any enclosed place where gas may accumulate shall comply
with Canadian Standards Association (CSA) specifications.
6. As-built construction plans shall be maintained to include additions, extensions, and
renovations.
7. Safety provisions shall include, where appropriate:
- fence around plant
- handrails and guardrails
- first aid equipment
- No Smoking signs
- protective clothing, gas masks, goggles, and gloves
- portable blower for ventilation
8. Use of chlorination shall include:
- availability of canister-type respirator with full face gas mask
- safety chains for retain cylinders
- chlorinator building with ample forced air ventilation
- a tight partition between chlorination area and remainder of building.
- signage stating DANGER CHLORINE FEED EQUIPMENT
- chlorinator capacity to produce a residual of 1 mg/L.
9. Warning signs at waste water treatment facilities shall be visible and legible.
10. Valves shall be kept clean and operated regularly.
11. The sludge accumulation shall be maintained within the design specifications of the
equipment. Remove solids buildup (sludge) in the manner specified by the manufacturer
or outlined in the O&M manual. Discharge of sludge in accordance with the Water
Licence requirements.
12. Treatment facilities shall be kept clean, neat and tidy.
13. Building and operator safety equipment and materials shall be maintained in good
condition and with adequate supply of consumables. Any gas detection equipment must
be maintained, and proper operation verified if possible.
14. The odors emitted by treatment facilities shall be minimized wherever possible.
15. Humidity within the treatment facility shall be minimized employing air exchanges.
16. Liquid level sensors and alarms shall operate effectively and be tested regularly.
17. Metal surface coatings which prevent or retard corrosion shall completely cover the
surface and be free from punctures or damage.
18. The wash station for facility shall be maintained in a clean and tidy condition.

Community Works Management System
Technical Specifications
Mascerators/Comminutors
1. All inspections and work shall be conducted in accordance with NWT Safety
regulations and specifically the confined work space requirements.
2. Equipment shall be maintained as stated by the equipment manufacturer. Motors, pumps
and cutting blades must be regularly services.
3. Equipment shall be protected from flooding.
4. All large debris/materials that will not pass through the macerator/comminutor shall be
removed, using safe, approved procedures.
5. All safety equipment and warning signs shall be maintained in good condition.
6. Alarm systems shall be in good working condition and verified regularly.
Sewage Lagoons
Sewage lagoons refers to either manmade lagoon or natural lagoons (lakes or large ponds).
1. All components of the lagoon shall be in good physical condition.
2. Sewage exfiltration through the berms shall not be greater than designed expectation or
allowable according to the Water Licence.
3. Slopes shall be graded, trimmed and free of damage from animals or the natural
elements.
4. Any erosion from a berm surface shall be replaced with original design specifications.
5. Vegetation on the interior berm slope shall be replaced with original design specifications.
6. Riprap on the berm shall be placed, or replaced, if continuing erosion is occurring
anywhere on the berm structure.
7. Grass on exterior berm slopes shall not be taller than 30 cm.
8. Burrowing animals must be controlled and burrows repaired.
9. Perimeter fencing shall have a gate, which opens freely without lifting, and a lock.
10. Warning signs about the lagoon shall be visible and legible.
11. The inlet structure to the lagoon shall be maintained in good operati ng and physical
condition.
12. Any sewage discharge control valve or system shall be maintained in good operating and
physical condition, and tested regularly.
13. Sewage discharge pump/pumping equipment shall be maintained in good operating
condition, stored in a safe, warm area, and serviced and tested annually.
14. The sludge accumulation in the lagoon shall be removed periodically. Remove sludge
buildup in the lagoon prior to the sludge surfacing and before it impairs truck discharging
or lagoon operation. Discharge of sludge shall be in accordance with the Water
Licence requirements.
15. For lagoons that are decanted only periodically each year, the licensee of the Water
Board licence must notify the Water Board at least 10 days prior to decanting the
sewage lagoon.
16. Perimeter drainage to the lagoon shall be maintained to minimize the amount of runoff
entering the lagoon.
17. The lagoon shall have an overflow structure which has erosion protection.
18. The lagoon shall be operated with a minimum of 1 metre freeboard.

Community Works Management System
Technical Specifications
Sewage Effluent Quality
Sewage effluent is ultimately disposed of in lakes, rivers, oceans or overland where it is no
longer controllable. Within the community’s Water Licence the effluent quality shall meet
specific standards by the time it reaches Surveillance Network Program stations (effluent
sampling points) established within the Water Licence.
1. The operator shall remain current on the conditions that apply to sewage discharge
including effluent quality parameters, sampling locations and schedule, frequency and
information required for Water Board reports.
2. The effluent parameters tested are Fecal Coliforms, BOD 5 , Suspended Solids, Oil and
Grease, pH, and, where warranted, fecal coliforms. The Maximum Average concentration
specified by the Water Board changes depending on the receiving body and other site
specific and operational conditions.
3. Effluent samples shall be collected and tested in accordance with the Water Licence. Test
results shall be submitted to the Inspector (Indian Affairs and Northern Development) as
per the Water Licence requirements.
4. Sample testing records and submissions to the Inspector shall be maintained and stored
in a reliable location for future reference.
5. The maintainer shall submit reports to the Water Board in accordance with the Water
Licence.
Sewage Collection - Trucked
1. Sewage trucks and truck mounted sewage tanks shall be maintained to be functional on
demand.
2. Sewage tanks shall be free from structural damage.
3. Sewage tank plumbing shall operate in the manner intended.
4. 3 collections per week (0 – 1800 litre holding tank)
5. 2 collections per week (1800 litre holding tank & larger)
6. Commercial & Institutions (Hotels, Schools, Heath Centres, etc) may require daily pump
outs.
7. A scheduled sewage collection service should be implemented and maintained.
Honey Bag Collection
1. The collection of bagged sewage shall be at least 3 times per week.
2. Vehicle used should be a garbage truck.
3. Handling of the bagged sewage shall be done in a safe manner.
4. Bagged sewage shall be dumped in designated area.
5. Bags should be broken open after dumping.
6. The collection vehicle shall be steamed cleaned on a regular basis.
7. Only appropriate sewage bags shall be distributed.
Honey Bag Cell Inspection and Cover

Community Works Management System
Technical Specifications
1. Inspect berms for damage caused by erosion.
2. Inspect Cell to ensure that bags are being broken.
3. Cover cell with waste soil materials, materials should be shaped to provide a raised cover
to shed water.
Spill Contingency
1. A spill contingency plan in accordance with Territorial Water Board.
2. Guidelines shall be established.
3. The maintainer shall review and be familiar with the Spill Contingency Plan.
4. The plan shall be utilized on a practice basis.
5. Any incident shall be reported immediately to the 24 Hour Spill Reporting Line or as
designated in the Water Licence.
6. A detailed report of each occurrence shall be submitted within 30 days of the incident
initial reporting.
7. Prior to any planned or foreseeable spill, the Inspector shall be notified and Items 2 and 4
shall be carried out.

Community Works Management System
Technical Specifications
APPENDIX 2: LIQUID WASTE COLLECTION & DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
Activity
Code:
Activity Description
Activity
Code:
Activity Description
x120 Sewage Collection Trucked o126 Sewage Pump/Lift Station
o121 Honey Bag Collection o127 Sewage Treatment
o122 Sewage Lagoons O&M o128 Sewage Sampling
o123 Honey Bag Cell O&M o129 Signage
o124 Sewage Mains o199 Sewage Other
o125 Manholes/Access Vaults
1. Facility: truck service
2. Crew Size:
1 – Light Equipment
Operator
3. Equipment:
1 – Sewage Truck
4. Materials:
Liquid Waste
5. Activities to complete
50 Pump-outs per day
6. Time to Complete each Activity
9 minutes per Pump out
7. Quality Standard:
1 – 3 collections per week (0 – 1800 litre holding tank)
2 – 2 collections per week (1800 litre holding tank & larger)
Commercial & Institutions (Hotels, Schools, Heath Centres, etc) may require daily pump outs
8. Work Method:
1. Each collection including amount collected will be recorded on the form provided.
2. The Sewage Truck will be returned to the parking garage empty at the end of each shift.

Community Works Management System
Technical Specifications
APPENDIX 2: LIQUID WASTE COLLECTION & DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
Activity
Code:
Activity Description
Activity
Code:
Activity Description
o120 Sewage Collection Trucked o126 Sewage Pump/Lift Station
x121 Honey Bag Collection o127 Sewage Treatment
o122 Sewage Lagoons O&M o128 Sewage Sampling
o123 Honey Bag Cell O&M o129 Signage
o124 Sewage Mains o199 Sewage Other
o125 Manholes/Access Vaults
1. Facility: truck service
2. Crew Size:
1 – Light Equipment
Operator
3. Equipment:
1 – Garbage Truck
4. Materials:
Bag Sewage
5. Activities to complete
6. Time to Complete each Activity
7. Quality Standard:
3 Collections per week, and/or 5 times per week with no two consecutive no-service days.
(Bagged sewage should not be mixed with domestic garbage.)
8. Work Method:
1. Each collection including amount collected will be recorded on the form provided.
2. Bags should be broken open after dumping.
3. Bagged sewage shall be dumped in designated areas only.
4. Vehicle should be steam cleaned on a regular basis.
5. The collection vehicle will be returned to the parking garage empty at the end of each shift.

Community Works Management System
Technical Specifications
APPENDIX 2: LIQUID WASTE COLLECTION & DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
Activity
Code:
Activity Description
Activity
Code:
Activity Description
o120 Sewage Collection Trucked o126 Sewage Pump/Lift Station
o121 Honey Bag Collection o127 Sewage Treatment
x122 Sewage Lagoons O&M o128 Sewage Sampling
o123 Honey Bag Cell O&M o129 Signage
o124 Sewage Mains o199 Sewage Other
o125 Manholes/Access Vaults
1. Facility: Sewage Lagoon
2. Crew Size:
1 – CW Foreman
3. Equipment:
1 – Personnel Carrier
4. Materials:
5. Activities to complete
Monthly
Annual
7. Quality Standard/Work Method:
M 1.
M 2.
M 3.
M 4.
M 5.
M 6.
M 7.
M 8.
M 9.
6. Time to Complete each Activity
M 2.0 hrs
A 5.0 hrs
Check berms for damage caused by animals or the natural elements and for erosion.
(Seasonal)
Inspect inlet structure for potential flow blockages, and inspect immediate
surrounding area for erosion from discharge flow, and complete repairs as required.
Check and record lagoon levels (min. 1 M freeboard).
Inspect outlet structures for blockages, seepage around outlet pipe or other
movement of erosion.
Observe general quality of sewage effluent (color and odour) and record variations
with time.
Check that warning signs are legible and visible.
Inspect fencing or other access control and repair as required.
Inspect overflow structure for blockage and erosion and complete repairs as required.
Inspect gates, locks and signs.

Community Works Management System
Technical Specifications
Cont. Quality Standard/Work Method:
A 10. Inspect perimeter drainage for blockage and erosion, and complete repairs as
required.
A 11. Inspect lagoon access road for snow clearing and surface wear and undertake
maintenance as required.
A 12. If discharge system employs any valve systems, test and check valve operation.
A 13. Check Berm liner for tears, damage and adequate protective cover.
A 14. Test sewage effluent quality prior to discharging it into the surrounding environment
to make sure it meets water board and other applicable guidelines.
A 15. Check sludge level and remove excess sludge if unacceptable buildup that may
impair operation of the lagoon or create a nuisance.
A 16. Submit report to water board in accordance with water licence.

Community Works Management System
Technical Specifications
APPENDIX 2: LIQUID WASTE COLLECTION & DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
Activity
Code:
Activity Description
Activity
Code:
Activity Description
o120 Sewage Collection Trucked o126 Sewage Pump/Lift Station
o121 Honey Bag Collection o127 Sewage Treatment
o122 Sewage Lagoons O&M o128 Sewage Sampling
x123 Honey Bag Cell O&M o129 Signage
o124 Sewage Mains o199 Sewage Other
o125 Manholes/Access Vaults
1. Facility: Honey Bag Cell
2. Crew Size:
M1 – CW Foreman
A1 - HEO
3. Equipment:
1 – Personnel Carrier
1 – Loader/Dozer
4. Materials:
Soil/gravel
5. Activities to complete
Daily
Weekly
Monthly
Semi-Annual
Annual
7. Quality Standard:
6. Time to Complete each Activity
D 0.0 hrs
W 0.0 hrs
M 1.0 hrs
S/A 0.0 hrs
A 2.0 hrs
8. Work Method:
M 1. Inspect berms for damage caused by erosion.
M 2. Inspect bags to ensure they are being broken open.
M 3. Inspect sludge level.
A 4. Cover cell with waste soil material. Material should be shaped to provide a raised cover
to shed water.

Community Works Management System
Technical Specifications
APPENDIX 2: LIQUID WASTE COLLECTION & DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
Activity
Code:
Activity Description
Activity
Code:
Activity Description
o120 Sewage Collection Trucked o126 Sewage Pump/Lift Station
o121 Honey Bag Collection o127 Sewage Treatment
o122 Sewage Lagoons O&M o128 Sewage Sampling
o123 Honey Bag Cell O&M o129 Signage
x124 Sewage Mains o199 Sewage Other
o125 Manholes/Access Vaults
1. Facility: Sewage System
2. Crew Size:
2 - System Operator &
Helper (temp, valve, flush &
camera)
1- CW Foreman
(Bleeder)
5. Activities to complete
Annual (per valve)
Annual (100 M main flushed)
Annual (per 100 M of video inspection)
As required (per temp reading)
As required (per bleeder)
3. Equipment:
Sewar Blaster, safety gear,
pipe line camera and record
forms.
4. Materials:
6. Time to Complete each Activity
A 2.0 hrs
A 6.0 hrs
A 2.5 hrs
A/R 1.0 hr
A/R 1.0 hr
7. Quality Standard:
8. Work Method:
A 1.
A 2.
A 3.
A 4.
Where sewer main is exposed to the surface, check that the exterior cladding
insulation and marking is not damaged or deteriorating.
Following inspection, clean and flush sanitary sewer mains as necessary.
Service and exercise all valves (full open to full closed) in the sewer line. Verify
correct position of each valve (open or closed). Maintain concise records (forms) for
each valve and drawings for each location.
Check operation of check valves in force mains.

Community Works Management System
Technical Specifications
Continued Work Method:
A/R 5. Inspect mains using a pipeline video camera system. Check for blockages, sediment
buildup, service pipe protrusions, infiltration, exfiltration, irregularities in grade, and
collapsed/ovalled pipe.
A/R 6. Monitor sewage temperature in mains to determine when to activate freeze protection
systems. Record temperatures on a daily basis at the start of winter and in spring,
depending on the system and location.
A/R 7. Where historical operation dictates the need to operate bleeders to prevent sanitary
sewer mains from freezing, the bleeding should be operating as follows:
1. Starting bleeding as required by local conditions.
2. Adjust bleeders to optimize flow
3. Discontinue bleeding as determined by local conditions.
A/R 8. Check if freezing is a problem (at designated areas) during winter months.

Community Works Management System
Technical Specifications
APPENDIX 2: LIQUID WASTE COLLECTION & DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
Activity
Code:
Activity Description
Activity
Code:
Activity Description
o120 Sewage Collection Trucked o126 Sewage Pump/Lift Station
o121 Honey Bag Collection o127 Sewage Treatment
o122 Sewage Lagoons O&M o128 Sewage Sampling
o123 Honey Bag Cell O&M o129 Signage
o124 Sewage Mains o199 Sewage Other
x125 Manholes/Access Vaults
1. Facility: Sewage System
2. Crew Size:
2-System Operator &
Helper
3. Equipment:
Vacuum Truck, safety gear
4. Materials:
5. Activities to complete
Semi-Annual
7. Quality Standard:
6. Time to Complete each Activity
S/A 1.50 hrs
(Per manhole)
8. Work Method:
SA 1. Check if dangerous gases are present before entering manhole. Allow gases to
dissipate, or ventilate manhole prior to entering.
Do Not, under any circumstances, perform interior work on any access vault alone,
work on the interior of an access must be performed with a two man crew.
SA 2. If the access vault contains a sump pump, inspect the pump and control floats, and
operate the pump for a short period of time.
SA 3. Check manhole heating systems operation (where applicable).
SA 4. Check and service main valves.
SA 5. Check for obvious obstructions in the sewer main in the vicinity of the access vault by
removing the clean out cover.
SA 6. Check to see that sewer pipe clean out cap is closed and sealed tight.
SA 7. Check that access vault lock is in place and operational.
SA 8. Check that frost cover is intact.
SA 9. Inspect grading around manhole/access vault, and confirm that grading drains all
surface runoff away from the access vault.
SA 10. Check for groundwater or other infiltration into access vault from surcharging,
permafrost or water main cross connections. Infiltration into an access vault, or
debris that accumulates must be removed.

Community Works Management System
Technical Specifications
Continued Work Method:
SA 11. Check access vault structure for shifting, or structural damage as a result of
permafrost degradation or ice formation.
SA 12. If insulation of access vault is accessible, check to see that insulation is dry.
SA 13. Check ladder rungs for corrosion and tightness.
SA 14. Check that manhole interior is relatively clean.
SA 15. If any odours associated with Petroleum Products or solvents are observed within
the access vault, this information should be recorded for potential action associated
with dumping of hazardous substances by system users. Inform senior staff for
possible initiation of investigation.

Community Works Management System
Technical Specifications
APPENDIX 2: LIQUID WASTE COLLECTION & DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
Activity
Code:
Activity Description
Activity
Code:
Activity Description
o120 Sewage Collection Trucked x126 Sewage Pump/Lift Station
o121 Honey Bag Collection o127 Sewage Treatment
o122 Sewage Lagoons O&M o128 Sewage Sampling
o123 Honey Bag Cell O&M o129 Signage
o124 Sewage Mains o199 Sewage Other
o125 Manholes/Access Vaults
1. Facility: Sewage System
2. Crew Size:
System Operator
5. Activities to complete
Daily
Weekly
Monthly
Annual
3. Equipment:
Safety gear/equipment
4. Materials:
6. Time to Complete each Activity
D 0.5 hrs
W 1.0 hrs
M 3.0 hrs
A 16.0 hrs
7. Quality Standard:
(No one is to enter a confined space containing sewage without checking for absence of gases first, and only when a
spotter (helper) is nearby outside the confined space.)
8. Work Method:
D 1. Before entering the building, operate the ventilation system for a minimum of 5
minutes. If ventilation system is not operating, obtain a portable fan to ventilate lift
station.
D 2. Check operation of interior and exterior lighting.
D 3. Check heating system operation.
D 4. Check that all pumps, valves and other equipment are performing correctly and
service is required.
D 5. Clean all coarse screens or other preliminary treatment devices.
D 6. Update records of sewage flow and temperature.
D 7. Check high and low level float and controls. Clean as required.
D 8. Check that building, fuel and equipment alarms function properly.
W 9. Operate backup power supply and check fuel tank (if backup power supply available)
W 10. Exercise backup pump if pumps are not being cycled as duty pump.
M 11. Maintain records of problems, repairs/modifications/replacement, and fuel and
electrical consumption.

Community Works Management System
Technical Specifications
Continued Work Method:
M 12. Clean and disinfect floor of lift station, and equipment.
M 13. Confirm availability and condition of safety gear and related equipment. The
minimum safety gear is as follows: Check O&M Manual or others sources for full
listing.Fire extinguisher, Eye protection, Disposable overalls, Disposable gloves,
First aid kit, Hard hat, Gas Mask
SA 14. Check for the accumulation of silt, sludge, or other settled solids, and remove
accumulation if it is in excess of 10% of liquid storage capacity and remove if
accumulation.
A 15. Service pumps. (Check O&M Manual per proper service procedures)
A 16. Inspect site grading and drainage around the lift station to ensure that all runoff drains
away from the lift station and ponding does not occur around the lift stations.
A 17. Inspect electrical panels for correct labelling, corrosion or other damage and
complete repairs as required. Qualified electrician should complete inspection.
A 18. Inspect vapour seal on electrical panel and repair if seal is not airtight.

Community Works Management System
Technical Specifications
APPENDIX 2: LIQUID WASTE COLLECTION & DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
Activity
Code:
Activity Description
Activity
Code:
Activity Description
o120 Sewage Collection Trucked o126 Sewage Pump/Lift Station
o121 Honey Bag Collection x127 Sewage Treatment
o122 Sewage Lagoons O&M o128 Sewage Sampling
o123 Honey Bag Cell O&M o129 Signage
o124 Sewage Mains o199 Sewage Other
o125 Manholes/Access Vaults
1. Facility: Sewage System
2. Crew Size:
System Operator
5. Activities to complete
Daily
Weekly
Monthly
Semi-Annual
Annual
7. Quality Standard:
8. Work Method:
3. Equipment: 4. Materials:
6. Time to Complete each Activity
D 0.0 hrs
W 0.0 hrs
M 0.0 hrs
S/A 0.0 hrs
A 0.0 hrs
D 1 General check of mains/utilidors/services.
D 2 Check other sewage collection/disposal components and special equipment as
required.
W 3 Verify Alarms are functioning properly.
A 4 Exercise valves and check position (open, closed).
A/R 5 Camera and flush mains. (5Years should be used for planning)
A/R 6 Perform other functions as dictated by routing requirements, established
procedures for the facility in question, or required/suggested by any O&M Manual that has
been prepared for the system or a particular portion of the system.
NOTE: The requirements have been included in other activities, no time is allotted here.

Community Works Management System
Technical Specifications
APPENDIX 2: LIQUID WASTE COLLECTION & DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
Activity
Code:
Activity Description
Activity
Code:
Activity Description
o120 Sewage Collection Trucked o126 Sewage Pump/Lift Station
o121 Honey Bag Collection o127 Sewage Treatment
o122 Sewage Lagoons O&M x128 Sewage Sampling
o123 Honey Bag Cell O&M o129 Signage
o124 Sewage Mains o199 Sewage Other
o125 Manholes/Access Vaults
1. Facility: Sewage System
2. Crew Size:
System Operator
3. Equipment: 4. Materials:
5. Activities to complete 6. Time to Complete each Activity
7. Quality Standard:
8. Work Method:

Community Works Management System
Technical Specifications
APPENDIX 2: LIQUID WASTE COLLECTION & DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
Activity
Code:
Activity Description
Activity
Code:
Activity Description
o120 Sewage Collection Trucked o126 Sewage Pump/Lift Station
o121 Honey Bag Collection o127 Sewage Treatment
o122 Sewage Lagoons O&M o128 Sewage Sampling
o123 Honey Bag Cell O&M x129 Signage
o124 Sewage Mains o199 Sewage Other
o125 Manholes/Access Vaults
1. Facility: Sewage System
2. Crew Size:
System Operator or
CW Foreman
5. Activities to complete
Annual
3. Equipment: 4. Materials:
6. Time to Complete each Activity
A 4.0 Hrs
7. Quality Standard:
Annual Inspection of all Sewage Lagoon/System signage (see water license)
8. Work Method:
A 1 Remove any obstruction of signs by trees, brush or weeds.
A 2 Reset any sign posts out of plumb by more than 2.5cm in 60cm.
A 3 Re-level any signs that are off-level by more than 2.5cm in 60cm.
A 4 Missing, loose or defective bolts and fasteners on all signs shall be repaired.
A 5 Loose anchor bolts shall be tightened, sign structures appearing unsafe or
having cracked foundations shall be repaired.
A 6 Sign posts shall be repainted as required.

Community Works Management System
Technical Specifications
APPENDIX 2: LIQUID WASTE COLLECTION & DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
Activity
Code:
Activity Description
Activity
Code:
Activity Description
o120 Sewage Collection Trucked o126 Sewage Pump/Lift Station
o121 Honey Bag Collection o127 Sewage Treatment
o122 Sewage Lagoons O&M o128 Sewage Sampling
o123 Honey Bag Cell O&M o128 Signage
o124 Sewage Mains x199 Sewage Other
o125 Manholes/Access Vaults
1. Facility: Sewage System
2. Crew Size: 3. Equipment: 4. Materials:
5. Activities to complete 6. Time to Complete each Activity
7. Quality Standard:
8. Work Method:
Code any Liquid Waste Collection & Disposal System activities that do not fit into any of the
other task descriptions to this activity.

ADDENDUM I
CWMS SOLID WASTE SHEETS

Community Works Management System
Technical Specifications
APPENDIX 3: SOLID WASTE COLLECTION AND DISPOSAL
Quality Standard
General Remarks
The major objective for Solid Waste Collection and Disposal are:
1. To provide a hygienic and sanitary environment in populated areas.
2. To minimize the attraction of wild animals to populated areas.
3. To provide an aesthetically pleasing appearance to the area.
Solid Waste Site
1. To provide final disposal area for solid waste.
2. To eliminate the attractiveness of solid waste to wild life.
3. Transfer stations shall be emptied once a week.
4. Incinerators shall be cleaned to provide adequate capacity for incoming waste.
5. Landfill sites shall be compacted and covered regularly.
6. Landfill sites shall not be burned.
7. Construction waste disposal shall be at a separate area of the solid waste site and, if
burning of that waste occurs, it shall be manned to ensure fire does not spread.
8. Hazardous waste shall be segregated from other waste to be stored or disposed in an
environmentally safe manner.
9. Hazardous waste shall not be handled unless proper instruction and supervision takes
place.
10. Perimeter fences and gates shall be maintained regularly.
11. All wind blown garbage along fences shall be cleaned up at least once a month.
12. Proper signage shall be erected and maintained.
13. Hamlet By-Laws should ensure there is no uncontrolled dumping.
Solid Waste Recycling
1. A bulky waste site shall be set up to encourage the recycling of metals, tires, spare parts
etc.
2. Every community should try to develop its own recycling policies.
Solid Waste Collection
1. Solid waste shall be stored in approved containers and enclosures for pickup.
2. Litter around pick up areas shall be collected with solid waste.
3. Disposal at transfer stations, incinerators, and landfill site shall not leave waste around the
disposal site.
4. Garbage trucks, stake bodies, and truck mounted garbage compactors shall be
maintained to be functional on demand.
5. Stake bodies and truck mounted garbage packers shall be free from structural damage.
6. Truck Mounted garbage packers shall operate in the manner intended.
7. The level of service is to be established by local Hamlet By-Law.

Community Works Management System
Technical Specifications
APPENDIX 3: SOLID WASTE COLLECTION AND DISPOSAL
Activity
Code:
Activity Description
Activity
Code:
Activity Description
x301 Garbage Collection o306 Waste Oil Site / Hazardous Wastes
o302 Solid Waste Facility Site
Inspections
o307 Solid Waste Site Sampling (Water Board
compliance)
o303 Solid Waste Facility Site
Operation
o308 Recycling
o304 Solid Waste Facility Site Fence o309 Solid Waste Facility Signage
o305 Bulky Waste Site o320 Solid Waste Facility Other
1. Facility: Truck Service
2. Crew Size:
1 – Light Equipment
Operator
1- Labourer
5. Activities to complete
35 Collections per day
6. Time to Complete each Activity
3. Equipment:
1 – Garbage Truck
4. Materials:
Solid Waste
7. Quality Standard:
Residential - One Collection per Week
Commercial/Institutional (Store, Hotel, Schools, Health Centre) –Three Collections per week
8. Work Method:
1. Each collection, including amount picked up will be recorded on the form provided.
2. The garbage truck will be returned to the parking garage empty at the end of each shift.
3. Vehicle should be steamed cleaned on a regular basis.

Community Works Management System
Technical Specifications
APPENDIX 3: SOLID WASTE COLLECTION AND DISPOSAL
Activity
Code:
Activity Description
Activity
Code:
Activity Description
o301 Garbage Collection o306 Waste Oil Site / Hazardous Wastes
x302 Solid Waste Facility Site
Inspections
o307 Solid Waste Site Sampling (Water Board
compliance)
o303 Solid Waste Facility Site
Operation
o308 Recycling
o304 Solid Waste Facility Site Fence o309 Solid Waste Facility Signage
o305 Bulky Waste Site o320 Solid Waste Facility Other
1. Facility: Solid Waste Facility
2. Crew Size:
CW Foreman
5. Activities to complete
Weekly
Monthly
3. Equipment:
4. Materials:
1 – Personnel Carrier
6. Time to Complete each Activity
W 1.0 hr
M 1.0 hr
7. Quality Standard:
See General Remarks
8. Work Method:
W 1. Inspect for correct operation and material separation
M 2. Inspect for correct drainage

Community Works Management System
Technical Specifications
APPENDIX 3: SOLID WASTE COLLECTION AND DISPOSAL
Activity
Code:
Activity Description
Activity
Code:
Activity Description
o301 Garbage Collection o306 Waste Oil Site / Hazardous Wastes
o302 Solid Waste Facility Site
Inspections
o307 Solid Waste Site Sampling (Water Board
compliance)
x303 Solid Waste Facility Site
Operation
o308 Recycling
o304 Solid Waste Facility Site Fence o309 Solid Waste Facility Signage
o305 Bulky Waste Site o320 Solid Waste Facility Other
1. Facility: Solid Waste Facility
2. Crew Size:
1 – HEO
1 - Labourer
5. Activities to complete
Weekly
Monthly
3. Equipment:
1 – Dozer/Loader/Truck
4. Materials:
soil/gravel
6. Time to Complete each Activity
W 3.0 hrs
M 1.0 hr
SA 4.0 hrs
Semi-Annual
7. Quality Standard:
See General Remarks
8. Work Method:
W 1. Push garbage into designated cell
W 2. Collect wind blown litter
M 3. Compact garbage
SA 4. Twice Annually place cover material on compacted garbage

Community Works Management System
Technical Specifications
APPENDIX 3: SOLID WASTE COLLECTION AND DISPOSAL
Activity
Code:
Activity Description
Activity
Code:
Activity Description
o301 Garbage Collection o306 Waste Oil Site / Hazardous Wastes
o302 Solid Waste Facility Site
Inspections
o307 Solid Waste Site Sampling (Water Board
compliance)
o303 Solid Waste Facility Site
Operation
o308 Recycling
x304 Solid Waste Facility Site Fence o309 Solid Waste Facility Signage
o305 Bulky Waste Site o320 Solid Waste Facility Other
1. Facility: Solid Waste Facility
2. Crew Size:
1 - Labourer
3. Equipment:
1 – Personnel Carrier
4. Materials:
5. Activities to complete 6. Time to Complete each Activity
7. Quality Standard:
See General Remarks
8. Work Method:
1. Perimeter fences and gates shall be maintained regularly.

Community Works Management System
Technical Specifications
APPENDIX 3: SOLID WASTE COLLECTION AND DISPOSAL
Activity
Code:
Activity Description
Activity
Code:
Activity Description
o301 Garbage Collection o306 Waste Oil Site / Hazardous Wastes
o302 Solid Waste Facility Site
Inspections
o307 Solid Waste Site Sampling (Water Board
compliance)
o303 Solid Waste Facility Site
Operation
o308 Recycling
o304 Solid Waste Facility Site Fence o309 Solid Waste Facility Signage
x305 Bulky Waste Site o320 Solid Waste Facility Other
1. Facility: Solid Waste Facility
2. Crew Size: 3. Equipment: 4. Materials:
5. Activities to complete 6. Time to Complete each Activity
7. Quality Standard:
A bulky waste site shall be set up to encourage the recycling of lumber, metals, tires, spare
parts etc.
8. Work Method:
Code any Bulky Waste site activities to this activity.

Community Works Management System
Technical Specifications
APPENDIX 3: SOLID WASTE COLLECTION AND DISPOSAL
Activity
Code:
Activity Description
Activity
Code:
Activity Description
o301 Garbage Collection x306 Waste Oil Site / Hazardous Wastes
o302 Solid Waste Facility Site
Inspections
o307 Solid Waste Site Sampling (Water Board
compliance)
o303 Solid Waste Facility Site
Operation
o308 Recycling
o304 Solid Waste Facility Site Fence o309 Solid Waste Facility Signage
o305 Bulky Waste Site o320 Solid Waste Facility Other
1. Facility: Solid Waste Facility
2. Crew Size: 3. Equipment: 4. Materials:
5. Activities to complete 6. Time to Complete each Activity
7. Quality Standard:
Hazardous waste shall be segregated from other waste to be stored or disposed in and
environmentally safe manner. Waste Oil shall be stored in barrels or disposed of in a
environmentally safe manner (waste oil furnace).
8. Work Method:
Code any Waste Oil Site / Hazardous Wastes activities to this activity.

Community Works Management System
Technical Specifications
APPENDIX 3: SOLID WASTE COLLECTION AND DISPOSAL
Activity
Code:
Activity Description
Activity
Code:
Activity Description
o301 Garbage Collection o306 Waste Oil Site / Hazardous Wastes
o302 Solid Waste Facility Site
Inspections
x307 Solid Waste Site Sampling (Water Board
compliance)
o303 Solid Waste Facility Site
Operation
o308 Recycling
o304 Solid Waste Facility Site Fence o309 Solid Waste Facility Signage
o305 Bulky Waste Site o320 Solid Waste Facility Other
1. Facility: Solid Waste Facility
2. Crew Size: 3. Equipment: 4. Materials:
5. Activities to complete 6. Time to Complete each Activity
7. Quality Standard:
8. Work Method:

Community Works Management System
Technical Specifications
APPENDIX 3: SOLID WASTE COLLECTION AND DISPOSAL
Activity
Code:
Activity Description
Activity
Code:
Activity Description
o301 Garbage Collection o306 Waste Oil Site / Hazardous Wastes
o302 Solid Waste Facility Site
Inspections
o307 Solid Waste Site Sampling (Water Board
compliance)
o303 Solid Waste Facility Site
Operation
x308 Recycling
o304 Solid Waste Facility Site Fence o309 Solid Waste Facility Signage
o305 Bulky Waste Site o320 Solid Waste Facility Other
1. Facility: Solid Waste Facility
2. Crew Size: 3. Equipment: 4. Materials:
5. Activities to complete 6. Time to Complete each Activity
7. Quality Standard:
1. A bulky waste site shall be set up to encourage the recycling of metals, tires, spare parts
etc.
2. Every community should try to develop its own recycling policies.
8. Work Method:

Community Works Management System
Technical Specifications
APPENDIX 3: SOLID WASTE COLLECTION AND DISPOSAL
Activity
Code:
Activity Description
Activity
Code:
Activity Description
o301 Garbage Collection o306 Waste Oil Site / Hazardous Wastes
o302 Solid Waste Facility Site
Inspections
o307 Solid Waste Site Sampling (Water Board
compliance)
o303 Solid Waste Facility Site
Operation
o308 Recycling
o304 Solid Waste Facility Site Fence x309 Solid Waste Facility Signage
o305 Bulky Waste Site o320 Solid Waste Facility Other
1. Facility: Solid Waste Facility
2. Crew Size:
CW Foreman or
1- Labourer
5. Activities to complete
Annual
3. Equipment:
1 – Personnel Carrier
4. Materials:
6. Time to Complete each Activity
A 4.0 hrs
7. Quality Standard:
Annual inspection of all signage at solid waste facility
8. Work Method:
A 1 Remove any obstruction of signs by trees, brush or weeds.
A 2 Reset any sign posts out of plumb by more than 2.5cm in 60cm.
A 3 Re-level any signs that are off-level by more than 2.5cm in 60cm.
A 4 Missing, loose or defective bolts and fasteners on all signs shall be repaired.
A 5 Loose anchor bolts shall be tightened, sign structures appearing unsafe or
having cracked foundations shall be repaired.
A 6 Sign posts shall be repainted as required.

Community Works Management System
Technical Specifications
APPENDIX 3: SOLID WASTE COLLECTION AND DISPOSAL
Activity
Code:
Activity Description
Activity
Code:
Activity Description
o301 Garbage Collection o306 Waste Oil Site / Hazardous Wastes
o302 Solid Waste Facility Site
Inspections
o307 Solid Waste Site Sampling (Water Board
compliance)
o303 Solid Waste Facility Site
Operation
o308 Recycling
o304 Solid Waste Facility Site Fence o309 Solid Waste Facility Signage
o305 Bulky Waste Site x320 Solid Waste Facility Other
1. Facility: Solid Waste Facility
2. Crew Size: 3. Equipment: 4. Materials:
5. Activities to complete 6. Time to Complete each Activity
7. Quality Standard:
8. Work Method:
Code any Solid Waste Collection activities that do not fit into any of the other task
descriptions to this activity.

ADDENDUM J
MSDS SHEETS

HYDRITE CHEMICAL CO -- SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE SOLUTION-15
=======================================================
MSDS Safety Information
=======================================================
FSC: 6810
NIIN: 01-029-5565
MSDS Date: 01/13/2000
MSDS Num: CKDTV
Product ID: SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE SOLUTION-15
MFN: 02
Responsible Party
Cage: 53270
Name: HYDRITE CHEMICAL CO
Address: 300 N. PATRICK BLVD
City: BROOKFIELD WI 53008-0948
Info Phone Number: 414-354-3750
Emergency Phone Number: 414-277-1311
Resp. Party Other MSDS No.: CL1500
=======================================================
Item Description Information
=======================================================
Item Manager: S9G
Item Name: SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE SOLUTION
Specification Number: NONE
Type/Grade/Class: NONE
Unit of Issue: DR
Quantitative Expression: 00000000055GL
UI Container Qty: 0
Type of Container: DRUM
=======================================================
Ingredients
=======================================================
Cas: 7681-52-9
RTECS #: NH3486300
Name: SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE (SARA III)
Percent by Wt: 12.5
OSHA PEL: NOT ESTABLISHED
ACGIH TLV: NOT ESTABLISHED
EPA Rpt Qty: 100 LBS
DOT Rpt Qty: 100 LBS
------------------------------
Cas: 7732-18-5
RTECS #: ZC0110000
Name: WATER
Percent by Wt: 87.5
OSHA PEL: NOT ESTABLISHED
ACGIH TLV: NOT ESTABLISHED
=======================================================
Health Hazards Data
=======================================================
Route Of Entry Inds - Inhalation: YES
Skin: YES
Ingestion: YES
Carcinogenicity Inds - NTP: NO
IARC: NO
OSHA: NO
Effects of Exposure: ACUTE-EYE CONTACT:CORROSIVE. CAUSES SEVERE BURNS &
DESTRUCTION OF TISSUES. SKIN CONTACT: CORROSIVE. CAUSES SEVERE IRRITATION AND
BURNS. SKIN ABSORPTION: NO ABSORPTION HAZARD EXPECTED UNDER NORMAL USE.
INHALATION: CORROSIVE. CAUSES SEVERE IRRITATION AND BURNS. INGESTION:

CORROSIEE. CAUSES SEVERE DAMAE AND BURNS. MAY CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE MOUTH AND
ESOPHAGUS. CHRONIC: NO DATA PROVIDED BY RESPONSIBLE P ARTY.
Explanation Of Carcinogenicity: THIS PRODUCT DOES NOT CONTAIN GREATER THAN 0.1%
OF THE KNOWN OR POTENTIAL CARCINOGENS LISTED IN NTP, IARC, OR OSHA.
Signs And Symptions Of Overexposure: EYES: SEVERE IRRITATION, BURNS, PERMANENT
EYE DAMAGE, BLINDNESS. SKIN CONTACT: DEEP ULCERATION, SCARRING, REDNESS,
SWELLING, BURNS, BLISTERING, TISSUE DESTRUCTION. INHALATIION: COUGHING,
DIFFICULTY BR EATHING, PULMONARY EDEMA, NAUSEA, IRRITATION OF NOSE, THROAT
AND MUCOUS MEMBRANES. INGESTION: VOMITING, COLITIS, HYPOTENSION, PERFORATION
OF THE ESOPHAGUS, CIRCULATORY COLLAPSE, CONVULSIONS, COMA, DEA TH.
Medical Cond Aggravated By Exposure: RESPIRATORY SYSTEM DISORDERS.
First Aid: EYES: IMMEDIATELY FLUSH WITH PLENTY OF WATER FOR AT LEAST 15
MINUTES, HOLD LIDS OPEN. SKIN : IMMEDIATELY FLUSH WITH PLENTY OF WATER FOR AT
LEAST 15 MINUTES WHILE REMOVING CONTAMINATED CLOTHES & SHOES. GET
MEDICAL ATTENTION IMMEDIATELY. DO NOT REUSE CLOTHING & SHOES UNTIL
CLEANED. DO NOT APPLY OILS OR OINTMENTS UNLESS ORDERED BY PHYSICIAN.
INHALATION: REMOVE TO FRESH AIR. IF BREATHING IS DIFFICULT, ADMINISTER
OXYGEN. IF NOT BREATHING, GIVE ARTIFICIAL RESPIRATION. GET MEDICAL ATTENTION
IMMEDIATELY.INGESTION: IF CONSCIOUS, GIVE A QUART OF WATER. DO NOT INDUCE
VOMITING! CALL A PHYSICIAN IMMMEDIATE LY.
=======================================================
Handling and Disposal
=======================================================
Spill Release Procedures: EVACUATE UNPROTECTED PERSONNEL. MAINTAIN ADEQUATE
VENTILATION. FOLLOW PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT RECOMMENDATIONS ELSEWHERE
IN MSDS. NEVER EXCEED OCCUPATIONAL EXPOSURE LIMIT. CONTAIN SPILL, PLACE IN TO
DRUMS FOR PROPER DISPOSAL. FLUSH REMAININGAREA WITH WATER AND DISPOSE OF
PROPERLY. AVOID DIRECT DISCHARGE TO SEWERS AND SURFACE WATERS. NOTIFY
AUTHORITIES IF ENTRY OCCURS.
Waste Disposal Methods: HAZARDOUS WASTE NUMBER: D002. DISPOSAL METHOD: DISPOSE
OF IN A PERMITTED HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITY FOLLOWING ALL LOCAL,
STATE AND FEDERAL REGULATIONS. IF APPROVED, FLUSH TO SEWER WITH LARGE
QUANTITIES OF WATER.
Handling And Storage Precautions: STORE IN A COOL, WELL-VENTILATED AREA, OUT OF
DIRECT SUNLIGHT. STORE IN A DRY LOCATION AWAY FROM HEAT. KEEP AWAY FROM
INCOMPATIBLE MATERIALS. KEEP CONTAINERS TIGHTLY CLOSED. DO NOT STORE IN
UNLABELED OR MISLABELED CONTAINERS. RELIEVE PRESSURE IN DRUMS WEEKLY. DO NOT
FREEZE.
Other Precautions: AVOID CONTACT WITH EYES, SKIN & CLOTHING. USE WITH
ADEQUATE VENTILATION. DO NOT SWALLOW. AVOID BREATHING VAPORS, MISTS OR DUST.
DO NOT EAT, DRINK OR SMOKE IN WORK AREA. WASH THOROUGHLY AFTER HANDLING.
EMPTY CONTAINERS RETAIN PRODUCT RESIDUE & CAN BE DANGEROUS. DO NOT CUT,
WELD, BRAZE, HEAT OR EXPOSE TO HEAT OR FLAME.
=======================================================
Fire and Explosion Hazard Information
=======================================================
Flash Point Text: NONE
Extinguishing Media: FOR FIES IN AREA USE APPROPRIATE MEDIA. FOR EXAMPLE: WATER
SPRAY, CARBON DIOXIDE, ALCOHOL FOAM, OR DRY CHEMICAL.
Fire Fighting Procedures: EVACUATE AREA OF UNPROTECTED PERSONNEL. WEAR
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING INCLUDING NIOSH-APPROVED SELF-CONTAINED BREATHING
APPARATUS. REMAIN UPWIND OF FIRE TO AVOID HAZARDOUS VAPORS AND DECOMPOSITION
PRODUCTS . USE WATER SPRAY TO COOL FIRE-EXPOSED CONTAINERS AND DISPERSE
VAPORS.
Unusual Fire/Explosion Hazard: MAY GENERATE POTENTIALLY EXPLOSIVE OXYGEN.
=======================================================
Control Measures
=======================================================
Respiratory Protection: IF VAPORS OR MISTS ARE PRESENT, WEAR: NIOSH-APPROVED
RESPIRATOR. NIOSH-APPROVEDSELF-CONTAINED RESPIRATOR. DO NOT EXCEED LIMITS

ESTABLISHED BY RESPIRATOR MANUFACTURER. ALL RESPIRATORY PROGRAMS MUST COM PLY
WITH OSHA 29 CFR 1910.134 ANS ANSI Z88.2 REQUIREMENTS AND MUST FOLLOWED
WHENEVER WORKPLACE CONDITIONS REQUIRE A RESPIRATOR'S USE.
Ventilation: LOCAL EXHAUST VENTILATION, PROCESS ENCLOSURES OR OTHER ENGINEERING
CONTROLS ARE REQUIRED WHEN HANDLING OR USING THIS PRODUCT TO AVOID
OVEREXPOSURE.
Protective Gloves: RUBBER (LATEX), PVC, NEOPRENE.
Eye Protection: CHEMICALSAFETY GOGGLES & FULL FACE SHIELD. DO NOT WEAR
CONTACTS.
Other Protective Equipment: EYE-WASH STATION. SAFETY SHOWR. RUBBER APRON.
CHEMICAL SAFETY SHOES. PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
Work Hygienic Practices: WASH WITH SOAP & WATER BEFORE MEAL TIMES & AT THE END
OF EACH WORK SHIFT. GOOD MANUFACTURING PRACTICES REQUIRE GROSS AMOUNTS OF ANY
CHEMICAL BE REMOVED FROM SKIN AS SOON AS PRACTICAL.
=======================================================
Physical/Chemical Properties
=======================================================
HCC: B1
B.P. Text: NOT ESTABLISHED
Melt/Freeze Pt: =-23.3C, -10.F
Vapor Pres: NOT ESTABLISHED
Vapor Density: >1
Spec Gravity: 1.210 @ 25C
PH: >12
Evaporation Rate & Reference: N/D (NBUAC=1)
Solubility in Water: COMPLETE
Appearance and Odor: CLEAR, YELLOW LIQUID, CHLORINE ODOR
Percent Volatiles by Volume: 100 (WT)
=======================================================
Reactivity Data
=======================================================
Stability Indicator: NO
Stability Condition To Avoid: AVOID TEMPERATURES GREATER THAN 70F. AVOID
EXPOSURE TO LIGHT.
Materials To Avoid: AMMONIA, ORGANIC MATERIALS, ACIDS, AMINES, AMMONIUM SALTS,
AZIRIDINE, METHANOL, REDUCING AGENTS, OXIDIZING AGENTS, IRON, COPPER,
BISULFATES. PHENYL ACETONITRILE. CELLULOSE ETHYLENE DIAMINE. OXIDIZABLE
METALS. SOAPS.
Hazardous Decomposition Products: CHLORINE-CONTAINING GASES. REACTS WITH ACIDS
TO RELEASE POISONOUS CHLORINE GAS. SODIUM OIDE.
Hazardous Polymerization Indicator: NO
Conditions To Avoid Polymerization: WILL NOT OCCUR UNDER NORMAL CONDITIONS.
=======================================================
Toxicological Information
=======================================================
Toxicological Information: LD50 ORAL: MOUSE: 5800 MG/KG (SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE.
LD50 SKIN: NO DATA. LC50 INHALATION: RAT: 293 PPM/1 H (CHLORINE).
=======================================================
Ecological Information
=======================================================
Ecological: ECOTOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION: NO DATA AVAILABLE. CHEMICAL FATE
DATA: NO DATA AVAILABLE.
=======================================================
MSDS Transport Information
=======================================================
Transport Information: US DOT: PROPER SHIPPING NAME: HYPOCHLORITE SOLUTION.
HAZARD CLASS: 8. IDENTIFICATION NUMBER: UN1791. PACKING GROUP: III. LABEL
REQUIRED: CORROSIVE. REPORTABLE QUANTITY (RQ): 100 LBS (SODIUM HYPOCHLORI
TE).
=======================================================

Regulatory Information
=======================================================
Sara Title III Information: SARA TITLE III SECTION 311/312 CATEGORY: IMMEDIATE
(ACUTE) HEALTH HAZARD: YES; DELAYED (CHRONIC) HEALTH HAZARD: NO; FIRE HAZARD:
YES; SUDDEN RELEASE OF PRESSURE HAZARD: NO; REACTIVE HAZARD: NO. SARA T ITLE
II SECTION 302/304/313: NO.
Federal Regulatory Information: CERCLA REPORTABLE QUANTITY (RQ, IN LBS): 100.
TSCA INVENTORY STATUS: ALL COMPONENTS OF THIS PRODUCT ARE ON THE TSCA
INVENTORY OR ARE EXEMPT FROM TSCA INVENTORY REQUIREMENTS. EPA REGISTRATION
NUMBER: 2 686-20001.
State Regulatory Information: THE FOLLOWING COMPONENTS ARE LISTED UNDER
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65: NONE. THE FOLLOWING COMPONENTS ARE LISTED AS A
WISCONSIN HAP: NONE.
=======================================================
Other Information
=======================================================
Other Information: NPCA- RATING SYSTEM: HEALTH-3; FLAMMABILITY-0; REACTIVITY-1.
NFPA RATING SYSTEM: HEALTH-3; FLAMMABILITY-0; REACTIVITY-1; SPECIAL
HAZARD-OX. MSDS ABBREVIATIONS: N/A=NPT APPLICABLE. N/D=NOT DETERMI NED.
HAP=HAZARDOUS AIR POLLUTANT. VOC = VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUND. C = CEILING
LIMIT. N/E= NOT ESTABLISHED.
=======================================================
Transportation Information
=======================================================
Responsible Party Cage: 53270
Trans ID NO: 151922
Product ID: SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE SOLUTION-15
MSDS Prepared Date: 01/13/2000
Review Date: 03/14/2000
MFN: 2
Net Unit Weight: 522 LBS
Multiple KIT Number: 0
Unit Of Issue: DR
Container QTY: 0
Type Of Container: DRUM
=======================================================
Detail DOT Information
=======================================================
DOT PSN Code: HNU
DOT Proper Shipping Name: HYPOCHLORITE SOLUTION
Hazard Class: 8
UN ID Num: UN1791
DOT Packaging Group: III
Label: 8
Special Provision: B104,N34,T7
Packaging Exception: 154
Non Bulk Pack: 203
Bulk Pack: 241
Max Qty Pass: 5 L
Max Qty Cargo: 60 L
Vessel Stow Req: B
Water/Ship/Other Req: 26
=======================================================
Detail IMO Information
=======================================================
IMO PSN Code: IKL
IMO Proper Shipping Name: HYPOCHLORITE SOLUTION
IMDG Page Number: 8186
UN Number: 1791
UN Hazard Class: 8

IMO Packaging Group: II/III
Subsidiary Risk Label: -
EMS Number: 8-08
MED First Aid Guide NUM: 741
=======================================================
Detail IATA Information
=======================================================
IATA PSN Code: NYC
IATA UN ID Num: 1791
IATA Proper Shipping Name: HYPOCHLORITE SOLUTION +
IATA UN Class: 8
IATA Label: CORROSIVE
UN Packing Group: III
Packing Note Passenger: 819
Max Quant Pass: 5L
Max Quant Cargo: 60L
Packaging Note Cargo: 821
=======================================================
Detail AFI Information
=======================================================
AFI PSN Code: NYC
AFI Proper Shipping Name: HYPOCHLORITE SOLUTIONS
AFI PSN Modifier: WITH MORE THAN 5% BUT LESS THAN 16% AVAILABLE CHLORINE
AFI Hazard Class: 8
AFI UN ID NUM: UN1791
AFI Packing Group: III
Special Provisions: P5, N34
Back Pack Reference: A12.3
=======================================================
HAZCOM Label
=======================================================
Product ID: SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE SOLUTION-15
Cage: 53270
Company Name: HYDRITE CHEMICAL CO
Street: 300 N. PATRICK BLVD
City: BROOKFIELD WI
Zipcode: 53008-0948
Health Emergency Phone: 414-277-1311
Label Required IND: Y
Date Of Label Review: 03/14/2000
Status Code: A
Year Procured: 2000
Origination Code: F
Eye Protection IND: YES
Skin Protection IND: YES
Signal Word: DANGER
Respiratory Protection IND: YES
Health Hazard: Moderate
Contact Hazard: Severe
Fire Hazard: None
Reactivity Hazard: Slight
Hazard And Precautions: CORROSIVE! CAUSES SEVERE BURNS TO EYES, SKIN AND
RESPIRATORY TRACT. HARMFUL OR FATAL IF SWALLOWED. HARMFUL IF INHALED. FIRST
AID: EYES OR SKIN: FLUSH WITH LOTS OF WATER FOR AT LEAST 15 MINUTES. GET IM
MEDIATE MEDICAL ATTENTION. INHALED: REMOVE TO FRESH AIR. RESTORE BREATHING AS
NEEDED. GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL ATTENTION. INGESTED: IF FULLY CONSCIOUS, GIVE
SEVERAL GLASSES WATER. DO NOT INDUCE VOMITING UNLESS DIRECTED BY PHYSICIAN.
GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL ATTENTION.
=======================================================
Disclaimer (provided with this information by the compiling agencies): This

information is formulated for use by elements of the Department of Defense.
The United States of America in no manner whatsoever expressly or implied
warrants, states, or intends said information to have any application, use or
viability by or to any person or persons outside the Department of Defense
nor any person or persons contracting with any instrumentality of the United
States of America and disclaims all liability for such use. Any person
utilizing this instruction who is not a military or civilian employee of the
United States of America should seek competent professional advice to verify
and assume responsibility for the suitability of this information to their
particular situation regardless of similarity to a corresponding Department
of Defense or other government situation.

CAROLINA BIOLOGICAL SUPPLY CO -- 88-9640, 19-1025, SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE, 5%
=======================================================
MSDS Safety Information
=======================================================
MSDS Date: 09/05/2000
MSDS Num: CLCZH
Product ID: 88-9640, 19-1025, SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE, 5%
MFN: 01
Responsible Party
Cage: 59896
Name: CAROLINA BIOLOGICAL SUPPLY CO
Address: 2700 YORK RD
City: BURLINGTON NC 27215-3387
Info Phone Number: 800-227-1150
Emergency Phone Number: (800)424-9300
Chemtrec IND/Phone: (800)424-9300
Review Ind: Y
Published: Y
=======================================================
Contractor Summary
=======================================================
Cage: 59896
Name: CAROLINA BIOLOGICAL SUPPLY CO
Address: 2700 YORK RD
City: BURLINGTON NC 27215-3387
Phone: 800-227-1150/910-584-0381
=======================================================
Ingredients
=======================================================
Cas: 7681-52-9
RTECS #: NH3486300
Name: SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE
Percent by Wt: 5.
OSHA PEL: NONE ESTABLISHED
ACGIH TLV: NONE ESTABLISHED
EPA Rpt Qty: 100 LBS
DOT Rpt Qty: 100 LBS
=======================================================
Health Hazards Data
=======================================================
LD50 LC50 Mixture: NO DATA PROVIDED BY MANUFACTURER
Route Of Entry Inds - Inhalation: YES
Skin: YES
Ingestion: NO
Effects of Exposure: HARMFUL IF INHALED. CAUSES SKIN AND EYE IRRITATION. EYES:
MAY CAUSE IRRITATION. SKIN: MAY CAUSE IRRITATION. INGESTION: MAY CAUSE
GASTROINTESTINAL DISCOMFORT. INHALATION. MAY CAUSE IRRITATION TO RESPIR ATORY
TRACT.
Explanation Of Carcinogenicity: NO DATA PROVIDED BY MANUFACTURER
Signs And Symptions Of Overexposure: EYES: MAY CAUSE IRRITATION. SKIN: MAY
CAUSE IRRITATION. INGESTION: MAY CAUSE GASTROINTESTINAL DISCOMFORT.
INHALATION. MAY CAUSE IRRITATION TO RESPIRATORY TRACT.
Medical Cond Aggravated By Exposure: NO DATA AVAILABLE.
First Aid: EYES: FLUSH WITH WATER FOR AT LEAST 15 MINUTES, RAISING AND LOWERING
EYELIDS OCCASIONALLY. GET MEDICAL ATTENTION IF IRRITATION PERSISTS. SKIN:
THOROUGHLY WASH EXPOSED AREA FOR AT LEAST 15 MINUTES. REM OVE CONTAMINATED
CLOTHING. LAUNDER CONTAMINATED CLOTHING BEFORE REUSE. GET MEDICAL ATTENTION
IF IRRITATION PERSISTS. INGESTION: DO NOT INDUCE VOMITING. IF SWALLOWED, IF
CONSCIOUS, GIVE PLENTY OF WATER . IMMEDIATELY CALL A PHYSICIAN OR POISON
CONTROL CENTER. NEVER GIVE ANYTHING BY MOUTH TO AN UNCONSCIOUS PERSON.

INHALATION: REMOVE TO FRESH AIR. GIVE OXYGEN IF BREATHING IS DIFFICULT;
=======================================================
Handling and Disposal
=======================================================
Spill Release Procedures: VENITLATE AREA OF SPILL. ELIMINATE ALL SOURCES OF
IGNITION. REMOVE ALL NON-ESSENTIAL PERSONNEL FROM AREA. CLEAN-UP PERSONNEL
SHOULD WEAR PROPER PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT AND CLOTHING. ABSORB MATERIAL WITH
SUITABLE ABSORBENT AND CONTAINERIZE FOR DISPOSAL.
Neutralizing Agent: NO DATA PROVIDED BY MANUFACTURER
Waste Disposal Methods: DISPOSE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL,
STATE AND LOCAL REGULATIONS. ALWAYS CONTACT A PERMITTED WASTE DISPOSER (TSD)
TO ASSURE COMPLIANCE.
Handling And Storage Precautions: STORE IN A COOL, DRY PLACE PROTECTED FROM
SUNLIGHT. WASH THOROUGHLY AFTER HANDLING.
Other Precautions: NO DATA PROVIDED BY MANUFACTURER
=======================================================
Fire and Explosion Hazard Information
=======================================================
Flash Point Text: NON-COMBUSTIBLE
Extinguishing Media: WATER SPRAY.
Fire Fighting Procedures: FIREFIGHTERS SHOULD WEAR FULL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
AND NIOSH APPROVED SELF-CONTAINED BREATHING APPARATUS.
Unusual Fire/Explosion Hazard: WHEN HEATED TO DECOMPOSITION, EMITS TOXIC FUMES
OF CHLORINE. CONTACT WITH HYDROCHLORIC ACID LIBERATES CHLORINE GAS.
=======================================================
Control Measures
=======================================================
Respiratory Protection: NIOSH/MSHA CHEMICAL CARTRIDGE RESPIRATOR SHOULD BE
WORN IF PEL OR TLV IS EXCEEDED.APPROVED RESPIRATOR.
Ventilation: LOCAL EXHAUST: YES, MECHANCIAL (GENERAL ): YES.
Protective Gloves: RUBBER
Eye Protection: SPLASH PROOF CHEMICAL SAFETY GOGGLES SHOULD BE WORN AT ALL
TIMES
Other Protective Equipment: LAB COAT, EYE WASH, AND SAFETY SHOWER.
Work Hygienic Practices: WASH THOROUGHLY AFTER HANDLING.
Supplemental Safety and Health: NO DATA PROVIDED BY MANUFACTURER. NOTE FROM
DLA- STAFF: HCC B3 ASSIGNED DUE TO THE INCOMPATIBILITY WITH ACIDS AND THE
EXPERIENCE OF THE INDIVIDUAL ENTERING THIS WITH BLEACH.
=======================================================
Physical/Chemical Properties
=======================================================
HCC: B3
Boiling Point: =100.C, 212.F
B.P. Text: DECOMPOSES
Melt/Freeze Pt: =0.C, 32.F
Vapor Pres: 14 MM HG
Vapor Density: 2.58
Spec Gravity: 1.07 @ 20 C
Evaporation Rate & Reference: >1 (ETHER=1)
Solubility in Water: COMPLETE
Appearance and Odor: PALE YELLOWISH , CLEAR LIQUID; ODOR OF HYPOCHLORITES
Percent Volatiles by Volume: 95
=======================================================
Reactivity Data
=======================================================
Stability Indicator: YES
Stability Condition To Avoid: DIRECT SUNLIGHT AND HIGH TEMPERATURES
Materials To Avoid: ACIDS, OXIDIZABLE MATERIALS, AMMONIA.
Hazardous Decomposition Products: CHLORINE GIVEN OFF ON CONTACT WITH ACIDS.
THERMAL DECOMPSITION OR BURNING MAY PRODUCE HYDROGEN CHLORIDE GAS.

Hazardous Polymerization Indicator: NO
Conditions To Avoid Polymerization: WILL NOT OCCUR.
=======================================================
Toxicological Information
=======================================================
Toxicological Information: TOXICITY DATA: NO INFORMATION FOUND.
=======================================================
Ecological Information
=======================================================
Ecological: EPA WASTE NUMBERS: NONE.
=======================================================
MSDS Transport Information
=======================================================
Transport Information: NON-REGULATED.
=======================================================
Regulatory Information
=======================================================
Sara Title III Information: HAZARD CATEGORY FOR SARA SECTION 311/312 REPORTING:
NONE. SARA TITLE III: SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE: SARA EHS SECTION 302 TPQ: NO, SARA
SECTION 313 CHEMICALS NAME LIST: NO, SARA SECTION 313 CHEMICAL CATEGOR Y: NO,
CERCLA SECTION 103 RQ (LBS): 100. RCRA SECTION 261.33: NO.
Federal Regulatory Information: EPA TSCA STATUS: ON TSCA INVENTORY.
State Regulatory Information: NO DATA PROVIDED BY MANUFACTURER.
=======================================================
Other Information
=======================================================
Other Information: NFPA RATING: HEALTH-1, FIRE-0, REACTIVITY-1.
=======================================================
Transportation Information
=======================================================
Responsible Party Cage: 59896
Trans ID NO: 157055
Product ID: 88-9640, 19-1025, SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE, 5%
MSDS Prepared Date: 09/05/2000
Review Date: 05/22/2001
MFN: 1
Net Unit Weight: UNKNOWN
Multiple KIT Number: 0
Unit Of Issue: CY
Type Of Container: CYLINDER
Additional Data: NON-REGULATED PER MSDS.
=======================================================
Detail DOT Information
=======================================================
DOT PSN Code: ZZZ
DOT Proper Shipping Name: NOT REGULATED BY THIS MODE OF TRANSPORTATION
=======================================================
Detail IMO Information
=======================================================
IMO PSN Code: ZZZ
IMO Proper Shipping Name: NOT REGULATED FOR THIS MODE OF TRANSPORTATION
=======================================================
Detail IATA Information
=======================================================
IATA PSN Code: ZZZ
IATA Proper Shipping Name: NOT REGULATED BY THIS MODE OF TRANSPORTATION
=======================================================
Detail AFI Information
=======================================================
AFI PSN Code: ZZZ

AFI Proper Shipping Name: NOT REGULATED BY THIS MODE OF TRANSPORTATION
=======================================================
HAZCOM Label
=======================================================
Product ID: 88-9640, 19-1025, SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE, 5%
Cage: 59896
Company Name: CAROLINA BIOLOGICAL SUPPLY CO
Street: 2700 YORK RD
City: BURLINGTON NC
Zipcode: 27215-3387
Health Emergency Phone: (800)424-9300
Label Required IND: Y
Date Of Label Review: 05/22/2001
Status Code: A
Year Procured: 2001
Origination Code: F
Eye Protection IND: YES
Skin Protection IND: YES
Signal Word: CAUTION
Respiratory Protection IND: NO
Health Hazard: Slight
Contact Hazard: Slight
Fire Hazard: None
Reactivity Hazard: Slight
Hazard And Precautions: HARMFUL IF INHALED. CAUSES SKIN AND EYE IRRITATION.
=======================================================
Disclaimer (provided with this information by the compiling agencies): This
information is formulated for use by elements of the Department of Defense.
The United States of America in no manner whatsoever expressly or implied
warrants, states, or intends said information to have any application, use or
viability by or to any person or persons outside the Department of Defense
nor any person or persons contracting with any instrumentality of the United
States of America and disclaims all liability for such use. Any person
utilizing this instruction who is not a military or civilian employee of the
United States of America should seek competent professional advice to verify
and assume responsibility for the suitability of this information to their
particular situation regardless of similarity to a corresponding Department
of Defense or other government situation.

MSDS Number: C2046 * * * * * Effective Date: 05/08/03 * * * * * Supercedes: 08/25/00
CHARCOAL ACTIVATED
1. Product Identification
Synonyms: Activated carbon; Charcoal, activated, powder; carbon black; Carboraffin;
Carborafine
CAS No.: 7440-44-0
Molecular Weight: 12.01
Chemical Formula: C
Product Codes:
J.T. Baker: 1560
Mallinckrodt: 4394
2. Composition/Information on Ingredients
Ingredient CAS No Percent Hazardous
--------------------------------------- ------------ ------------ ---------
Activated Carbon 7440-44-0 90 - 100% Yes
3. Hazards Identification
Emergency Overview

--------------------------
CAUTION! ACTIVATED CARBON AFFECTS THE RESPIRATORY AND
CARDIOVASCULAR SYSTEMS.
J.T. Baker SAF-T-DATA (tm) Ratings (Provided here for your convenience)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Health Rating: 1 - Slight
Flammability Rating: 1 - Slight
Reactivity Rating: 1 - Slight
Contact Rating: 1 - Slight
Lab Protective Equip: GOGGLES; LAB COAT; PROPER GLOVES
Storage Color Code: Orange (General Storage)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Potential Health Effects
----------------------------------
Inhalation:
No adverse effects expected. May cause mild irritation to the respiratory tract.
Ingestion:
No adverse effects expected. May cause mild irritation to the gastrointestinal tract.
Skin Contact:
Not expected to be a health hazard from skin exposure. May cause mild irritation and
redness.
Eye Contact:
No adverse effects expected. May cause mild irritation, possible reddening.
Chronic Exposure:
Prolonged inhalation of excessive dust may produce pulmonary disorders.
Aggravation of Pre-existing Conditions:
No information found.
4. First Aid Measures
Inhalation:
Remove to fresh air. Get medical attention for any breathing difficulty.
Ingestion:
Give several glasses of water to drink to dilute. If large amounts were swallowed, get
medical advice.
Skin Contact:
Not expected to require first aid measures. Wash exposed area with soap and water. Get
medical advice if irritation develops.
Eye Contact:
Wash thoroughly with running water. Get medical advice if irritation develops.
5. Fire Fighting Measures

Fire:
As with most organic solids, fire is possible at elevated temperatures or by contact with an
ignition source. Activated carbon is difficult to ignite and tends to burn slowly (smolder)
without producing smoke or flame. Wet activated carbon depletes oxygen from the air.
Materials allowed to smolder for long periods in enclosed spaces, may produce amounts of
carbon monoxide which may reach the lower explosive limit for carbon monoxide of 12.5%
in air. Contact with strong oxidizers such as ozone or liquid oxygen may cause rapid
combustion.
Explosion:
Fine dust dispersed in air in sufficient concentrations, and in the presence of an ignition
source is a potential dust explosion hazard. Minimum explosible concentration 0.140 g/l.
Fire Extinguishing Media:
Water spray, dry chemical, alcohol foam, or carbon dioxide.
Special Information:
In the event of a fire, wear full protective clothing and NIOSH-approved self-contained
breathing apparatus with full facepiece operated in the pressure demand or other positive
pressure mode.
6. Accidental Release Measures
Remove all sources of ignition. Ventilate area of leak or spill. Wear appropriate personal
protective equipment as specified in Section 8. Spills: Clean up spills in a manner that does
not disperse dust into the air. Use non-sparking tools and equipment. Reduce airborne dust
and prevent scattering by moistening with water. Pick up spill for recovery or disposal and
place in a closed container. Warning! Spent product may have absorbed hazardous
materials.
7. Handling and Storage
Keep in a tightly closed container, stored in a cool, dry, ventilated area. Protect against
physical damage. Keep away from moisture and oxidizers. Avoid dust dispersal.
Wet activated carbon depletes oxygen from the air and therefore dangerously low levels of
oxygen may be encountered in confined spaces. Work procedures for potentially low
oxygen areas should be followed.
Containers of this material may be hazardous when empty since they retain product residues
(dust, solids); observe all warnings and precautions listed for the product.
8. Exposure Controls/Personal Protection
Airborne Exposure Limits:
- OSHA Permissible Exposure Limits (PELs):
activated carbon (graphite, synthetic): total particulate = 15 mg/m3 (TWA), respirable

fraction = 5 mg/m3 (TWA).
- ACGIH Threshold Limit Values (TLVs):
graphite, all forms except graphite fibers: 2 mg/m3 (TWA).
Ventilation System:
A system of local and/or general exhaust is recommended to keep employee exposures
below the Airborne Exposure Limits. Local exhaust ventilation is generally preferred
because it can control the emissions of the contaminant at its source, preventing dispersion
of it into the general work area. Please refer to the ACGIH document, Industrial
Ventilation, A Manual of Recommended Practices, most recent edition, for details.
Personal Respirators (NIOSH Approved):
For conditions of use where exposure to the dust or mist is apparent, a half-face dust/mist
respirator may be worn. For emergencies or instances where the exposure levels are not
known, use a full-face positive-pressure, air-supplied respirator. WARNING: Air-purifying
respirators do not protect workers in oxygen-deficient atmospheres.
Skin Protection:
Wear protective gloves and clean body-covering clothing.
Eye Protection:
Use chemical safety goggles. Maintain eye wash fountain and quick-drench facilities in
work area.
9. Physical and Chemical Properties
Appearance:
Fine black powder.
Odor:
Odorless.
Solubility:
Insoluble in water.
Specific Gravity:
1.8 - 2.1
pH:
5.0-10.0
% Volatiles by volume @ 21C (70F):
0
Boiling Point:
Sublimes.
Melting Point:
3550C (6422F)
Vapor Density (Air=1):
0.4
Vapor Pressure (mm Hg):
1 @ 3586C (6487F)
Evaporation Rate (BuAc=1):
No information found.
10. Stability and Reactivity

Stability:
Stable under ordinary conditions of use and storage.
Hazardous Decomposition Products:
Involvement in a fire causes formation of carbon dioxide and carbon monoxide.
Hazardous Polymerization:
Will not occur.
Incompatibilities:
Strong oxidizers such as ozone, liquid oxygen, chlorine, permanganate, etc. may result in
rapid combustion. Avoid contact with strong acids.
Conditions to Avoid:
Moisture and incompatibles.
11. Toxicological Information
Investigated as a reproductive effector.
--------\Cancer Lists\------------------------------------------------------
---NTP Carcinogen---
Ingredient Known Anticipated IARC Category
------------------------------------ ----- ----------- -------------
Activated Carbon (7440-44-0) No No None
12. Ecological Information
Environmental Fate:
No information found.
Environmental Toxicity:
No information found.
13. Disposal Considerations
Whatever cannot be saved for recovery or recycling should be managed in an appropriate
and approved waste disposal facility. Processing, use or contamination of this product may
change the waste management options. State and local disposal regulations may differ from
federal disposal regulations. Dispose of container and unused contents in accordance with
federal, state and local requirements.
14. Transport Information
Not regulated.

15. Regulatory Information
--------\Chemical Inventory Status - Part 1\---------------------------------
Ingredient
TSCA EC Japan Australia
----------------------------------------------- ---- --- ----- ---------
Activated Carbon (7440-44-0) Yes Yes No Yes
--------\Chemical Inventory Status - Part 2\---------------------------------
--Canada--
Ingredient
Korea DSL NDSL Phil.
----------------------------------------------- ----- --- ---- -----
Activated Carbon (7440-44-0) Yes Yes No Yes
--------\Federal, State & International Regulations - Part 1\----------------
-SARA 302- ------SARA 313------
Ingredient RQ TPQ List Chemical Catg.
----------------------------------------- --- ----- ---- --------------
Activated Carbon (7440-44-0) No No No No
--------\Federal, State & International Regulations - Part 2\----------------
-RCRA- -TSCA-
Ingredient CERCLA 261.33 8(d)
----------------------------------------- ------ ------ ------
Activated Carbon (7440-44-0) No No No
Chemical Weapons Convention: No TSCA 12(b): No CDTA: No
SARA 311/312: Acute: Yes Chronic: No Fire: No Pressure: No
Reactivity: No (Pure / Solid)
Australian Hazchem Code: None allocated.
Poison Schedule: None allocated.
WHMIS:
This MSDS has been prepared according to the hazard criteria of the Controlled Products
Regulations (CPR) and the MSDS contains all of the information required by the CPR.
16. Other Information
NFPA Ratings: Health: 0 Flammability: 1 Reactivity: 0
Label Hazard Warning:
CAUTION! ACTIVATED CARBON AFFECTS THE RESPIRATORY AND
CARDIOVASCULAR SYSTEMS.
Label Precautions:
Avoid contact with eyes, skin and clothing.
Avoid breathing dust.
Keep container closed.
Use with adequate ventilation.
Wash thoroughly after handling.

Label First Aid:
If inhaled, remove to fresh air. Get medical attention for any breathing difficulty.
Product Use:
Laboratory Reagent.
Revision Information:
No Changes.
Disclaimer:
*****************************************************************************************
Mallinckrodt Baker, Inc. provides the information contained herein in good faith but
makes no representation as to its comprehensiveness or accuracy. This document is
intended only as a guide to the appropriate precautionary handling of the material by
a properly trained person using this product. Individuals receiving the information
must exercise their independent judgment in determining its appropriateness for a
particular purpose. MALLINCKRODT BAKER, INC. MAKES NO
REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE WITH
RESPECT TO THE INFORMATION SET FORTH HEREIN OR THE PRODUCT
TO WHICH THE INFORMATION REFERS. ACCORDINGLY, MALLINCKRODT
BAKER, INC. WILL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR DAMAGES RESULTING
FROM USE OF OR RELIANCE UPON THIS INFORMATION.
*****************************************************************************************
Prepared by: Environmental Health & Safety
Phone Number: (314) 654-1600 (U.S.A.)

MSDS Number: A2856 * * * * * Effective Date: 09/26/01 * * * * * Supercedes: 11/17/99
ALUMINUM POTASSIUM SULFATE
1. Product Identification
Synonyms: Sulfuric acid, aluminum potassium salt (2:1:1), dodecahydrate; potassium alum
dodecahydrate; Alum Potassium USP Powder TAC; Potassium alum; Potash alum; Alum;
Kalinite
CAS No.: 10043-67-1 (Anhydrous) 7784-24-9 (Dodecahydrate)
Molecular Weight: 474.38
Chemical Formula: AlK(SO4)2 12H2O
Product Codes:
J.T. Baker: 0546, 0547
Mallinckrodt: 3216
2. Composition/Information on Ingredients
Ingredient CAS No Percent Hazardous
--------------------------------------- ------------ ------------ ---------
Sulfuric Acid, Aluminum Potassium Salt 10043-67-1 98 - 100% Yes
(2:1:1)
3. Hazards Identification

Emergency Overview
--------------------------
WARNING! HARMFUL IF SWALLOWED OR INHALED. CAUSES IRRITATION
TO SKIN, EYES AND RESPIRATORY TRACT.
J.T. Baker SAF-T-DATA (tm) Ratings (Provided here for your convenience)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Health Rating: 1 - Slight
Flammability Rating: 0 - None
Reactivity Rating: 0 - None
Contact Rating: 1 - Slight
Lab Protective Equip: GOGGLES; LAB COAT
Storage Color Code: Orange (General Storage)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Potential Health Effects
----------------------------------
This material hydrolyzes in water to form sulfuric acid, which is responsible for the
irritating effects given below.
Inhalation:
Causes irritation to the respiratory tract. Symptoms may include coughing, shortness of
breath.
Ingestion:
Causes irritation to the gastrointestinal tract. Symptoms may include nausea, vomiting and
diarrhea. There have been two cases of fatal human poisonings from ingestion of 30 grams
of alum.
Skin Contact:
Causes irritation to skin. Symptoms include redness, itching, and pain.
Eye Contact:
Causes irritation, redness, and pain.
Chronic Exposure:
No information found.
Aggravation of Pre-existing Conditions:
No information found.
4. First Aid Measures
Inhalation:
Remove to fresh air. If not breathing, give artificial respiration. If breathing is difficult, give
oxygen. Get medical attention.
Ingestion:
If swallowed, DO NOT INDUCE VOMITING. Give large quantities of water. Never give
anything by mouth to an unconscious person. Get medical attention immediately.
Skin Contact:
Wipe off excess material from skin then immediately flush skin with plenty of water for at
least 15 minutes. Remove contaminated clothing and shoes. Get medical attention. Wash

clothing before reuse. Thoroughly clean shoes before reuse.
Eye Contact:
Immediately flush eyes with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes, lifting upper and lower
eyelids occasionally. Get medical attention.
5. Fire Fighting Measures
Fire:
Not considered to be a fire hazard.
Explosion:
Not considered to be an explosion hazard.
Fire Extinguishing Media:
Use any means suitable for extinguishing surrounding fire. Keep in mind that addition of
water can cause the formation of sulfuric acid.
Special Information:
In the event of a fire, wear full protective clothing and NIOSH-approved self-contained
breathing apparatus with full facepiece operated in the pressure demand or other positive
pressure mode.
6. Accidental Release Measures
Cover spill with sodium bicarbonate or soda ash and mix. Ventilate area of leak or spill.
Keep unnecessary and unprotected people away from area of spill. Wear appropriate
personal protective equipment as specified in Section 8. Spills: Pick up and place in a
suitable container for reclamation or disposal, using a method that does not generate dust.
7. Handling and Storage
Keep in a tightly closed container, stored in a cool, dry, ventilated area. Protect against
physical damage. Isolate from incompatible substances. Containers of this material may be
hazardous when empty since they retain product residues (dust, solids); observe all
warnings and precautions listed for the product.
8. Exposure Controls/Personal Protection
Airborne Exposure Limits:
-OSHA Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL):
2 mg/m3 (TWA) soluble salts as Al
-ACGIH Threshold Limit Value (TLV):

2 mg/m3 (TWA) soluble salts as Al
Ventilation System:
A system of local and/or general exhaust is recommended to keep employee exposures
below the Airborne Exposure Limits. Local exhaust ventilation is generally preferred
because it can control the emissions of the contaminant at its source, preventing dispersion
of it into the general work area. Please refer to the ACGIH document, Industrial
Ventilation, A Manual of Recommended Practices, most recent edition, for details.
Personal Respirators (NIOSH Approved):
If the exposure limit is exceeded and engineering controls are not feasible, a half facepiece
particulate respirator (NIOSH type N95 or better filters) may be worn for up to ten times the
exposure limit or the maximum use concentration specified by the appropriate regulatory
agency or respirator supplier, whichever is lowest.. A full-face piece particulate respirator
(NIOSH type N100 filters) may be worn up to 50 times the exposure limit, or the maximum
use concentration specified by the appropriate regulatory agency, or respirator supplier,
whichever is lowest. If oil particles (e.g. lubricants, cutting fluids, glycerine, etc.) are
present, use a NIOSH type R or P filter. For emergencies or instances where the exposure
levels are not known, use a full-facepiece positive-pressure, air-supplied respirator.
WARNING: Air-purifying respirators do not protect workers in oxygen-deficient
atmospheres.
Skin Protection:
Wear impervious protective clothing, including boots, gloves, lab coat, apron or coveralls,
as appropriate, to prevent skin contact.
Eye Protection:
Use chemical safety goggles and/or full face shield where dusting or splashing of solutions
is possible. Maintain eye wash fountain and quick-drench facilities in work area.
9. Physical and Chemical Properties
Appearance:
Colorless crystals.
Odor:
Odorless.
Solubility:
14% in water, 333% in boiling water
Density:
1.73
pH:
3.3 (0.2 M solution)
% Volatiles by volume @ 21C (70F):
0
Boiling Point:
ca. 200C (ca. 392F) Loses water
Melting Point:
92.5C (198F)
Vapor Density (Air=1):
No information found.
Vapor Pressure (mm Hg):
No information found.

Evaporation Rate (BuAc=1):
No information found.
10. Stability and Reactivity
Stability:
Stable under ordinary conditions of use and storage.
Hazardous Decomposition Products:
Hydrolyzes to form dilute sulfuric acid. Toxic and corrosive oxides of sulfur may be formed
when heated to decomposition.
Hazardous Polymerization:
Will not occur.
Incompatibilities:
Corrosive to metals in the presence of water.
Conditions to Avoid:
Moisture and incompatibles.
11. Toxicological Information
Investigated as a reproductive effector.
--------\Cancer Lists\------------------------------------------------------
---NTP Carcinogen---
Ingredient Known Anticipated IARC Category
------------------------------------ ----- ----------- -------------
Sulfuric Acid, Aluminum Potassium No No None
Salt (2:1:1) (10043-67-1)
12. Ecological Information
Environmental Fate:
No information found.
Environmental Toxicity:
No information found.
13. Disposal Considerations
Whatever cannot be saved for recovery or recycling should be managed in an appropriate
and approved waste disposal facility. Processing, use or contamination of this product may
change the waste management options. State and local disposal regulations may differ from

federal disposal regulations. Dispose of container and unused contents in accordance with
federal, state and local requirements.
14. Transport Information
Not regulated.
15. Regulatory Information
--------\Chemical Inventory Status - Part 1\---------------------------------
Ingredient
TSCA EC Japan Australia
----------------------------------------------- ---- --- ----- ---------
Sulfuric Acid, Aluminum Potassium Salt (2:1:1) Yes Yes Yes Yes
(10043-67-1)
--------\Chemical Inventory Status - Part 2\---------------------------------
--Canada--
Ingredient
Korea DSL NDSL Phil.
----------------------------------------------- ----- --- ---- -----
Sulfuric Acid, Aluminum Potassium Salt (2:1:1) Yes Yes No Yes
(10043-67-1)
--------\Federal, State & International Regulations - Part 1\----------------
-SARA 302- ------SARA 313------
Ingredient RQ TPQ List Chemical Catg.
----------------------------------------- --- ----- ---- --------------
Sulfuric Acid, Aluminum Potassium Salt No No No No
(2:1:1) (10043-67-1)
--------\Federal, State & International Regulations - Part 2\----------------
-RCRA- -TSCA-
Ingredient CERCLA 261.33 8(d)
----------------------------------------- ------ ------ ------
Sulfuric Acid, Aluminum Potassium Salt No No No
(2:1:1) (10043-67-1)
Chemical Weapons Convention: No TSCA 12(b): No CDTA: No
SARA 311/312: Acute: Yes Chronic: No Fire: No Pressure: No
Reactivity: No (Pure / Solid)
Australian Hazchem Code: None allocated.
Poison Schedule: None allocated.
WHMIS:
This MSDS has been prepared according to the hazard criteria of the Controlled Products
Regulations (CPR) and the MSDS contains all of the information required by the CPR.

16. Other Information
NFPA Ratings: Health: 1 Flammability: 0 Reactivity: 0
Label Hazard Warning:
WARNING! HARMFUL IF SWALLOWED OR INHALED. CAUSES IRRITATION TO
SKIN, EYES AND RESPIRATORY TRACT.
Label Precautions:
Avoid breathing dust.
Keep container closed.
Use only with adequate ventilation.
Wash thoroughly after handling.
Avoid contact with eyes, skin and clothing.
Label First Aid:
If swallowed, DO NOT INDUCE VOMITING. Give large quantities of water. Never give
anything by mouth to an unconscious person. If inhaled, remove to fresh air. If not
breathing, give artificial respiration. If breathing is difficult, give oxygen. In case of contact,
wipe off excess material from skin then immediately flush eyes or skin with plenty of water
for at least 15 minutes. Remove contaminated clothing and shoes. Wash clothing before
reuse. In all cases, get medical attention.
Product Use:
Laboratory Reagent.
Revision Information:
MSDS Section(s) changed since last revision of document include: 1, 8.
Disclaimer:
*****************************************************************************************
Mallinckrodt Baker, Inc. provides the information contained herein in good faith but
makes no representation as to its comprehensiveness or accuracy. This document is
intended only as a guide to the appropriate precautionary handling of the material by
a properly trained person using this product. Individuals receiving the information
must exercise their independent judgment in determining its appropriateness for a
particular purpose. MALLINCKRODT BAKER, INC. MAKES NO
REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE WITH
RESPECT TO THE INFORMATION SET FORTH HEREIN OR THE PRODUCT
TO WHICH THE INFORMATION REFERS. ACCORDINGLY, MALLINCKRODT
BAKER, INC. WILL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR DAMAGES RESULTING
FROM USE OF OR RELIANCE UPON THIS INFORMATION.
*****************************************************************************************
Prepared by: Environmental Health & Safety
Phone Number: (314) 654-1600 (U.S.A.)

MSDS Number: A5472 * * * * * Effective Date: 10/04/00 * * * * * Supercedes: 10/01/97
Ammonia Solution, Strong
1. Product Identification
Synonyms: Ammonia Aqueous; Aqua Ammonia; Ammonia TS
CAS No.: Not applicable to mixtures.
Molecular Weight: Not applicable to mixtures.
Chemical Formula: Not applicable to mixtures.
Product Codes: 5905, 9724, 9726, 9736
2. Composition/Information on Ingredients
Ingredient CAS No Percent Hazardous
--------------------------------------- ------------ ------------ ---------
Ammonia 7664-41-7 27 - 31% Yes
Water 7732-18-5 69 - 73% No
3. Hazards Identification
Emergency Overview
--------------------------
POISON! DANGER! CORROSIVE ALKALINE SOLUTION. CAUSES BURNS TO

ANY AREA OF CONTACT. HARMFUL IF SWALLOWED, INHALED OR
ABSORBED THROUGH SKIN.
J.T. Baker SAF-T-DATA (tm) Ratings (Provided here for your convenience)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Health Rating: 3 - Severe (Poison)
Flammability Rating: 1 - Slight
Reactivity Rating: 2 - Moderate
Contact Rating: 3 - Severe (Corrosive)
Lab Protective Equip: GOGGLES & SHIELD; LAB COAT & APRON; VENT HOOD;
PROPER GLOVES
Storage Color Code: White Stripe (Store Separately)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Potential Health Effects
----------------------------------
Ammonia is very alkaline and reacts corrosively with all body tissues.
Inhalation:
Corrosive. Extremely destructive to tissues of the mucous membranes and upper respiratory
tract. Symptoms may include burning sensation, coughing, wheezing, laryngitis, shortness
of breath, headache, nausea and vomiting. Inhalation may be fatal as a result of spasm
inflammation and edema of the larynx and bronchi, chemical pneumonitis and pulmonary
edema.
Ingestion:
Corrosive. Swallowing can cause severe burns of the mouth, throat, and stomach, leading to
death. Can cause sore throat, vomiting, diarrhea.
Skin Contact:
Dermal contact with alkaline corrosives may produce pain, redness, severe irritation or full
thickness burns. May be absorbed through the skin with possible systemic effects.
Eye Contact:
Corrosive. Can cause blurred vision, redness, pain, severe tissue burns and eye damage. Eye
exposure may result in temporary or permanent blindness.
Chronic Exposure:
Prolonged or repeated skin exposure may cause dermatitis. Prolonged or repeated exposure
may cause eye, liver, kidney, or lung damage.
Aggravation of Pre-existing Conditions:
No information found.
4. First Aid Measures
Inhalation:
Remove to fresh air. If not breathing, give artificial respiration. If breathing is difficult, give
oxygen. Get medical attention immediately.
Ingestion:
If swallowed, DO NOT INDUCE VOMITING. Give large quantities of water. Never give
anything by mouth to an unconscious person. Get medical attention immediately.

Skin Contact:
Immediately flush skin with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes while removing
contaminated clothing and shoes. Get medical attention immediately. Wash clothing before
reuse. Thoroughly clean shoes before reuse.
Eye Contact:
Immediately flush eyes with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes, lifting lower and upper
eyelids occasionally. Get medical attention immediately.
Note to Physician:
DO NOT induce emesis, perform gastric lavage or attempt neutralization after ingestion.
Dilution with milk or water may be of benefit. Endoscopic evaluation may be required.
5. Fire Fighting Measures
Fire:
Autoignition temperature: 651C (1204F)
Flammable limits in air % by volume:
lel: 16; uel: 25
Not considered to be a fire hazard.
Explosion:
Gives off flammable vapors. Vapors may form explosive mixture with air. Closed
containers exposed to heat may explode.
Fire Extinguishing Media:
Use any means suitable for extinguishing surrounding fire. Water spray may be used to
keep fire exposed containers cool. Do not allow water runoff to enter sewers or waterways.
Special Information:
In the event of a fire, wear full protective clothing and NIOSH-approved self-contained
breathing apparatus with full facepiece operated in the pressure demand or other positive
pressure mode.
6. Accidental Release Measures
Approach release from upwind. Ventilate area of leak or spill. Wear appropriate personal
protective equipment as specified in Section 8. Isolate hazard area. Keep unnecessary and
unprotected personnel from entering. Contain and recover liquid when possible. Carefuly
neutrallize spill with dilute HCl. Collect liquid in an appropriate container or absorb with an
inert material (e. g., vermiculite, dry sand, earth), and place in a chemical waste container.
Use water spray to cool, absorb, and disperse vapors. Do not use combustible materials,
such as saw dust. Do not flush to sewer! US Regulations (CERCLA) require reporting spills
and releases to soil, water and air in excess of reportable quantities. The toll free number for
the US Coast Guard National Response Center is (800) 424-8802.
J. T. Baker NEUTRACIT®-2 or BuCAIM® caustic neutralizers are recommended for spills
of this product.

7. Handling and Storage
Store below 25C. Keep in a tightly closed container, stored in a cool, dry, ventilated area.
Protect against physical damage. Isolate from incompatible substances. Containers of this
material may be hazardous when empty since they retain product residues (vapors, liquid);
observe all warnings and precautions listed for the product.
8. Exposure Controls/Personal Protection
Airborne Exposure Limits:
For Ammonia:
- OSHA Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL) -
50 ppm (TWA)
- ACGIH Threshold Limit Value (TLV)
25 ppm (TWA), 35 ppm (STEL).
Ventilation System:
A system of local and/or general exhaust is recommended to keep employee exposures
below the Airborne Exposure Limits. Local exhaust ventilation is generally preferred
because it can control the emissions of the contaminant at its source, preventing dispersion
of it into the general work area. Please refer to the ACGIH document, Industrial
Ventilation, A Manual of Recommended Practices, most recent edition, for details.
Personal Respirators (NIOSH Approved):
If the exposure limit is exceeded, a full facepiece respirator with an ammonia/methylamine
cartridge may be worn up to 50 times the exposure limit or the maximum use concentration
specified by the appropriate regulatory agency or respirator supplier, whichever is lowest.
For emergencies or instances where the exposure levels are not known, use a full-facepiece
positive-pressure, air-supplied respirator. WARNING: Air purifying respirators do not
protect workers in oxygen-deficient atmospheres.
Skin Protection:
Wear impervious protective clothing, including boots, gloves, lab coat, apron or coveralls,
as appropriate, to prevent skin contact.
Eye Protection:
Use chemical safety goggles and/or a full face shield where splashing is possible. Maintain
eye wash fountain and quick-drench facilities in work area.
9. Physical and Chemical Properties
Appearance:
Clear, colorless liquid.
Odor:
Intense, pungent, sufficating odor.
Solubility:
Complete (100%)

Specific Gravity:
ca. 0.90 @ 25C/25C
pH:
11.6 (1.0N)
% Volatiles by volume @ 21C (70F):
100
Boiling Point:
No information found.
Melting Point:
- 77C (-107F)
Vapor Density (Air=1):
0.59 (ammonia gas)
Vapor Pressure (mm Hg):
No information found.
Evaporation Rate (BuAc=1):
No information found.
10. Stability and Reactivity
Stability:
Stable under ordinary conditions of use and storage.
Hazardous Decomposition Products:
Burning may produce ammonia, nitrogen oxides.
Hazardous Polymerization:
Will not occur.
Incompatibilities:
Ammonia (anhydrous) is incompatible with mercury, chlorine, calcium hypochlorite,
hydrofluoric acid (anhydrous), bromine pentaflouride, chlorine trifluoride, chloroformates,
strong acids, strong oxidizing agents, brass, zinc, aluminum, copper, bronze, most common
metals and dimethyl sulfate. Corrosive to copper, zinc and many metal surfaces. Reacts with
hypochlorite or other halogen sources to form explosive compounds that are sensitive to
pressure or increases in temperature. Reaction with sulfuric acid or other strong mineral
acids is exothermic; mixture becomes boiling hot.
Conditions to Avoid:
Heat, direct sunlight, incompatibles.
11. Toxicological Information
For Ammonia: LC50 inhalation rat 2000 ppm/4H. Investigated as a tumorigen and mutagen.
--------\Cancer Lists\------------------------------------------------------
---NTP Carcinogen---
Ingredient Known Anticipated IARC Category
------------------------------------ ----- ----------- -------------
Ammonia (7664-41-7) No No None
Water (7732-18-5) No No None

12. Ecological Information
Environmental Fate:
No information found.
Environmental Toxicity:
No information found.
13. Disposal Considerations
Whatever cannot be saved for recovery or recycling should be handled as hazardous waste
and sent to a RCRA approved waste facility. Processing, use or contamination of this
product may change the waste management options. State and local disposal regulations
may differ from federal disposal regulations. Dispose of container and unused contents in
accordance with federal, state and local requirements.
14. Transport Information
Domestic (Land, D.O.T.)
-----------------------
Proper Shipping Name: AMMONIA SOLUTIONS (WITH 10-35% AMMONIA)
Hazard Class: 8
UN/NA: UN2672
Packing Group: III
Information reported for product/size: 360LB
International (Water, I.M.O.)
-----------------------------
Proper Shipping Name: AMMONIA SOLUTIONS
Hazard Class: 8
UN/NA: UN2672
Packing Group: III
Information reported for product/size: 360LB
15. Regulatory Information
--------\Chemical Inventory Status - Part 1\---------------------------------
Ingredient
TSCA EC Japan Australia
----------------------------------------------- ---- --- ----- ---------
Ammonia (7664-41-7) Yes Yes Yes Yes
Water (7732-18-5) Yes Yes Yes Yes
--------\Chemical Inventory Status - Part 2\---------------------------------

--Canada--
Ingredient
Korea DSL NDSL Phil.
----------------------------------------------- ----- --- ---- -----
Ammonia (7664-41-7) Yes Yes No Yes
Water (7732-18-5) Yes Yes No Yes
--------\Federal, State & International Regulations - Part 1\----------------
-SARA 302- ------SARA 313------
Ingredient RQ TPQ List Chemical Catg.
----------------------------------------- --- ----- ---- --------------
Ammonia (7664-41-7) 100 500 Yes No
Water (7732-18-5) No No No No
--------\Federal, State & International Regulations - Part 2\----------------
-RCRA- -TSCA-
Ingredient CERCLA 261.33 8(d)
----------------------------------------- ------ ------ ------
Ammonia (7664-41-7) 100 No No
Water (7732-18-5) No No No
Chemical Weapons Convention: No TSCA 12(b): No CDTA: No
SARA 311/312: Acute: Yes Chronic: Yes Fire: No Pressure: No
Reactivity: No (Mixture / Liquid)
Australian Hazchem Code: 2P
Poison Schedule: S6
WHMIS:
This MSDS has been prepared according to the hazard criteria of the Controlled Products
Regulations (CPR) and the MSDS contains all of the information required by the CPR.
16. Other Information
NFPA Ratings: Health: 3 Flammability: 1 Reactivity: 0
Label Hazard Warning:
POISON! DANGER! CORROSIVE ALKALINE SOLUTION. CAUSES BURNS TO
ANY AREA OF CONTACT. HARMFUL IF SWALLOWED, INHALED OR
ABSORBED THROUGH SKIN.
Label Precautions:
Do not get in eyes, on skin, or on clothing.
Do not breathe vapor or mist.
Keep container closed.
Use only with adequate ventilation.
Wash thoroughly after handling.
Label First Aid:
If swallowed, DO NOT INDUCE VOMITING. Give large quantities of water. Never give
anything by mouth to an unconscious person. If inhaled, remove to fresh air. If not
breathing, give artificial respiration. If breathing is difficult, give oxygen. In case of contact,
immediately flush eyes or skin with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes while removing
contaminated clothing and shoes. Wash clothing before reuse. In all cases get medical

attention immediately.
Product Use:
Laboratory Reagent.
Revision Information:
No Changes.
Disclaimer:
*****************************************************************************************
Mallinckrodt Baker, Inc. provides the information contained herein in good faith but
makes no representation as to its comprehensiveness or accuracy. This document is
intended only as a guide to the appropriate precautionary handling of the material by
a properly trained person using this product. Individuals receiving the information
must exercise their independent judgment in determining its appropriateness for a
particular purpose. MALLINCKRODT BAKER, INC. MAKES NO
REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE WITH
RESPECT TO THE INFORMATION SET FORTH HEREIN OR THE PRODUCT
TO WHICH THE INFORMATION REFERS. ACCORDINGLY, MALLINCKRODT
BAKER, INC. WILL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR DAMAGES RESULTING
FROM USE OF OR RELIANCE UPON THIS INFORMATION.
*****************************************************************************************
Prepared by: Environmental Health & Safety
Phone Number: (314) 654-1600 (U.S.A.)

GREAT WESTERN CHEMICAL CO -- CAUSTIC SODA LIQUID 50%, (ALL GRADES)
=======================================================
MSDS Safety Information
=======================================================
FSC: 6810
MSDS Date: 08/18/1997
MSDS Num: CGTWS
LIIN: 00N084770
Product ID: CAUSTIC SODA LIQUID 50%, (ALL GRADES)
MFN: 01
Responsible Party
Cage: GREA1
Name: GREAT WESTERN CHEMICAL CO
Address: 808 SW 15TH AVE
City: PORTLAND OR 97205
Info Phone Number: 503-228-2600
Emergency Phone Number: 800-497-7455;800-424-9300(CHEMTREC)
Preparer's Name: BECCA HEARTWELL
Published: Y
=======================================================
Contractor Summary
=======================================================
Cage: 0GV91
Name: GREAT WESTERN CHEMICAL CO
Address: UNKNOWN
Box: UNKNOW
City: UNKNOWN NK 00000
Phone: UNKNOWN
Cage: GREA1
Name: GREAT WESTERN CHEMICAL CO
Address: 808 S W 15 AVE
City: PORTLAND OR 97205
Phone: 503-228-2600
=======================================================
Ingredients
=======================================================
Cas: 1310-73-2
RTECS #: WB4900000
Name: SODIUM HYDROXIDE (CERCLA)
OSHA PEL: 2 MG/M3
ACGIH TLV: C 2 MG/M3
EPA Rpt Qty: 1000 LBS
DOT Rpt Qty: 1000 LBS
------------------------------
Name: EFTS OF OVEREXP: OF CONT, TO REGENERATE. NO PUBLISHED DATA INDICATES MATL
IS ABSORBED THRU SKIN. INGEST: MAY
-----------------------------
Name: ING 3: CAUSE SEV IRRIT/BURNS TO GI TRACT. SYMPS OF EXPOS MAY INCL; NAUS,
VOMIT, DIARR, ABDOM PAIN, BLEEDING,
-----------------------------
Name: ING 4: & TISS ULCERATION. CHRONIC: EFTS OF EXPOS WOULD BE SAME AS FOR
ACUTE EXPOSURE. MUTAGENICITY: CYTOGENIC;
-----------------------------
Name: ING 5: HAMSTER; LUNG: 10 MMOL/L. TARGET ORGANS: EYES, SKIN, LUNGS.
-----------------------------
Name: FIRST AID PROC: IMMED. SKIN CONT: IMMED FLUSH W/PLENTY OF CLEAN RUNNING
WATER FOR @ LST 15 MINS, WHILE REMOVING
-----------------------------
Name: ING 7: CONTAMD CLTHG & SHOES. IF BURN/IRRIT OCCURS, CALL PHYS.
INGEST: DO NOT INDUCE VOMIT. GET MED ATTN IMMED.

-----------------------------
Name: ING 8: IF VICTIM IS FULLY CONSCIOUS, GIVE PLENTY OF WATER TO DRINK. NEVER
GIVE ANYTHING BY MOUTH TO UNCON
-----------------------------
Name: ING 9: PERSON. NOTE TO PHYS: SODIUM HYDROXIDE HAS LOW ORAL TOX, BUT MAY
BE CORR TO EYES, SKIN, & MUC MEMB.
-----------------------------
Name: ING 10: CONSIDERATION SHOULD BE GIVEN TO CAREFUL ENDOSCOPY AS
STOM/ESOPHAGEL BURNS, PERFORATIONS/STRICTURES MAY
-----------------------------
Name: ING 11: OCCUR. CAREFUL GASTRIC LAVAGE W/ENDOTRACHEAL TUBE IN PLACE SHOULD
BE CONSIDERED. TREAT EXPOS SYMPTOMATICALLY.
-----------------------------
Name: SPILL PROC: ACCUM. NEUT REMAINING TRACES OF MATL W/DILUTE ACID. LIBERALLY
COVER SPILL AREA W/SODIUM BICARBONATE.
-----------------------------
Name: ING 13: FLUSH SPILL AREA W/WATER, COLLECT RINSATES FOR DISP/SEWER, AS
APPROP. WATER SPILL: WEAR PROT EQUIP &
-----------------------------
Name: ING 14: CLTHG IF CONT W/HAZ MATL CAN OCCUR. STOP/DIVERT WATER FLOW. DIKE
CONTAMD WATER & REMOVE FOR DISP AND/OR
-----------------------------
Name: ING 15: TREATMENT. AS APPROP, NOTIFY ALL DOWNSTREAM USERS OF POSSIBLE
CONTAMINATION.
-----------------------------
Name: WASTE DISP METH: RESTRICTIONS UNDER 40 CFR 268 & MUST BE MANAGED
ACCORDINGLY. AS HAZ SOLID WASTE, IT MUST BE
-----------------------------
Name: ING 17: DISPOSED OF I/A/W LOC, STATE, & FED REGS IN PERMITTED HAZ
WASTE TREATMENT, STOR, & DISP FACILITY BY TREATMENT.
-----------------------------
Name: OTHER PREC: WATER TO PROD. ALWAYS ADD MATL SLOWLY, W/CONSTANT STIRRING,
TO SURF OF LUKEWARM(80-100F) WATER. IF
-----------------------------
Name: ING 19: MATL IS ADDED TOO RAPIDLY/WITH OUT STIRRING, & BECOMES CONC @
BOTTOM OF MIXING VESS, EXCESS HEAT MAY BE
-----------------------------
Name: ING 20: GENERATED, RSLTG IN DANGEROUS BOILING & SPATTERING, &
POSS IMMED & VIOLENT ERUPTION OF HIGHLY CAUSTIC SOLN.
-----------------------------
Name: EYE PROT: & FULL LENGTH FACESHIELD (FP N).
-----------------------------
Name: OTHER PROT EQUIP: FOOTWEAR: NEOPRENE, NITRILE/RUBBER BOOTS.
=======================================================
Health Hazards Data
=======================================================
LD50 LC50 Mixture: NONE SPECIFIED BY MANUFACTURER.
Route Of Entry Inds - Inhalation: YES
Skin: YES
Ingestion: YES
Carcinogenicity Inds - NTP: NO
IARC: NO
OSHA: NO
Effects of Exposure: ACUTE: INHAL: EXPOS TO VAPS/MISTS MAY CAUSE SEV
IRRIT/BURNS TO RESP TRACT. SYMPS OF EXPOS MAY INCL: SHORTNESS OF BREATH,
SNEEZING, CHOKING, CHEST PAIN, & IMPAIRMENT OF LUNG FUNC. INHAL OF HIGH
CONCS M AY RSLT IN PERM LUNG DMG. EYE CONT: EXPOS TO VAPS, MIST/LIQ MAY CAUSE
SEV IRRIT/BURNS. SYMPS OF EXPOS (EFTS OF OVEREXP)
Explanation Of Carcinogenicity: NOT RELEVANT.
Signs And Symptions Of Overexposure: HLTH HAZ: MAY INCL: TEARING, REDNESS,

SWELL, & PAIN. EXPOS MAY CAUSE CORNEAL DMG AND/OR VISUAL IMPAIRMENT. SKIN
CONT: EXPOS TO VAPS, MISTS/LIQ MAY CAUSE SEV IRRIT/BURNS. SYMPS OF EXPOS MAY
INCL: REDNE SS, SWELL, & PAIN. PRLNGD SKIN EXPOS TOMATL MAY CAUSE
DESTRUCTION OF DERMIS W/IMPAIRMENT OF SKIN, AT SITE
Medical Cond Aggravated By Exposure: NONE SPECIFIED BY MANUFACTURER.
First Aid: INHAL: IMMED MOVE TO FRESH AIR. IF NOT BRTHG, GIVE ARTF RESP. DO NOT
USE MOUTH-TO-MOUTH METH IF VICTIM INGESTED/INHALED SUBSTANCE; USE HOLGER
NIELSEN METH(BACK PRESS-ARM LIFT) OR PROPER RESP DEVICE. I F BRTHG IS DFCLT;
GIVE OXYG. CALL PHYS.EYE: IMMED FLUSH W/PLENTY OF CLEAN RUNNING WATER FOR @
LST 15 MINS, LIFTING UPPER & LOWER LIDS OCCASNLY. REMOVE CONT LENSES, IF
WORN. GET MED ATTN
=======================================================
Handling and Disposal
=======================================================
Spill Release Procedures: LAND SPILL: WEARING REC PROT EQUIP & CLTHG, DIKE
SPILL USING SOIL, SAND/COMPAT COMMERCIAL ABSORB. PICK UP BULK OF LIQ USING
PUMPS/VACUUM TRUCK/ABSORB LIQ IN SAND/COMMERCIAL ABSORB. PLACE LIQ IN APPRVD
CNTNRS FOR RECOVERY, DISP/SATELLITE
Neutralizing Agent: NONE SPECIFIED BY MANUFACTURER.
Waste Disposal Methods: U.S. EPA WASTE NUMBER/DESCRIPTION: D002. IF THIS PROD
IS DISPOSED OF AS SHIPPED, IT MEETS CRITERIA OF HAZ WASTE DEFINED UNDER 40
CFR 261 DUE TO ITS CORROSIVITY. IF THIS PROD BECOMES WASTE, IT WILL BE HAZ
WASTE WHICH IS SUBJECT TO LAND DISP
Handling And Storage Precautions: STORE IN COOL, DRY AREA AWAY FROM INCOMPAT
MATL. AVOID BRTHG VAPS, MIST/AEROSOLS. USE ONLY W/ADEQ VENT. PROTECT EYES,
SKIN, & CLTHG FROM CONT W/PROD.
Other Precautions: WEAR REC PROT EQUIP. DO NOT TAKE INTERNALLY. MATL IS CORR TO
TIN, ALUMINUM, ZINC & ALLOYS CNTNG THESE METALS, & WILL REACT
VIOLENTLY W/THESE METALS IN POWDER FORM. CONSIDERABLE HEAT IS GENERATED WHEN
MATL IS MIXED W/WATER. NEVER ADD
=======================================================
Fire and Explosion Hazard Information
=======================================================
Extinguishing Media: FOAM, CO*2, OR DRY CHEMICALS.
Fire Fighting Procedures: USE NIOSH APPROVED SCBA & FULL PROTECTIVE
EQUIPMENT (FP N). DO NOT USE WATER SPRAY OR FOG DIRECTLY ON MATL. THIS MATL
WILL REACT W/WATER TO RELEASE HEAT.
Unusual Fire/Explosion Hazard: GEN HAZ: UNIFORM FIRE CODE PHYSICAL HAZ RATING
FOR PROD IS: WATER-REACTIVE CLASS 1. DIRECT CONT W/WATER MAY CAUSE EXOTHERMIC
RXN(GENERATION OF HEAT). (SUPDAT)
=======================================================
Control Measures
=======================================================
Respiratory Protection: FOR EXPOSURE ABOVE OSHA-PEL/ACGIH CEILING LEVEL, WEAR
NIOSH APPRVD FULL FACEPIECE/HALF MASK AIR-PURIFYING CARTRIDGE RESP EQUIPPED
WITH NIOSH APPRVD DUST/MIST CARTRIDGE OR SUPPLIED AIR.
Ventilation: USE LOC MECH EXHAUST VENT CAPABLE OF MAINTAINING EMMISSIONS IN
WORK AREA BELOW OSHA-PEL/ACGIH CEILING LEVEL.
Protective Gloves: NEOPRENE, NITRILE/RUBB GLOVES.
Eye Protection: ANSI APPRVD CHEM WORKERS GOGGS
Other Protective Equipment: ANSI APPRVD EYE WASH & DELUGE SHOWER (FP N). WEAR
NEOPRENE, NITRILE/RUBB APRON/FULL PROT CLTHG WHEN HNDLG PROD.
Work Hygienic Practices: NONE SPECIFIED BY MANUFACTURER.
Supplemental Safety and Health: PH (AS IS): 14. PH (1% SOLN): 13.5-14.0. EXPLO
HAZ: UNIFORM FIRE CODE HLTH HAZ RATING FOR PROD IS COOR(ALKALINE). THIS MATL
MAY EVOLVE FLAMM/EXPLO HYDROGEN GAS ON CONT W/MOST METALS. MAY PRDCE HAZ FUM
ES/DECOMP PRODS. MATLS TO AVOID: MALEICANHYDRIDE; PHOSPHOROUS PENTOXIDE,
TETRAHYDROFURAN; ACIDS.
=======================================================
Physical/Chemical Properties

=======================================================
B.P. Text: 288F,142C
M.P/F.P Text: 54.0F,12.2C
Vapor Pres: 13 @ 60C
Spec Gravity: 1.525
PH: SUPDAT
Evaporation Rate & Reference: NOT KNOWN
Solubility in Water: COMPLETE
Appearance and Odor: CLEAR TO SLIGHTYL TURBID, COLORLESS LIQUID. NO
CHARACTERISTIC ODOR.
Percent Volatiles by Volume: 49-51
=======================================================
Reactivity Data
=======================================================
Stability Indicator: YES
Stability Condition To Avoid: AVOID CONTACT WITH WATER.
Materials To Avoid: CHLORINATED & FLUORINATED HYDROCARBONS: ACETALDEHYDE;
ACROLEIN, ALUMINUM, CHLORINE TRIFLUORIDE; HYDROQUINONE; (SUPDAT)
Hazardous Decomposition Products: WHEN HEATED TO DECOMPOSITION, THIS PRODUCT
MAY EMIT TOXIC OXIDES OF SODIUM.
Hazardous Polymerization Indicator: NO
Conditions To Avoid Polymerization: NOT RELEVANT.
=======================================================
Toxicological Information
=======================================================
=======================================================
Ecological Information
=======================================================
=======================================================
MSDS Transport Information
=======================================================
=======================================================
Regulatory Information
=======================================================
=======================================================
Other Information
=======================================================
Other Information: VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUND: NIL
=======================================================
HAZCOM Label
=======================================================
Product ID: CAUSTIC SODA LIQUID 50%, (ALL GRADES)
Cage: GREA1
Company Name: GREAT WESTERN CHEMICAL CO
Street: 808 S W 15 AVE
City: PORTLAND OR
Zipcode: 97205
Health Emergency Phone: 800-497-7455;800-424-9300(CHEMTREC)
Label Required IND: Y
Date Of Label Review: 04/07/1998
Status Code: C
Label Date: 04/07/1998
Origination Code: G
Chronic Hazard IND: Y
Eye Protection IND: YES
Skin Protection IND: YES
Signal Word: DANGER
Respiratory Protection IND: YES
Health Hazard: Moderate
Contact Hazard: Severe

Fire Hazard: None
Reactivity Hazard: None
Hazard And Precautions: ACUTE: INHAL: MAY CAUSE SEVERE IRRITATION/BURNS TO
RESPIRATORY TRACT. SHORTNESS OF BREATH, SNEEZING, CHOKING, CHEST PAIN, &
IMPAIRMENT OF LUNG FUNCTION. PERMANENT LUNG DAMAGE. EYE CONT: MAY CAUSE SEVE
RE IRRITATION/BURNS. TEARING, REDNESS, SWELLING & PAIN. CORNEAL DAMAGE
& VISUAL IMPAIREMENT. SKIN: SEVERE IRRITATION/BURNS. REDNESS, SWELLING
& PAIN. DESTRUCTION OF DERMIS, IMPAIRMENT OF SKIN. INGEST: SEVERE
IRRITATION, BURNS, NAUSEA, VOMITING, DIARRHEA, ABDOMINAL PAIN, BLEEDING,
TISSUE ULCERATION. CHRONIC: MUTAGENICITY, CYTOGENIC. TARGET ORGANS: EYES,
SKIN, LUNGS.
=======================================================
Disclaimer (provided with this information by the compiling agencies): This
information is formulated for use by elements of the Department of Defense.
The United States of America in no manner whatsoever expressly or implied
warrants, states, or intends said information to have any application, use or
viability by or to any person or persons outside the Department of Defense
nor any person or persons contracting with any instrumentality of the United
States of America and disclaims all liability for such use. Any person
utilizing this instruction who is not a military or civilian employee of the
United States of America should seek competent professional advice to verify
and assume responsibility for the suitability of this information to their
particular situation regardless of similarity to a corresponding Department
of Defense or other government situation.

BOC GASES, DIVISION OF BOC G -- CHLORINE
=======================================================
MSDS Safety Information
=======================================================
MSDS Date: 06/07/1996
MSDS Num: CKVWH
Product ID: CHLORINE
MFN: 01
Responsible Party
Cage: TO954
Name: BOC GASES, DIVISION OF THE BOC GROUP, INC.
Address: 575 MOUNTAIN AVENUE
City: MURRAY HILL NJ 07974
Info Phone Number: (908) 464-8100
Emergency Phone Number: (800) 424-9300
Resp. Party Other MSDS No.: G-23
Preparer's Name: LOSS CONTROL
Chemtrec IND/Phone: (800)424-9300
Review Ind: Y
Published: Y
=======================================================
Contractor Summary
=======================================================
Cage: TO955
Name: BOC GASES DIVISION OF BOC CANADA LIMITED
Address: 5975 FALBOURNE STREET, UNIT Z
City: MISSISSAUGA, ONTARIO, L5R 3W6 ON 00000
Country: CN
Phone: (905) 501-1700
Cage: TO954
Name: BOC GASES, DIVISION OF THE BOC GROUP, INC.
Address: 575 MOUNTAIN AVENUE
City: MURRAY HILL NJ 07974
Phone: (908) 464-8100
=======================================================
Ingredients
=======================================================
Cas: 7782-50-5
RTECS #: FO2100000
Name: CHLORINE. (FORMULA CI2)
Percent by Wt: 100.
OSHA PEL: 1 PPM CEILING
ACGIH TLV: 0.5 PPM
ACGIH STEL: 1 PPM
EPA Rpt Qty: 10 LBS
DOT Rpt Qty: 10 LBS
=======================================================
Health Hazards Data
=======================================================
LD50 LC50 Mixture: LC 50: 293 PPM/1 HR (RAT)
Route Of Entry Inds - Inhalation: YES
Skin: YES
Ingestion: NO
Carcinogenicity Inds - NTP: NO
IARC: NO
OSHA: NO
Effects of Exposure: EYE EFFECTS: CORROSIVE AND IRRITATING TO THE EYES. CONTACT
WITH LIQUID OR VAPOR CAUSES PAINFUL BURNS AND ULCERATIONS. BURNS TO EYES
RESULT IN LESIONS AND POSSIBLE LOSS OF VISION. SKIN EFFECTS: CORROSI VE AND
IRRITATING TO THE SKIN AND ALL LIVING TISSUE. IT HYDROLYZES VERY RAPIDLY,

YIELDING HYDROCHLORIC ACID. SKIN BURNS AND MUCOSAL IRRITATION ARE LIKE THAT
FROM EXPOSURE TO VOLATILE INORGANIC ACIDS. CHLORINE BURNS EXHIBIT SEVERE
PAIN, REDNESS, POSSIBLE SWELLING AND EARLY NECROSIS. INGESTION EFFECTS:
INGESTION UNLIKELY. INHALATION EFFECTS: CORROSIVE AND IRRITATING TO UPPER AND
LOWER RESPIRATORY TR ACT (SIGNS AND SYMPTOMS OF OVEREXPOSURE)
Signs And Symptions Of Overexposure: HEALTH HAZARDS ACUTE AND CHRONIC (CONT):
AND ALL MUCOSAL TISSUE. SYMPTOMS INCLUDE LACRIMATION, COUGH, LABORED
BREATHING AND EXCESSIVE SALIVARY AND SPUTUM FORMATION. EXCESSIVE IRRITATION
OF THE LUNGS C AUSES ACUTE PNEUMONITIS AND PULMONARY EDEMA, WHICH COULD BE
FATAL. RESIDUAL PULMONARY MALFUNCTION MAY ALSO OCCUR. CHEMICAL PNEUMONITIS
AND PULMONARY EDEMA MAY RESULT FROM EXPOSURE TO LOWER RESPIRATORY TRACT AND
DEEP LUNG. SOME EXPERIMENTAL EVIDENCE INDICATES CHLORINE CAUSES MUTAGENIC,
TERATOGENIC, AND REPRODUCTIVE EFFECTS IN ANIMAL STUDIES. EXPOSURE LIMITS:
YES. ( )
First Aid: EYES: PERSONS WITH POTENTIAL EXPOSURE SHOULD NOT WEAR CONTACT
LENSES. FLUSH CONTAMINATED EYE(S) WITH COPIOUS QUANTITIES OF WATER. PART
EYELIDS TO ASSURE COMPLETE FLUSHING. CONTINUE FOR A MINIMUM OF 15 MINUTES.
SEEK IMMEDIATE MEDICAL ATTENTION. SKIN: REMOVE CONTAMINATED CLOTHING AS
RAPIDLY AS POSSIBLE. FLUSH AFFECTED AREA WITH COPIOUS QUANTITIES OF WATER.
SEEK IMMEDIATE MEDICAL ATTENTION. INGESTION : CONTACT A PHYSICIAN IMMEDIATELY
(FP N). INHALATION: PROMPT MEDICAL ATTENTION IS MANDATORY IN ALL CASES OF
OVEREXPOSURE. RESCUE PERSONNEL SHOULD BE EQUIPPED WITH SELF CONTAINED
BREATHING APPARATUS. C ONSCIOUS PERSONS SHOULD BE (ECOLOGICAL)
=======================================================
Handling and Disposal
=======================================================
Spill Release Procedures: EVACUATE ALL PERSONNEL FROM AFFECTED AREA. USE
APPROPRIATE PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT. IF LEAK IN USER'S EQUIP, BE CERTAIN TO
PURGE PIPING WITH INERT GAS PRIOR TO ATTEMPTING REPAIRS. IF LEAK IS IN
CONTAINER OR CONTAINER VALVE, CONTACT APPROPRIATE EMERGENCY TELEPHONE NO.
LISTED IN SECTION 1 OR CALL CLOSEST BOC LOCATION.
Waste Disposal Methods: DO NOT ATTEMPT TO DISPOSE OF RESIDUAL WASTE OR UNUSED
QUANTITIES. RETURN IN THE SHIPPING CONTAINER PROPERLY LABELED, WITH ANY VALVE
OUTLET PLUGS OR CAPS SECURED AND VALVE PROTECTION CAP IN PLACE TO BO C GASES
OR AUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTOR FOR PROPER DISPOSAL. DISPOSE OF IAW ALL FEDERAL,
STATE & LOCAL REG ULATIONS (FP N).
Handling And Storage Precautions: ELECTRICAL CLASSIFICATION: NON-HAZARDOUS.
MOST METALS CORRODE RAPIDLY WITH WET CHLORINE. SYSTEMS MUST BE KEPT DRY.
LEAD, GOLD, HASTELLOY MOST RESISTANT TO WET CHLORINE. USE ONLY IN
WELL-VENTILATED AR EAS.VALVE PROTECTION CAPS MUST REMAIN IN PLACE UNLESS
CONTAINER IS SECURED WITH VALVE (ECOLOGICAL)
Other Precautions: NEVER CARRY A COMPRESSED GAS CYLINDER OR A CONTAINER OF A
GAS IN CRYOGENIC LIQUID FORM IN AN ENCLOSED SPACE SUCH AS A CAR TRUNK, VAN OR
STATION WAGON. A LEAK CAN RESULT IN A FIRE, EXPLOSION, ASPHYXIAT ION OR A
TOXIC EXPOSURE.
=======================================================
Fire and Explosion Hazard Information
=======================================================
Flash Point Text: NONE
Autoignition Temp Text: NONE
Lower Limits: NONE
Upper Limits: NONE
Extinguishing Media: NONE REQUIRED. USE MEDIA SUITABLE FOR SURROUNDING
MATERIALS.
Fire Fighting Procedures: USE NIOSH-APPROVED SCBA AND FULL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
(FP N).
Unusual Fire/Explosion Hazard: HAZARDOUS COMBUSTION PRODUCTS, SENSITIVITY TO
MECHANICAL SHOCK, SENSITIVITY TO STATIC DISCHARGE: NONE. COMBUSTIBLE
MATERIALS BURN IN CHLORINE AS THEY DO IN OXYGEN.
=======================================================

Control Measures
=======================================================
Respiratory Protection: POSITIVE PRESSURE AIR LINE WITH FULL FACE MASK AND
ESCAPE BOTTLE OR SELF-CONTAINED BREATHING APPARATUS (NIOSH APPROVED - FP N)
SHOULD BE AVAILABLE FOR EMERGENCY USE. EXPOSURE LIMITS: CHLORINE: PEL-OS HA
1PPM CEILING; TLV-ACGIH 0.5 PPM TWA, 1 PPM STEL.
Ventilation: HOOD WITH FORCED VENTILATION. USE LOCAL VENTILATION TO PREVENT
ACCUMULATION ABOVE THE EXPOSURE LIMIT.
Protective Gloves: PVC, KEL-F OR TEFLON.
Eye Protection: GAS-TIGHT SAFETY GOGGLES OR FULL-FACE RESPIRATOR (NIOSH
APPROVED - FP N).
Other Protective Equipment: SAFETY SHOES, SAFETY SHOWER (MEETING ANSI DESIGNS
CRITERIA - FP N), EYEWASH "FOUNTAIN" (MEETING ANSI DESIGN CRITERIA - FP N),
FACE SHIELD. SKIN PROTECTION: PVC, KEL-F OR TEFLON.
Supplemental Safety and Health: COMPRESSED GAS CYLINDERS SHALL NOT BE REFILLED
WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF THE OWNER. SHIPMENT OF A COMPRESSED
GAS CYLINDER WHICH HAS NOT BEEN FILLED BY THE OWNER OR WITH HIS / HER (WRIT
TEN) CONSENT IS A VIOLATION OF TRANSPORT REGULATIONS.
=======================================================
Physical/Chemical Properties
=======================================================
Boiling Point: =-33.9C, -29.3F
Melt/Freeze Pt: =-101.C, -149.8F
M.P/F.P Text: (FREEZEING POINT)
Vapor Pres: 100.2 PSIA @ 70F
Vapor Density: 2.47 AIR=1
Spec Gravity: NOT AVAILABLE
PH: NOT AVAILABLE
Evaporation Rate & Reference: NOT AVAILABLE
Solubility in Water: VERY SOLUBLE
Appearance and Odor: GREENISH-YELLOW GAS WITH SHARP, SUFFOCATING ODOR; LIQUID
IS AMBER COLORED.
=======================================================
Reactivity Data
=======================================================
Stability Indicator: YES
Materials To Avoid: HYDROCARBONS, AMMONIA, ETHER, HYDROGEN, ACETYLENE,
TURPENTINE, POWDERED METALS AND OTHER REDUCING AGENTS.
Hazardous Polymerization Indicator: NO
=======================================================
Toxicological Information
=======================================================
Toxicological Information: TUMORGENIC: EVIDENCE OF CARCINOGENIC ACTIVITY IN
EXPERIMENTAL RATS EXPOSED ORALLY. REPRODUCTIVE: EMBRYO AND FETOTOXICITY
OBSERVED AFTER EXPOS OF FEMALE RATS EXPOSED AT 565 MG/KG PRIOR TO MATING.
EFFEC TS ALSO OBSERVED FROM EXPOSURE OF PREGNANT RATS AT SAME LEVEL.
MUTAGENIC: MUTAGENIC EFFECTS SEEN IN BACTERIAL, MAMMALIAN AND INSECT ASSAY
SYSTEMS. OTHER: TOXIC EFFECTS REPORTED INRENAL SYSTEM, BLOOD A ND SPLEEN FROM
INHALATION EXPOSURE OF RATS.
=======================================================
Ecological Information
=======================================================
Ecological: NO DATA GIVEN. FIRST AID (CONT): ASSISTED TO UNCONTAMINATED AREA
AND INHALE FRESH AIR. UNCONSCIOUS PERSONS SHOULD BE MOVED TO AN
UNCONTAMINATED AREA AND GIVEN ARTIFICIAL RESUSCITATION AND SUPPLEMENT AL
OXYGEN. ASSURE THAT MUCOUS OR VOMITED MATERIAL DOES NOT OBSTRUCT AIRWAY BY
USE OF POTENTIAL DRAINAGE. DELAYED PULMONARY EDEMA MAY OCCUR. KEEP PATIENT
UNDER MEDICAL OBSERVATION FOR AT LEAST 24 HRS. HANDLING AND STORAGE
ORECAUTIONS (CONT): OUTLET PIPED TO USE POINT. DO NOT DRAG, SLIDE OR ROLL
CYLINDERS. USE SUITABLE HAND TRUCK FOR CYLINDER MOVEMENT. USE

PRESSURE-REDUCING REGULATOR WHEN CONNECTIN G CYLINDER TO LOWER (FEDERAL
REGULATORY)
=======================================================
MSDS Transport Information
=======================================================
Transport Information: U.S. D.O.T.-PROPER SHIPPING NAME: CHLORINE, HAZARD
CLASS: 2.3, ID #: UN 1017, SHIPPING LABEL: POISON GAS, CORROSIVE. CANADA
TDG: PROPER SHIPING NAME: CHLORINE, HAZARD CLASS: 2.3 (5.1), ID #: UN 1017,
SHIPPING LABEL: POISON GAS, OXIDIZER. ADDITIONAL MARKING REQURIEMENT:
"INHALATION HAZARD". IF NET WEIGHT OF PRODUCT > OR = 10 LBS, CONTAINER
MUST ALSO BE MARKED WITH LETTERS "RQ". ADDITIONAL SHIPPIN G PAPER
DESCRIPTION REQUIREMENT: "POISON-INHALATION HAZARD, ZONE B". IN NET WEIGHT OF
PRODUCT > OR = 10 LBS, SHIPPING PAPERS MUST BE MARKED WITH LETTERS "RQ".
=======================================================
Regulatory Information
=======================================================
Sara Title III Information: CHLORINE LISTED AS EXTREMELY HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE
(EHS) SUBJ TO STATE/LOCAL REPORTING UNDER SEC 304 OF SARA TITLE II (EPCRA).
PRESENCE OF CHLORINE IN QTYS IN EXCESS OF THRESHOLD PLANNING QTY (TPQ) OF 1
00 LBS REQUIRES CERTAIN EMERGENCY PLANNING ACTIVITIES TO BE CONDUCTED.
RELEASES OF CHLORINE IN QTYS = OR > RQ OF 10 LBS ARE SUBJ TO REPORTING TO
NAT'L RESPONSE CNTR UNDER CERCLA. SECTION 304 SARA TITL E III. SARA TITLE
III-HAZARD CLASSES: ACUTE HEALTH HAZ, CHRONIC HEALTH HAZ, FIRE HAZ, SUDDEN
RELEASE OF PRESSURE HAZ, REACTIVITY HAZ. SEC 313: PRODUCT CONTAINS
CHLORINE-SUBJ TO REPORTING RQMTS OF SEC 312 OF EPCRA OF 1986 & 40 CFR
372.
Federal Regulatory Information: CHLORINE LISTED UNDER ACCIDENT PREVENTION
PROVISIONS OF SEC 112(R) OF THE CLEAN AIR ACT WITH A THRESHOLD QTY (TQ) OF
2500 POUNDS. SIGNS AND SYMPTOMS OF OVEREXPOSURE (CONT): IRRITANT: YES.
SENSITIZA TION: NO. TERATOGEN: YES. REPRODUCTIVE HAZARD: YES. MUTAGEN:
YES. SYNERGISTIC EFFECTS: OTHER AGENTS THAT IRRITATE THE RESPIRATORY SYSTEM.
ECOLOGICAL INFO (CONT): PRESSURE (

Cage: TO954
Assigned IND: Y
Company Name: BOC GASES, DIVISION OF THE BOC GROUP, INC.
Street: 575 MOUNTAIN AVENUE
City: MURRAY HILL NJ
Zipcode: 07974
Health Emergency Phone: (800) 424-9300
Label Required IND: Y
Date Of Label Review: 11/08/2000
Status Code: A
Origination Code: F
Eye Protection IND: YES
Skin Protection IND: YES
Signal Word: DANGER
Respiratory Protection IND: YES
Health Hazard: Severe
Contact Hazard: Severe
Fire Hazard: None
Reactivity Hazard: None
Hazard And Precautions: CORROSIVE! ACUTE: EYES: CORROSIVE & IRRITATING.
CONTACT WITH LIQUID OR VAPOR CAUSES PAINFUL BURNS, ULCERATIONS, LESIONS &
POSSIBLE LOSS OF VISION. SKIN: CORROSIVE & IRRITATING TO SKIN & ALL
LIVING TIS SUE. HYDROLYZES YIELDING HYDROCHLORIC ACID. CHLORINE BURNS EXHIBIT
SEVERE PAIN, REDNESS, SWELLING & EARLY NECROSIS. INGESTION UNLIKELY.
INHALATION: CORROSIVE, IRRITATING TO UPPER & LOWER RESPIRATORY T RACT
& ALL MUCOSAL TISSUE. EXCESSIVE IRRITATION TO LUNGS CAUSES ACUTE
PNEUMONITIS AND PULMONARY EDEMA. CHRONIC: SOME EXPERIMENTAL EVIDENCE
INDICATES CHLORINE CAUSES MUTAGENIC, TERATOGENIC, AND REPRODU CTIVE EFFECTS
IN ANIMALS.
=======================================================
Disclaimer (provided with this information by the compiling agencies): This
information is formulated for use by elements of the Department of Defense.
The United States of America in no manner whatsoever expressly or implied
warrants, states, or intends said information to have any application, use or
viability by or to any person or persons outside the Department of Defense
nor any person or persons contracting with any instrumentality of the United
States of America and disclaims all liability for such use. Any person
utilizing this instruction who is not a military or civilian employee of the
United States of America should seek competent professional advice to verify
and assume responsibility for the suitability of this information to their
particular situation regardless of similarity to a corresponding Department
of Defense or other government situation.

HARCROS CHEMICALS INC. -- HYDROFLUOSILICIC ACID 23 %,14814
=======================================================
MSDS Safety Information
=======================================================
FSC: 6810
NIIN: 00-935-5817
MSDS Date: 10/22/1997
MSDS Num: CFVWP
Product ID: HYDROFLUOSILICIC ACID 23 %,14814
MFN: 02
Responsible Party
Cage: 3H606
Name: HARCROS CHEMICALS INC.
Address: 5200-SPEAKER ROAD
Box: 2383
City: KANSAS CITY KS 66106-1095
Info Phone Number: 913-321-3131
Emergency Phone Number: 913-321-3131/800-424-9300(CHEMTREC)
Preparer's Name: UNKNOWN
Review Ind: Y
Published: Y
=======================================================
Contractor Summary
=======================================================
Cage: 3H606
Name: HARCROS CHEMICALS INC.
Address: 5200-SPEAKER ROAD
Box: 2383
City: KANSAS CITY KS 66106-1095
Phone: 913-321-3131
Cage: 0AZD7
Name: JEM SALES INC INCHEMCO DIV
Address: 430 LAVENDER DR
City: ROME GA 30165-2262
Phone: 706-232-1709
=======================================================
Item Description Information
=======================================================
Item Manager: S9G
Item Name: HYDROFLUOSILICIC ACID
Specification Number: NONE
Type/Grade/Class: NONE
Unit of Issue: DR
Quantitative Expression: 00000000140LB
UI Container Qty: 0
Type of Container: DRUM
=======================================================
Ingredients
=======================================================
Cas: 16961-83-4
RTECS #: VV8225000
Name: HYDROFLUOROSILICIC ACID
% Wt: 30 MAX
Other REC Limits: ACGIH: 2.5 MG/M3 (F)
OSHA PEL: NOT ESTABLISHED
ACGIH TLV: NOT ESTABLISHED
=======================================================
Health Hazards Data
=======================================================
LD50 LC50 Mixture: LD50 (ORAL, RAT) IS UNKNOWN.

Route Of Entry Inds - Inhalation: YES
Skin: YES
Ingestion: YES
Carcinogenicity Inds - NTP: NO
IARC: NO
OSHA: NO
Effects of Exposure: TARGET ORGANS:BONES, TEETH, LUNGS, BLOOD, LIVER, KIDNEYS.
ACUTE- EYES/SKIN:CAUSES SEVERE BURNS, BLINDNESS. EFFECTS MAY BE DELAYED. CAN
BE ABSORBED THROUGH SKIN. ORAL:CAUSES SEVERE BURNS. INHALE:SEVERE
IRRITATION, BURNS, COMA, EVEN DEATH. OVEREXPOSURE MAY DAMAGE BONES, TEETH,
LIVER, KIDNEYS, BLOOD. CHRONIC- UNKNOWN.
Explanation Of Carcinogenicity: NONE
Signs And Symptions Of Overexposure: SEVERE IRRITATION, SEVERE BURNS, COUGH,
NAUSEA, RESPIRATORY FAILURE, REDNESS OF EYES, BLURRED VISION, BURNING
SENSATION IN MOUTH AND PHARYNX, SALIVATION, ABDOMINAL PAIN, VOMITING BLOOD,
DIARRHEA, DIFF ICULTY BREATHING, SHOCK, RAPID PULSE, DEATH
Medical Cond Aggravated By Exposure: INDIVIDUALS WITH PRE-EXISTING DISEASES OF
THE EYE, SKIN, RESPIRATORY TRACT, LIVER, KIDNEYS, BONE, BLOOD MAY HAVE
INCREASED SUSCEPTIBILITY TO THE TOXICITY OF EXCESSIVE EXPOSURES.
First Aid: GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL HELP FOR ALL CASES OF EXPOSURE.
EYES/SKIN:FLUSH WITH WATER FOR AT LEAST 15 MINUTES. HOLD EYELIDS OPEN.
INHALED:MOVE TO FRESH AIR. PROVIDE CPR/OXYGEN IF NECESSARY. ORAL:DO NOT IND
UCE VOMITING. IF CONSCIOUS, RINSE MOUTHWITH WATER. DRINK 2-4 CUPFULS OF
MILK/WATER. NEVER GIVE ANYTHING BY MOUTH TO AN UNCONSCIOUS PERSON.
=======================================================
Handling and Disposal
=======================================================
Spill Release Procedures: WEAR PROPER PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT. VENTILATE AREA.
AVOID RUNOFF INTO STORM SEWERS AND DITCHES WHICH LEAD TO WATERWAYS.
NEUTRALIZE SPILL WITH SODA ASH OR LIME. COVER WITH INERT ABSORBENT. PLACE IN
SUITA BLE CONTAINER FOR DISPOSAL.
Neutralizing Agent: SODA ASH OR LIME
Waste Disposal Methods: DISPOSE OF IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL, STATE AND FEDERAL
REGULATIONS. REUSING OR RECYCLING IS RECOMMENDED.
Handling And Storage Precautions: STORE IN COOL, WELL VENTILATED AREA, AWAY
FROM INCOMPATIBLE SUBSTANCES.
Other Precautions: CORROSIVE AND TOXIC. DO NOT TOUCH MATERIAL. KEEP CONTAINER
TIGHTLY CLOSED. WASH THOROUGHLY AFTER HANDLING. AVOID BREATHING VAPORS. DO
NOT GET IN EYES, ON SKIN OR ON CLOTHING. KEEP OUT OF REACH OF CHIL DREN.
=======================================================
Fire and Explosion Hazard Information
=======================================================
Flash Point Text: NONE
Lower Limits: NOT RELEVANT
Upper Limits: NOT RELEVANT
Extinguishing Media: WATER SPRAY, CARBON DIOXIDE, FOAM OR DRY CHEMICAL FOR
SURROUNDING FIRE. USE WATER SPRAY TO COOL FIRE EXPOSED CONTAINERS.
Fire Fighting Procedures: WEAR FULL PROTECTIVE CLOTHING AND NIOSH-APPROVED
SELF-CONTAINED BREATHING APPARATUS WITH FULL FACEPIECE OPERATED IN THE
POSITIVE PRESSURE MODE.
Unusual Fire/Explosion Hazard: CORROSIVE AND TOXIC MATERIALS MAY BE FORMED.
=======================================================
Control Measures
=======================================================
Respiratory Protection: IF ENGINEERING CONTROLS ARE INADEQUATE TO CONTROL VAPOR
CONCENTRATIONS TO AN ACCEPTABLE LEVEL, A NIOSH-APPROVED SELF-CONTAINED
BREATHING APPARATUS/SUPPLIED-AIR RESPIRATOR SHOULD BE WORN.
Ventilation: PROVIDE SUFFICIENT MECHANICAL (GENERAL AND/OR LOCAL EXHAUST)
VENTILATION TO MAINTAIN EXPOSURE BELOW TLV(S).
Protective Gloves: PVC

Eye Protection: SPLASH-PROOF SAFETY GOGGLES & FACESHIELD
Other Protective Equipment: EYE WASH STATION, QUICK DRENCH SHOWER AND
IMPERVIOUS CLOTHING
Work Hygienic Practices: OBSERVE GOOD INDUSTRIAL HYGIENE PRACTICES AND
RECOMMENDED PROCEDURES. WASH BEFORE EATING OR DRINKING.
Supplemental Safety and Health: PERCENTAGE CHANGED. FOR PREVIOUS CONCENTRATION
SEE PNI A, SAME NSN.
=======================================================
Physical/Chemical Properties
=======================================================
HCC: C1
NRC/State LIC No: NOT RELEVANT
B.P. Text: 222F,106C
M.P/F.P Text: 16.0F,-8.9C
Decomp Text: UNKNOWN
Vapor Pres: 24 @ 77F
Vapor Density: UNKNOWN
Spec Gravity: 1.17 - 1.27
PH: >=1.2
Viscosity: UNKNOWN
Evaporation Rate & Reference: UNKNOWN
Solubility in Water: COMPLETE
Appearance and Odor: COLORED LIQUID WITH A SHARP ODOR
Corrosion Rate: UNKNOWN
=======================================================
Reactivity Data
=======================================================
Stability Indicator: YES
Stability Condition To Avoid: EXCESSIVE HEAT
Materials To Avoid: CERTAIN METALS, INORGANIC ACIDS, STRONG ALKALIS, ORGANIC
BASES, GLASS, CLAYS, ORGANIC NITROGEN COMPOUNDS
Hazardous Decomposition Products: FLUORIDE FUMES, HYDROGEN FLUORIDE
Hazardous Polymerization Indicator: NO
Conditions To Avoid Polymerization: NOT RELEVANT
=======================================================
Toxicological Information
=======================================================
=======================================================
Ecological Information
=======================================================
=======================================================
MSDS Transport Information
=======================================================
=======================================================
Regulatory Information
=======================================================
=======================================================
Other Information
=======================================================
=======================================================
Transportation Information
=======================================================
Responsible Party Cage: 3H606
Trans ID NO: 93282
Product ID: HYDROFLUOSILICIC ACID 23 %,14814
MSDS Prepared Date: 10/22/1997
Review Date: 12/30/1997
MFN: 2
Radioactivity: NOT RELEVANT
Net Unit Weight: 140 LBS

Multiple KIT Number: 0
Review IND: Y
Unit Of Issue: DR
Container QTY: 0
Type Of Container: DRUM
Additional Data: PROPER SHIPPING NAME, UN ID NUMBER, HAZARD CLASS AND PACKAGING
GROUP PER MSDS.
=======================================================
Detail DOT Information
=======================================================
DOT PSN Code: GMU
DOT Proper Shipping Name: FLUOROSILICIC ACID
Hazard Class: 8
UN ID Num: UN1778
DOT Packaging Group: II
Label: CORROSIVE
Special Provision: A6,A7,B2,B15,N3,N34,T12,T27
Packaging Exception: NONE
Non Bulk Pack: 202
Bulk Pack: 242
Max Qty Pass: 1 L
Max Qty Cargo: 30 L
Vessel Stow Req: A
=======================================================
Detail IMO Information
=======================================================
IMO PSN Code: HLP
IMO Proper Shipping Name: FLUOROSILICIC ACID
IMDG Page Number: 8176
UN Number: 1778
UN Hazard Class: 8
IMO Packaging Group: II
Subsidiary Risk Label: -
EMS Number: 8-06
MED First Aid Guide NUM: 750
=======================================================
Detail IATA Information
=======================================================
IATA PSN KC
IATA UN ID Num: 1778
IATA Proper Shipping Name: FLUOROSILICIC ACID
IATA UN Class: 8
IATA Label: CORROSIVE
UN Packing Group: II
Packing Note Passenger: 809
Max Quant Pass: 1L
Max Quant Cargo: 30L
Packaging Note Cargo: 813
=======================================================
Detail AFI Information
=======================================================
AFI PSN KC
AFI Proper Shipping Name: FLUOROSILICIC ACID
AFI Hazard Class: 8
AFI UN ID NUM: UN1778
AFI Packing Group: II
Special Provisions: P5, A6, A7, N34, N3
Back Pack Reference: A12.3
=======================================================
HAZCOM Label

=======================================================
Product ID: HYDROFLUOSILICIC ACID 23 %,14814
Cage: 3H606
Company Name: HARCROS CHEMICALS INC.
Street: 5200-SPEAKER ROAD
PO Box: 2383
City: KANSAS CITY KS
Zipcode: 66106-1095
Health Emergency Phone: 913-321-3131/800-424-9300(CHEMTREC)
Label Required IND: Y
Date Of Label Review: 12/30/1997
Status Code: C
MFG Label NO: UNKNOWN
Label Date: 12/30/1997
Year Procured: 1998
Origination Code: G
Eye Protection IND: YES
Skin Protection IND: YES
Signal Word: DANGER
Health Hazard: Severe
Contact Hazard: Severe
Fire Hazard: None
Reactivity Hazard: None
Hazard And Precautions: TARGET ORGANS:BONES, TEETH, LUNGS, BLOOD, LIVER,
KIDNEYS. ACUTE- EYES/SKIN:CAUSES SEVERE BURNS, BLINDNESS. EFFECTS MAY BE
DELAYED. CAN BE ABSORBED THROUGH SKIN. ORAL:CAUSES SEVERE BURNS.
INHALE:SEVERE IRRITATION, BURNS. CHRONIC- UNKNOWN. STORE AWAY FROM
INCOMPATIBLES. NEUTRALIZE SPILL WITH SODA ASH OR LIME. COVER WITH INERT
ABSORBENT. PLACE IN SUITABLE CONTAINER FOR DISPOSAL. FIRST AID- GET IMMEDI
ATE MEDICAL HELP. EYES/SKIN:FLUSH WITH WATER FOR AT LEAST 15 MINUTES. HOLD
EYELIDS OPEN. INHALED:MOVE TO FRESH AIR. PROVIDE CPR/OXYGEN IF NECESSARY.
ORAL:DO NOT INDUCE VOMITING. IF CONSCIOUS, RINSE MO UTH WITH WATER. DRINK 2-4
CUPFULS OF MILK/WATER.
=======================================================
Disclaimer (provided with this information by the compiling agencies): This
information is formulated for use by elements of the Department of Defense.
The United States of America in no manner whatsoever expressly or implied
warrants, states, or intends said information to have any application, use or
viability by or to any person or persons outside the Department of Defense
nor any person or persons contracting with any instrumentality of the United
States of America and disclaims all liability for such use. Any person
utilizing this instruction who is not a military or civilian employee of the
United States of America should seek competent professional advice to verify
and assume responsibility for the suitability of this information to their
particular situation regardless of similarity to a corresponding Department
of Defense or other government situation.

ARCH CHEMICALS, INC. -- HTH DRY CHLORINE GRANULAR
=======================================================
MSDS Safety Information
=======================================================
FSC: 6810
NIIN: 00-255-0471
MSDS Date: 03/23/2001
MSDS Num: CLPCM
Product ID: HTH DRY CHLORINE GRANULAR
MFN: 02
Responsible Party
Cage: TO530
Name: ARCH CHEMICALS, INC.
Address: 501 MERRITT 7
Box: 5204
City: NORWALK CT 06856-5204
Info Phone Number: 800-511-MSDS
Emergency Phone Number: 800-654-6911
Resp. Party Other MSDS No.: 00002-0182-14432
=======================================================
Item Description Information
=======================================================
Item Manager: S9G
Item Name: CALCIUM HYPOCHLORITE,TECHNICAL
Specification Number: OC114
Type/Grade/Class: NONE
Unit of Issue: BT
Quantitative Expression: 00000000006OZ
UI Container Qty: 0
Type of Container: IP.1 OR IP.2
=======================================================
Ingredients
=======================================================
Cas: 7778-54-3
RTECS #: NH3485000
Name: CALCIUM HYPOCHLORITE
% low Wt: 60.
% high Wt: 80.
Other REC Limits: C3 MG/M3 AS CL2
EPA Rpt Qty: 10 LBS
DOT Rpt Qty: 10 LBS
------------------------------
Cas: 7647-14-5
RTECS #: VZ4725000
Name: SODIUM CHLORIDE
% low Wt: 10.
% high Wt: 20.
------------------------------
Cas: 10137-74-3
RTECS #: FN9800000
Name: CALCIUM CHLORATE
% low Wt: 0.
% high Wt: 5.
------------------------------
Cas: 10043-52-4
RTECS #: EV9800000
Name: CALCIUM CHLORIDE
% low Wt: 0.
% high Wt: 5.
------------------------------

Cas: 1305-62-0
RTECS #: EW2800000
Name: CALCIUM HYDROXIDE
% low Wt: 0.
% high Wt: 4.
OSHA PEL: 15 MG/M3
ACGIH TLV: 5 MG/M3
ACGIH STEL: NOT ESTABLISHED
------------------------------
Cas: 471-34-1
RTECS #: FF9335000
Name: CALCIUM CARBONATE
% low Wt: 0.
% high Wt: 5.
OSHA PEL: 5 MG/M3 RESPIRABLE
ACGIH TLV: 10 MG/M3
------------------------------
Cas: 7732-18-5
RTECS #: ZC0110000
Name: WATER
% low Wt: 5.5
% high Wt: 10.
=======================================================
Health Hazards Data
=======================================================
LD50 LC50 Mixture: ORAL (RAT) = 850 MG/KG.
Route Of Entry Inds - Inhalation: YES
Skin: YES
Ingestion: YES
Carcinogenicity Inds - NTP: NO
IARC: NO
OSHA: NO
Effects of Exposure: ACUTE-INHALATION: DUST OR VAPOR CAN BE IRRITATING TO THE
NOSE, MOUSE, THROAT, AND LUNGS. IN CONFINED AREAS, CAN RESULT IN HIGH
CONCENTRATIONS OF CHLORINE VAPOR, EITHER OF WHICH MAY RESULT IN BURNS TO THE
RESPIRATORY TRACT, PRODUCING LUNG EDEMA, SHORTNESS OF BREATH, WHEEZING,
CHOKING, CHEST PAIN, IMPAIRMENT OF LUNG FUNCTION AND POSSIBLE PERMANENT LUNG
DAMAGE. EYE: SEVERE IRRITATION &/OR BURNS, MAY CAUSE IMPAIRMENT OF
VISION AND CORNEAL DAMAGE. SKIN: SEVERE IRRITATION, BURNS.
INGESTION:IRRITATION OR BURNS TO GI TRACT INCLUDING STOMACH & INTESTINE.
CHRONIC: LUNG & SKIN DAMAGE
Explanation Of Carcinogenicity: THIS PRODUCT IS NOT KNOWN OR REPORTED TO BE
CARCONOGENIC BY ANY REFERENCE SOURCE, INCLUDING:IARC, OSHA, NTP OR EPA. ONE
HUNDRED MICE WERE EXPOSED DERMALLY 3 TIMES A WEEK FOR 18 MONTHS TO A SOLUTION
OF CALCIUM HYPOCHLORITE. HISTOPATHOLOGICAL EXAMINATION FAILED TO SHOW AN
INCREASED INCIDENCE OF TUMORS.
Signs And Symptions Of Overexposure: ACUTE-INHALATION:IRRITATION, BURNS TO THE
RESPIRATORY TRACT, LUNG EDEMA, SHORTNESS OF BREATH, WHEEZING, CHOKING, CHEST
PAINS, IMPAIRMENT OF LUNG FUNCTION AND POSSIBLE PERMANENT LUNG DAMAGE.
EYES:IRRIT ATION, BURNS, IMPAIRMENT OF VISION, CORNEAL DAMAGE.
SKIN:IRRITATION, BURNS, REDNESS, SWELLING, SCAB FORMATION.
INGESTION:IRRITATION, BURNS TO GASTROINTESTINAL TRACT, INCLUDING THE STOMACH
AND INTESTIN ES, NAUSEA, VOMITING, DIARRHEA, ABDOMINAL PAIN, BLEEDING, TISSUE
ULCERATION. CHRONIC-INGESTION:TISSUE DISTRUCTION.
Medical Cond Aggravated By Exposure: ASTHMA, RESPIRATORY AND CARDIOVASCULAR
DISEASE.
First Aid: EYES:IMMEDIATELY FLUSH WITH LARGE AMOUNTS OF WATER FOR AT LEAST 15
MINUTES, OCCASIONALLY LIFTING THE UPPER AND LOWER EYELIDS. CALL A PHYSICIAN
AT ONCE. SKIN: IMMEDIATELY FLUSH WITH WATER FOR AT LEAST 15 MINUTES. CALL A
PHYSICIAN. IF CLOTHING COMES IN CONTACT WITH THE PRODUCT, IT SHOULD BE

REMOVED IMMEDIATELY AND LAUNDERED BEFORE REUSE. INGESTION: IMMEDIATELY DRINK
LARGE QUANTITIES OF WATER. DO NOT INDUCE VOMITING. CALL A PHYSICIAN AT ONCE.
DO NOT GIVE ANYTHING BY MOUTH IF THE PERSON IS UNCONSCIOUS OR IF HAVING
CONVULSIONS. INHALATION; REMOVE VICTIM TO FRESH AIR. SUPPORT RESPIRATION IF
NEEDED. CALL A PHYSICIAN.
=======================================================
Handling and Disposal
=======================================================
Spill Release Procedures: HAZARDOUS CONCENTRATIONS IN AIR MAY BE FOUND IN LOCAL
SPILL AREA AND IMMEDIATELY DOWNWIND. REMOVE ALL SOURCES OF IGNITION. STOP
SOURCE OF SPILL AS SOON AS POSSIBLE AND NOTIFY APPROPRIATE PERSONNEL.
Neutralizing Agent: NONE SPECIFIED BY MANUFACTURER.
Waste Disposal Methods: IF THIS PRODUCT BECOMES A WASTE, IT MEETS THE CRITERIA
OF A HAZARDOUS WASTE AS DEFINED UNDER 40CFR261 & WOULD HAVE THE FOLLOWING
EPA HAZARDOUS WASTE NUMBER:D001. AS A HAZARDOUS SOLID WASTE, IT MUST BE
DISPOSED OF IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL, STATE &FEDERAL REGULATIONS IN A
PERMITTED HAZARDOUS WASTE TRE ATMENT, STORAGE & DISPOSAL FACILITY BY
TREATMENT.
Handling And Storage Precautions: KEEP PRODUCT TIGHTLY SEALED IN ORIGINAL
CONTAINERS. STORE PRODUCT IN A COOL, DRY, WELL-VENTILATED AREA BELOW 125F.
STORE AWAY FROM COMBUSTIBLE OR FLAMMABLE PRODUCTS. KEEP PRODUCT PACKAGING
CLEAN AND F REE OF ALL CONTAMINATION.
Other Precautions: DO NOT TAKE INTERNALLY. AVOID INHALATION OF DUST &
FUMES. AVOID CONTACT WITH EYES, SKIN OR CLOTHING. UPON CONTACT WITH SKIN OR
EYES, WASH OFF WITH WATER. REMOVE AND WASH CONTAMINATED CLOTHING BEFORE R
EUSE.
=======================================================
Fire and Explosion Hazard Information
=======================================================
Extinguishing Media: WATER ONLY
Fire Fighting Procedures: USE WATER TO COOL CONTAINERS EXPOSE TO FIRE. RESPONSE
TO THIS MATERIAL REQUIRES THE USE OF A FULL ENCAPSULATED SUIT AND A NIOSH
APPROVED POSITIVE PRESSURE SUPPLIED AIR RESPIRATOR.
Unusual Fire/Explosion Hazard: THIS PRODUCT IS CHEMICALLY REACTIVE WITH MANY
SUBSTANCES. ANY CONTAMINATION OF THE PRODUCT WITH OTHER SUBSTANCES BY SPILL
OR OTHERWISE MAY RESULT IN A CHEMICAL REACTION AND FIRE. THIS PRODUCT IS A
STR ONG OXIDIZER WHICH IS CAPABLE OF INTENSIFYING A FIRE ONCE STARTED.
=======================================================
Control Measures
=======================================================
Respiratory Protection: WEAR NIOSH APPROVED RESPIRATOR IF DUSTS ARE CREATED.
NIOSH APPROVED FULL FACE-PIECE RESPIRATOR WITH CHLORINE CARTRIDGES AND
DUST/MIST PREFILTER.
Ventilation: USE LOCAL EXHAUST VENTILATION TO MINIMIZE DUST AND CHLORINE LEVELS
WHERE INDUSTRIAL USE OCCURS. OTHERWISE ENSURE GOOD GENERAL VENTILATION.
Protective Gloves: NEOPRENE GLOVES.
Eye Protection: CHEMICAL GOGGLES
Other Protective Equipment: WHERE INDUSTRIAL USE OCCURS, FULL IMPERMEABLE SUIT
MAY BE REQUIRED. WEAR PROTECTIVE NEOPRENE CLOTHING: BOOTS, APRON, PROTECTIVE
SUIT.
Work Hygienic Practices: NONE SPECIFIED BY MANUFACTURER.
Supplemental Safety and Health: NONE SPECIFIED BY MANUFACTURER.
=======================================================
Physical/Chemical Properties
=======================================================
HCC: D1
Decomp Temp: =170.C, 338.F
Decomp Text: 170-180C;338-356F
Vapor Pres: N/A @ 25C
PH: 10.5-11.5

Solubility in Water: APPROXIMATELY 18% @ 25C
Appearance and Odor: WHITE, FREE FLOWING POWDER.
=======================================================
Reactivity Data
=======================================================
Stability Indicator: YES BUSTIBLE MATERIALS.
Stability Condition To Avoid: TEMPERATURES ABOVE 170C (338F); STORAGE AT
EMPERATURES >125F (52C). PREVENT INGRESS OF HUMIDITY AND MOISTURE INTO
CONTAINER OR PACKAGE. ALWAYS CLOSE THE LID.
Materials To Avoid: THIS PRODUCTS IS CHEMICALLY REACTIVE WITH MANY SUBSTANCES,
INCLUDING, E.G., OTHER POOL TREATMENT PRODUCTS, ACIDS, ORGANICS,
NITROGEN-CONTAINING COMPOUNDS, DRY POWDER FIRE EXTINGUISHERS, OXIDIZERS,
CORROSIVE, FLAMMABLE OR CO
Hazardous Decomposition Products: CHLORINE GAS.
Hazardous Polymerization Indicator: NO
Conditions To Avoid Polymerization: WILL NOT OCCUR.
=======================================================
Toxicological Information
=======================================================
Toxicological Information: ANIMAL TOXICITY: ACUTE: INHLATION LC50: APPROX: 1300
MG/M3 (1 HR, RAT). ORAL LD50 RAT = 850 MG/KG. DERMAL LD50 > 2 G/KG
(RABBIT). CAUSES BURNS TO EYES AND SKIN. CHRONIC TOXICITY FOR ANIMAL: THERE
ARE NO KNOWN OR REPORTED EFFECTS FROM REPEATED EXPOSURE.
=======================================================
Ecological Information
=======================================================
Ecological: AQUATIC TOXICITY: BLUEGILL, 96 HOUR LC50: 0.088 MG/L. TOXICITY TO
WILD LIFE: BOBWHITE QUAIL, DIETARY LC50: > 5,000 PPM. MALLARD DUCKLINGS,
DIETARY LC50: > 5,000 PPM.
=======================================================
MSDS Transport Information
=======================================================
Transport Information: DOT: CALCIUM HYPOCHLORITE, HYDRATED MIXTURES, 5.1,
UN2880, II. LABEL: OXIDIZER. RQ = 10 LBS.
=======================================================
Regulatory Information
=======================================================
Sara Title III Information: SARA : PER 40CFR 370.2: HEALTH: IMMEDIATE (ACUTE);
PHYSICAL: FIRE, REACTIVITY.
Federal Regulatory Information: TSCA INVENTORY STATUS: THIS MATERIAL IS LISTED
ON THE TSCA INVENTORY. REGUALTED UNDER FIFRA, USDA & FDA.
=======================================================
Other Information
=======================================================
Other Information: NSF LIMITS: NSF MAXIMUM DRINKING WATER USE CONCENTRATION -
46 MG/L AS CALCIUM HYPOCHLORITE.
=======================================================
Transportation Information
=======================================================
Responsible Party Cage: TO530
Trans ID NO: 159479
Product ID: HTH DRY CHLORINE GRANULAR
MSDS Prepared Date: 03/23/2001
Review Date: 10/24/2001
MFN: 2
Net Unit Weight: 6 OZ
Limited Quantity IND: Y
Multiple KIT Number: 0
Unit Of Issue: BT
Container QTY: 0

Type Of Container: IP.1 OR IP.2
Additional Data: PSN PER MSDS.
=======================================================
Detail DOT Information
=======================================================
DOT PSN Code: CQT
DOT Proper Shipping Name: CALCIUM HYPOCHLORITE, HYDRATED OR CALCIUM
HYPOCHLORITE, HYDRATED MIXTURES,
DOT PSN Modifier: WITH NOT LESS THAN 5.5 PER CENT BUT NOT MORE THAN 10 PER CENT
WATER.
Hazard Class: 5.1
UN ID Num: UN2880
DOT Packaging Group: II
Label: OXIDIZER
Packaging Exception: 152
Non Bulk Pack: 212
Bulk Pack: 240
Max Qty Pass: 5 KG
Max Qty Cargo: 25 KG
Vessel Stow Req: A
Water/Ship/Other Req: 50,56,58,69,106
=======================================================
Detail IMO Information
=======================================================
IMO PSN Code: DKN
IMO Proper Shipping Name: CALCIUM HYPOCHLORITE, HYDRATED MIXTURE
IMO PSN Modifier: ,WITH NOT LESS THAN 5.5% BUT NOT MORE THAN 10% WATER
IMDG Page Number: 5138
UN Number: 2880
UN Hazard Class: 5.1
IMO Packaging Group: II
Subsidiary Risk Label: -
EMS Number: 5.1-06
MED First Aid Guide NUM: 741
=======================================================
Detail IATA Information
=======================================================
IATA PSN Code: EZD
IATA UN ID Num: 2880
IATA Proper Shipping Name: CALCIUM HYPOCHLORITE, HYDRATED MIXTURE
IATA PSN Modifier: WITH NOT LESS THAN 5.5% BUT NOT MORE THAN 10% WATER
IATA UN Class: 5.1
IATA Label: OXIDIZER
UN Packing Group: II
Packing Note Passenger: 508
Max Quant Pass: 5KG
Max Quant Cargo: 25KG
Packaging Note Cargo: 511
=======================================================
Detail AFI Information
=======================================================
AFI PSN Code: EZD
AFI Proper Shipping Name: CALCIUM HYPOCHLORITE HYDRATED, OR CALCIUM
HYPOCHLORITE, HYDRATED MIXTURES
AFI PSN Modifier: ,WITH NOT LESS THAN 5.5 BUT NOT MORE THAN 10% WATER
AFI Hazard Class: 5.1
AFI UN ID NUM: UN2880
AFI Packing Group: II
Special Provisions: P5
Back Pack Reference: A9.8

=======================================================
HAZCOM Label
=======================================================
Product ID: HTH DRY CHLORINE GRANULAR
Cage: TO530
Assigned IND: Y
Company Name: ARCH CHEMICALS, INC.
Street: 501 MERRITT 7
PO Box: 5204
City: NORWALK CT
Zipcode: 06856-5204
Health Emergency Phone: 800-654-6911
Label Required IND: Y
Date Of Label Review: 10/24/2001
Status Code: A
Year Procured: 2001
Origination Code: F
Chronic Hazard IND: Y
Eye Protection IND: YES
Skin Protection IND: YES
Signal Word: WARNING
Respiratory Protection IND: YES
Health Hazard: Moderate
Contact Hazard: Moderate
Fire Hazard: None
Reactivity Hazard: Slight
Hazard And Precautions: ACUTE-INHALATION: IRRITATING TO THE RESPIRATORY TRACT.
EYE: SEVERE IRRITATION &/OR BURNS, MAY CAUSE IMPAIRMENT OF VISION &
CORNEAL DAMAGE. SKIN: SEVERE IRRITATION, BURNS. INGESTION: IRRITATION/ BURNS
TO GI TRACT. CHRONIC: LUNG & SKIN DAMAGE. FIRST AID:EYES:IMMEDIATELY
FLUSH WITH WATER FOR 15 MIN, LIFTING EYELIDS. CALL A PHYSICIAN. SKIN:FLUSH
WITH WATER FOR 15 MINUTES. CALL A PHYSICIAN. INGESTION: DRINK WATER. DO NOT
INDUCE VOMITING. CALL A PHYSICIAN. DO NOT GIVE ANYTHING BY MOUTH IF THE
PERSON IS UNCONSCIOUS OR IF HAVING CONVULSIONS. INHALATION; REMOVE TO FRESH
AIR. SUPPORT RESPIRATION IF NEE DED. CALL A PHYSICIAN.
=======================================================
Disclaimer (provided with this information by the compiling agencies): This
information is formulated for use by elements of the Department of Defense.
The United States of America in no manner whatsoever expressly or implied
warrants, states, or intends said information to have any application, use or
viability by or to any person or persons outside the Department of Defense
nor any person or persons contracting with any instrumentality of the United
States of America and disclaims all liability for such use. Any person
utilizing this instruction who is not a military or civilian employee of the
United States of America should seek competent professional advice to verify
and assume responsibility for the suitability of this information to their
particular situation regardless of similarity to a corresponding Department
of Defense or other government situation.

MSDS Number: S2546 * * * * * Effective Date: 11/02/01 * * * * * Supercedes: 11/17/99
Soda Lime
1. Product Identification
Synonyms: None
CAS No.: Not applicable to mixtures.
Molecular Weight: Not applicable to mixtures.
Chemical Formula: Not applicable to mixtures.
Product Codes: 3448
2. Composition/Information on Ingredients
Ingredient CAS No Percent Hazardous
--------------------------------------- ------------ ------------ ---------
Ethyl Violet 2390-59-2 < 1% No
Sodium Hydroxide 1310-73-2 < 2% Yes
Potassium Hydroxide 1310-58-3 < 3% Yes
Calcium Hydroxide 1305-62-0 > 80% Yes
3. Hazards Identification
Emergency Overview

--------------------------
DANGER! CORROSIVE. HARMFUL IF SWALLOWED OR INHALED. CAUSES
SEVERE BURNS TO EVERY AREA OF CONTACT. CAUSES SEVERE
IRRITATION TO RESPIRATORY TRACT.
J.T. Baker SAF-T-DATA (tm) Ratings (Provided here for your convenience)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Health Rating: 1 - Slight
Flammability Rating: 0 - None
Reactivity Rating: 1 - Slight
Contact Rating: 3 - Severe (Corrosive)
Lab Protective Equip: GOGGLES; LAB COAT; VENT HOOD; PROPER GLOVES
Storage Color Code: White (Corrosive)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Potential Health Effects
----------------------------------
Inhalation:
Severe irritant. Effects from inhalation of dust or mist vary from mild irritation to serious
damage of the upper respiratory tract, depending on severity of exposure. Severe
pneumonitis may occur.
Ingestion:
Swallowing may cause severe burns of mouth, throat, and stomach. Severe scarring of
tissue and death may result. If death does not occur in 24 hours, esophageal perforation may
occur, as evidenced by fall in blood pressure and severe pain. A narrowing of the esophagus
may occur weeks, months, or years after ingestion, making swallowing difficult.
Skin Contact:
Corrosive! Contact with skin can cause irritation or severe burns and scarring with greater
exposures.
Eye Contact:
Corrosive. Contact with dust or solutions causes severe irritation and likely burns with
corneal injury or blindness.
Chronic Exposure:
Prolonged contact with dilute solutions or dust has a destructive effect upon tissue.
Aggravation of Pre-existing Conditions:
Persons with pre-existing skin, eye or respiratory problems may be more susceptible to the
effects of this substance.
4. First Aid Measures
Inhalation:
Remove to fresh air. If not breathing, give artificial respiration. If breathing is difficult, give
oxygen. Get medical attention immediately.
Ingestion:
If swallowed, DO NOT INDUCE VOMITING. Give large quantities of water. Never give
anything by mouth to an unconscious person. Get medical attention immediately.
Skin Contact:

Immediately flush skin with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes while removing
contaminated clothing and shoes. Get medical attention immediately. Wash clothing before
reuse. Thoroughly clean shoes before reuse.
Eye Contact:
Immediately flush eyes with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes, lifting lower and upper
eyelids occasionally. Get medical attention immediately.
5. Fire Fighting Measures
Fire:
Not considered to be a fire hazard.
Explosion:
Not considered to be an explosion hazard.
Fire Extinguishing Media:
Use extinguishing media appropriate for surrounding fire.
Special Information:
Solution process causes formation of corrosive fumes. In the event of a fire, wear full
protective clothing and NIOSH-approved self-contained breathing apparatus with full
facepiece operated in the pressure demand or other positive pressure mode.
6. Accidental Release Measures
Ventilate area of leak or spill. Keep unnecessary and unprotected people away from area of
spill. Wear appropriate personal protective equipment as specified in Section 8. Spills: Pick
up and place in a suitable container for reclamation or disposal, using a method that does
not generate dust.
Do not flush caustic residues to the sewer. Residues from spills can be diluted with water,
neutralized with dilute acid such as acetic, hydrochloric or sulfuric. Absorb neutralized
caustic residue on clay, vermiculite or other inert substance and package in a suitable
container for disposal.
US Regulations (CERCLA) require reporting spills and releases to soil, water and air in
excess of reportable quantities. The toll free number for the US Coast Guard National
Response Center is (800) 424-8802.
7. Handling and Storage
Keep in a tightly closed container, stored in a cool, dry, ventilated area. Protect against
physical damage. Isolate from incompatible substances. Containers of this material may be
hazardous when empty since they retain product residues (dust, solids); observe all
warnings and precautions listed for the product.

8. Exposure Controls/Personal Protection
Airborne Exposure Limits:
-OSHA Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL):
Calcium Hydroxide: 15 mg/m3 (total dust), 5 mg/m3 (respirable fraction), (TWA);
Sodium Hydroxide: 2 mg/m3 (Ceiling)
-ACGIH Threshold Limit Value (TLV):
Calcium Hydroxide: 5 mg/m3 (TWA);
Sodium Hydroxide: 2 mg/m3 (Ceiling);
Potassium Hydroxide: 2 mg/m3 (Ceiling)
Ventilation System:
A system of local and/or general exhaust is recommended to keep employee exposures
below the Airborne Exposure Limits. Local exhaust ventilation is generally preferred
because it can control the emissions of the contaminant at its source, preventing dispersion
of it into the general work area. Please refer to the ACGIH document, Industrial
Ventilation, A Manual of Recommended Practices, most recent edition, for details.
Personal Respirators (NIOSH Approved):
If the exposure limit is exceeded and engineering controls are not feasible, a full facepiece
particulate respirator (NIOSH type N100 filters) may be worn for up to 50 times the
exposure limit or the maximum use concentration specified by the appropriate regulatory
agency or respirator supplier, whichever is lowest. If oil particles (e.g. lubricants, cutting
fluids. glycerine, etc.) are present, use a NIOSH type R or P filter. For emergencies or
instances where the exposure levels are not known, use a full-facepiece positive-pressure,
air-supplied respirator. WARNING: Air-purifying respirators do not protect workers in
oxygen-deficient atmospheres.
Skin Protection:
Wear impervious protective clothing, including boots, gloves, lab coat, apron or coveralls,
as appropriate, to prevent skin contact.
Eye Protection:
Use chemical safety goggles and/or full face shield where dusting or splashing of solutions
is possible. Maintain eye wash fountain and quick-drench facilities in work area.
9. Physical and Chemical Properties
Appearance:
White deliquescent pellets.
Odor:
Odorless.
Solubility:
Slightly soluble.
Specific Gravity:
ca. 2
pH:
No information found.
% Volatiles by volume @ 21C (70F):
ca. 20
Boiling Point:

No information found.
Melting Point:
No information found.
Vapor Density (Air=1):
Not applicable.
Vapor Pressure (mm Hg):
Not applicable.
Evaporation Rate (BuAc=1):
No information found.
10. Stability and Reactivity
Stability:
Readily absorbs carbon dioxide from air to form calcium carbonate.
Hazardous Decomposition Products:
Caustic fumes of calcium oxide form when heated to decomposition (580C; 1076F).
Hazardous Polymerization:
Will not occur.
Incompatibilities:
Violent reactions with maleic anhydride, nitroethane, nitromethane, nitroparaffins,
nitropropane, phosphorus. As a strongly alkaline material, it is incompatible with acids.
Forms phosgene upon reaction with trichloroethylene or chloroform.
Conditions to Avoid:
Air, incompatibles.
11. Toxicological Information
For Calcium Hydroxide and Sodium Hydroxide: No LD50/LC50 information found relating
to normal routes of occupational exposure. Investigated as a mutagen. For potassium
hydroxide: Oral rat LD50: 273 mg/kg.
--------\Cancer Lists\------------------------------------------------------
---NTP Carcinogen---
Ingredient Known Anticipated IARC Category
------------------------------------ ----- ----------- -------------
Ethyl Violet (2390-59-2) No No None
Sodium Hydroxide (1310-73-2) No No None
Potassium Hydroxide (1310-58-3) No No None
Calcium Hydroxide (1305-62-0) No No None
12. Ecological Information
Environmental Fate:

This material is not expected to significantly bioaccumulate.
Environmental Toxicity:
No information found.
13. Disposal Considerations
Whatever cannot be saved for recovery or recycling should be managed in an appropriate
and approved waste disposal facility. Processing, use or contamination of this product may
change the waste management options. State and local disposal regulations may differ from
federal disposal regulations. Dispose of container and unused contents in accordance with
federal, state and local requirements.
14. Transport Information
Domestic (Land, D.O.T.)
-----------------------
Proper Shipping Name: SODA LIME (WITH MORE THAN 4% SODIUM
HYDROXIDE)
Hazard Class: 8
UN/NA: UN1907
Packing Group: III
Information reported for product/size: 2.5KG
International (Water, I.M.O.)
-----------------------------
Proper Shipping Name: SODA LIME, SOLID
Hazard Class: 8
UN/NA: UN1907
Packing Group: III
Information reported for product/size: 2.5KG
International (Air, I.C.A.O.)
-----------------------------
Proper Shipping Name: SODA LIME, SOLID
Hazard Class: 8
UN/NA: UN1907
Packing Group: III
Information reported for product/size: 2.5KG
15. Regulatory Information
--------\Chemical Inventory Status - Part 1\---------------------------------
Ingredient
TSCA EC Japan Australia
----------------------------------------------- ---- --- ----- ---------

Ethyl Violet (2390-59-2) Yes Yes No Yes
Sodium Hydroxide (1310-73-2) Yes Yes Yes Yes
Potassium Hydroxide (1310-58-3) Yes Yes Yes Yes
Calcium Hydroxide (1305-62-0) Yes Yes Yes Yes
--------\Chemical Inventory Status - Part 2\---------------------------------
--Canada--
Ingredient
Korea DSL NDSL Phil.
----------------------------------------------- ----- --- ---- -----
Ethyl Violet (2390-59-2) No Yes No No
Sodium Hydroxide (1310-73-2) Yes Yes No Yes
Potassium Hydroxide (1310-58-3) Yes Yes No Yes
Calcium Hydroxide (1305-62-0) Yes Yes No Yes
--------\Federal, State & International Regulations - Part 1\----------------
-SARA 302- ------SARA 313------
Ingredient RQ TPQ List Chemical Catg.
----------------------------------------- --- ----- ---- --------------
Ethyl Violet (2390-59-2) No No No No
Sodium Hydroxide (1310-73-2) No No No No
Potassium Hydroxide (1310-58-3) No No No No
Calcium Hydroxide (1305-62-0) No No No No
--------\Federal, State & International Regulations - Part 2\----------------
-RCRA- -TSCA-
Ingredient CERCLA 261.33 8(d)
----------------------------------------- ------ ------ ------
Ethyl Violet (2390-59-2) No No No
Sodium Hydroxide (1310-73-2) 1000 No No
Potassium Hydroxide (1310-58-3) 1000 No No
Calcium Hydroxide (1305-62-0) No No No
Chemical Weapons Convention: No TSCA 12(b): No CDTA: No
SARA 311/312: Acute: Yes Chronic: Yes Fire: No Pressure: No
Reactivity: No (Mixture / Solid)
Australian Hazchem Code: 2X
Poison Schedule: S6
WHMIS:
This MSDS has been prepared according to the hazard criteria of the Controlled Products
Regulations (CPR) and the MSDS contains all of the information required by the CPR.
16. Other Information
NFPA Ratings: Health: 3 Flammability: 0 Reactivity: 0
Label Hazard Warning:
DANGER! CORROSIVE. HARMFUL IF SWALLOWED OR INHALED. CAUSES
SEVERE BURNS TO EVERY AREA OF CONTACT. CAUSES SEVERE IRRITATION
TO RESPIRATORY TRACT.
Label Precautions:
Do not get in eyes, on skin, or on clothing.

Do not breathe dust.
Keep container closed.
Use only with adequate ventilation.
Wash thoroughly after handling.
Label First Aid:
In case of contact, immediately flush eyes or skin with plenty of water for at least 15
minutes while removing contaminated clothing and shoes. Wash clothing before reuse. If
inhaled, remove to fresh air. If not breathing, give artificial respiration. If breathing is
difficult, give oxygen. If swallowed, DO NOT INDUCE VOMITING. Give large quantities
of water. Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious person. In all cases get medical
attention immediately.
Product Use:
Laboratory Reagent.
Revision Information:
MSDS Section(s) changed since last revision of document include: 8.
Disclaimer:
*****************************************************************************************
Mallinckrodt Baker, Inc. provides the information contained herein in good faith but
makes no representation as to its comprehensiveness or accuracy. This document is
intended only as a guide to the appropriate precautionary handling of the material by
a properly trained person using this product. Individuals receiving the information
must exercise their independent judgment in determining its appropriateness for a
particular purpose. MALLINCKRODT BAKER, INC. MAKES NO
REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE WITH
RESPECT TO THE INFORMATION SET FORTH HEREIN OR THE PRODUCT
TO WHICH THE INFORMATION REFERS. ACCORDINGLY, MALLINCKRODT
BAKER, INC. WILL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR DAMAGES RESULTING
FROM USE OF OR RELIANCE UPON THIS INFORMATION.
*****************************************************************************************
Prepared by: Environmental Health & Safety
Phone Number: (314) 654-1600 (U.S.A.)

ADDENDUM K
ADDITIONAL SOURCES OF
INFORMATION

Contacts & Additional Sources of Information
Internet
Water Boards in the NWT
Board
Mackenzie Valley Land and Water Board
Mackenzie Valley Environmental Impact Review Board
Gwich'in Land and Water Board
Gwich'in Land Use Planning Board
Gwich'in Renewable Resources Board
Sahtu Land and Water Board
Sahtu Land Use Planning Board
Website
www.mvlwb.com
www.mveirb.nt.ca
www.glwb.com
www.gwichinplanning.nt.ca
www.grrb.nt.ca
www.slwb.com
www.sahtulanduseplan.com
The NWT Water Board retains responsibility for the Inuvialuit Settlement Region.
Guidelines for Canadian Drinking Water Quality - Supporting Documentation.
These documents represent the technical or scientific supporting documentation used by the
Federal-Provincial Subcommittee on Drinking Water in developing and approving guidelines for
contaminants found in drinking water.
http://www.hc-sc.gc.ca/ehp/ehd/catalogue/bch.htm
NWT Water Quality Database
The NWT Water Quality database is a joint project between the departments of Health & Social
Services, Municipal & Community Affairs, and Public Works & Services of the Government of
the Northwest Territories located at: http://www.pws.gov.nt.ca/WaterAndSanitation/Index.htm
Chlorination
http://www.hc-sc.gc.ca/english/iyh/environment/chlorine.html
Workers Compensation Board of the Northwest Territories and Nunavut
http://www.wcb.nt.ca
1-800-661-0792 (in the NWT)
1-877-404-4407 (in Nunvaut)
Environmental Health Officer Contacts
Region
Phone number
Inuvik Regional Health/Social Services Authority (867) 777-8184
(867) 873-2183
Stanton Territorial Health Protection, Health Promotion & Protection (867) 873-2940
(867) 669-6722
Hay River Community Health Board (867) 874-7135

REFERENCES
1) Water Treatment Plant Operation Foundation of California State University, Sacramento,
1983
2) Chemistry (Principles and Concepts) _ Sturchio M., Nechamk in H ., Dorfman 11 .
Prentice Hall Inc., 1966
3) Concepts in Chemistry _ Greenstone A.W., Harcourt Brace Jovanovich Inc., 1970
4) Fundamental Principles of Bacteriology _ Salle, A.J ., McGraw _ Hill Book Co., 1973
5) Water Quality and Treatment _ prepared by AWWA Inc ., McGraw _ Hill Book Co.,
1971
6) Water Treatment and Examination _ Holden W.S., J. & A. Churchill, 1970
7) Physicochemical Processes for Water Quality Control Weber, W.J. Wiley _ Interscience
(Toronto), 1972
8) Filtration _ Dickey G.D., Reinhold Publishing Corp., N.Y. 1961
9) Water Supply and Treatment _ Riehl M ., National Line Association, Washington, 1962
10) Water and Waste Engineering _ Fair G.M., Geyer, J.C., Okun D.A., J. Wiley & sons Inc.,
N.Y. 1968
11) Handbook of Chlorination for Potable Water, Waste Water, Cooling Water, Industrial
Processes and Swimming Pools _ White E.C., Van Nostrand Reinhold Co. 1972
12) Permutit Water Conditioning Data Book, The Permutit Company, 1961
13) Water Supply Engineering _ Babbitt H., Doland J ., McGraw _ Hill Book Co. Inc., 1955
14) Water Treatment Plant Design _ prepared by AWWA Inc., Air water Works Assoc. Inc.,
1969
15) Taste and Odour Control in Water Purification _ West Virginia Pulp and Paper _
Chemical Div. NY
16) Taste and Odour Control in Municipal Water Supplies, Redekopp A., Masters Thesis,
University of Toronto, 1960

17) Algal in water Supplies _ U .S . Department of Health Education and Welfare, Public
Health Service Publication No: 657, Reprinted 1962
18) Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater _ American Public
Health Association Inc .
19) Ministry of the Environment, Ontario Drinking Water objectives, revised 1983
20) Ground Water & Wells, Edward E . Johnson Inc .

ADDENDUM L
GLOSSARY

GLOSSARY
ABS-
Abbreviation for Sodium alkyl benzene sulfonate
Adsorption
The taking up of one substance into the body of another
Adsorbing
(1) The adherence of a gas, liquid or dissolved solid onto the surface of a solid.
(2) A change in concentration of a gas or solute at the interface of a two-phase
system.
Aeration
The bringing about of contact between air and a liquid by one or more of the following
methods:
a) spraying of liquids into the air,
b) bubbling air through the liquid,
c) agitating the liquid to promote surface adsorption of air.
Aerobic
A condition in which oxygen is present in the aquatic (water) environment
Aesthetic
Pleasing to the senses – taste, smell, colour
Air gap
The distance between the lowest opening of a pipe supplying water to a tank and the
upper rim of the tank
Algae
Tiny plants, usually living in water and often green in colour.
Algicide
Anything applied to kill or control algae.
Anaerobic
Without oxygen
Aquifer
Porous, water-bearing formation of rock, sand, or gravel.

BOD
Biological Oxygen Demand. The rate at which organisms use the oxygen in water or
wastewater while stabilizing decomposable organic matter under aerobic conditions. In
decomposition, organic matter serves as food for the bacteria and energy results from its
oxidation. BOD measurements are used as a measure of the organic strength of wastes in
water.
Backflow
The backing up of water through a conduit or channel in the direction that is opposite to
normal flow.
Backwashing
The process of reversing the flow of water back through the filter media to remove any
trapped solids.
Bacteria
Single celled microscopic plants living in soil, water, organic matter or the bodies of
plants or animals.
Bacteriological
The study of bacteria
Biomass
A mass or clump of organic material consisting of living organisms feeding on the waste
in wastewater, dead organisms and other debris.
Cavitation
The formation and collapse of a gas pocket or bubble on the blade of an impeller or the
gate of a valve. The collapse of this gas pocket or bubble drives water into the impeller or
gate with a terrific force that can cause pitting on the impeller of gate surface. Cavitation
is accompanied by loud noises that sound like someone is pounding on the impeller or
gate with a hammer.
Cells
A body of water designed to receive hold and treat wastewater for a pre-determined
amount of time.
Channel Outfall
The point, location or structure where wastewater, or drainage discharges from a channel
Clarification
A process where water in a tank or basin is held for a period of time and heavier
suspended solids settle to the bottom

Chloramines
Compounds formed by the reaction of watery chlorine with ammonia
Chlorine demand
The difference between the amount of chlorine added to a water and the amount of
chlorine residual left after a certain length of time
Chlorine residual
The amount of chlorine still left available after a certain length of contact time.
Clear well
Reservoir for storing filtered water.
Coagulants
In water and wastewater, chemicals used to thicken finely divided suspended solids into
groups for easy removal.
Coagulation
In water treatment, the destabilization and initial aggregation of colloidal and finely
divided suspended matter by the addition of a floc forming chemical or by biological
processes.
Coliform
A group of bacteria normally living in the intestines of man and animals and are also
found elsewhere in nature. They are pollution indicators in water supplies.
Colloidal
Too finely divided to settle; requiring coagulation, biochemical action, or membrane
filtration for removal.
Combined chlorine
Chlorine that is bound to other elements or organic compounds but is still an effective
disinfectant. Combined chlorine has been found to be more effective than free chlorine in
controlling post-disinfection bacterial growth. Chloramines are an example of combined
chlorine
Compound
A pure substance composed of two or more elements whose composition is constant. For
example, table salt (sodium chloride) is a compound.
Configuration
An arrangement of parts or elements
Deteriorate
To make worse, to wear down

Diatomaceous earth
A fine, siliceous (made with silica) “earth” composed mainly of the skeletal remains of
diatoms.
Driver
Any machine part that communicates motion to another part
Effluent
Wastewater or other liquid – raw (untreated), partially or completely treated – flowing
FROM a reservoir, basing, treatment process or lagoon.
Evapotranspiration
The total water removed by evaporation from soil, snow, and water surfaces and
transpiration by plants. Transpiration: The process by which water vapour passes into the
atmosphere from living plants.
Floc
Small jelly-like masses formed in a liquid by adding a coagulant.
Flocculation
The collection of coagulated suspended solids into a mass by gentle stirring.
Flocculation aids
Materials added to liquid to form flocs.
Flocculator
Mechanical equipment used to encourage the formation of floc in liquid.
Free chlorine
Chlorine present as Cl 2 , HOCl and OCl - is free available chlorine. The active chlorine in
the water for disinfection is also called free chlorine residual.
Freeboard
The vertical distance from the normal water surface to the top of the berm.
Furans
Chemical intermediate in the synthesis of multiple organic compouns. High flammable
when exposed to heat and air.
Green sand
Very clean sand
Head
The vertical distance (in feet) equal to the pressure (in psi) at a specific point. The
pressure head is equal to the pressure in psi times 2.31 ft/psi. See pressure head.

Hydrogen Sulphide
It is a gas with a rotten egg odour and produced under anaerobic conditions. This gas is
very poisonous to your breathing system. It is explosive, flammable and colourless.
Hydrologic cycle
The movement of water from the atmosphere to the earth and back to the atmosphere
through precipitation, infiltration, storage, transpiration, evaporation etc.
Hydrolysis
A chemical process of decomposition using the addition of water. Also, the process solid
matter goes through to become liquid.
Impound
To gather and enclose. To keep separate.
Impellers
A rotating set of vanes in a pump designed to pump or lift water
Indicator bacteria
Coliforms that point to the presence of intestinal pathogens
Influent
Water flowing into a treatment plant, lagoon or any of its units
Injection wells
Wells created to recharge groundwater.
Inorganic
Made of matter that is not plant or animal.
Intake
The place at which fluid is taken into a pipe
Intake screen
A screen on an intake
Ion exchange
A chemical process in which ions from two different molecules are exchanged.
Ionization
The act or process of charging or treating with ozone. Also, the conversion of oxygen into ozone.
Used for disinfection purposes.

Ionizing
Creating ions by adding electrons to, or removing them from, atoms or molecules. iron
bacteria that use iron as food and discharge its compounds in their life processes.
Kinetic
Energetic or dynamic: in motion
Leaching
Percolating liquid through soil or other solids to remove the soluble ingredients.
Leachate
The liquid rain, melting snow from decomposition that seeps through solid waste
Metabolism
The process in which food is used and wastes are formed by living matter.
MF
Membrane filter (used in bacteriological lab test)
Microbes
Microscopic organisms, especially pathogenic bacterium.
Micro organisms
Minute organisms, either plant or animal, invisible or barely visible to the naked eye.
MPN
Most PROBABLE Number (used in bacteriological lab test).
Nutrient
Food for the growth of organisms.
Organic
Made of matter that is plant or animal.
Organic wastes
Waste material which comes mainly from animal or plant sources. Organic wastes can
generally be consumed by bacteria and other small organisms.
Organism
Any form of animal or plant life.
Outfall
The point, location or structure where wastewater, or drainage discharges from a lagoon,
drain, ditch etc.

Pathogens
Disease producing bacteria.
Pathogenic Organisms
Bacteria, viruses or cysts, which can cause disease (hepatitis A, tuberculosis) in a person.
Percolation
The flow of waster through soil or rocks.
Permeable
Having pores or openings that permit liquids or gases to pass through.
pH
The measure of the acid/alkaline balance, expressed on a scale of 0 to 14, with 7 being
neutral; 7 to 0 increasing acidity, and 7 to 14 increasing alkalinity.
Photosynthesis
A process where organisms in a plant convert carbon dioxide and inorganic substances
into oxygen and additional plant material, using sunlight for energy. All green plants
grow this way.
Polymer
A long chain molecule formed by lighter molecules. Polymers are used with other
chemical coagulants to aid in binding small suspended particles to larger chemical flocs
for their removal from the water.
Pressure head
A measure of the pressure exerted by a fluid.
Prime or priming
The action of filling a pump casing with water to remove the air. Most pumps must be
primed before start-up or they will not pump any water
Protozoan cysts
Harmful particles that can cause flu-like illnesses.
Pseudomonad
Short rod shaped bacteria, some of which live on dead or decaying organic matter, or
cause disease
Pumping level
The height where water stands in a well during pumping.
Reducing agent
A substance that causes the loss of an electron retention time Detention time; the length
of time that water or wastewater is held in a unit for any treatment.

Reverse osmosis
The application of pressure to a concentrated solution which causes the passage of a
liquid from the concentrated solution to a weaker solution across a membrane. The
membrane allows the passage of the water but not the dissolved solids. The liquid
produced is demineralized water.
RipRap
Broken stones, boulders that are placed on berms to protect them against erosion cause by
waves.
Rotary
Moving around a central axis
Sedimentation
A water treatment process in which solid particles settle out of the water being treated in
a sedimentation basin.
Septic
Anaerobic (decomposition without oxygen).
Sludge
The settleable solids, separated from the liquid in sewage treatment.
Slurry, Slurries
A watery mixture or suspension of insoluble (not dissolved) matter; a thin, watery mud or
any substance resembling it (such as a grit slurry or a lime slurry).
Spores
Walled, single to many celled reproductive bodies of micro organisms, able to produce
new organisms directly or indirectly.
Staining
Colouring specimens for microscopic study. Also, colouring or discolouring anything.
Static level
The height of a water surface when groundwater is not being removed.
Submersible
Something designed to work under water
Supernatant
The liquid standing above sediment. In sludge digestion, the liquid standing between the
sludge at the bottom and the scum at the top.
Surface water
All water found on the surface of the earth.

Suspended solids
1) Solids that either float on the surface of, or are in suspension in, water, wastewater, or
other liquids, and which are largely removable by laboratory filtering.
2) The quantity of material removed from water or wastewater in a laboratory test, as
prescribed in "Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater" and
referred to as non-filterable residue.
Swale
A hollow depression, a low area of land
Symbiotic
Mutually dependant.
Titration
The method finding how much of something is in a solution by measuring how much of
something else is needed to cause a chemical change.
Total chlorine
Total chlorine is the combination of free chlorine and combined chlorine
Total solids
The sum of dissolved and undissolved constituents in water or wastewater, usually stated
in milligrams per litre
Toxic
A poison, or acting like a poison
Transpiration
The process by which plants return water to the atmosphere.
Trihalomethanes
From methane and often formed in chlorination it is suspected of causing cancer.
Turbidity
A condition in water caused by suspended matter; murkiness.
Volatile solids
The quantity of solids in water, wastewater, or other liquids, lost on ignition of the dry
solids at 55 0? C.
Water hammer
Loud blows caused by moving water against the sides of its containing pipe.

Watershed
An area that drains into a particular body of water or water course.
Weir
A dam or enclosure in water or wastewater used to raise the water level or change the
direction of its flow; with notches or a crest, it measures the flow.